ML20138N500: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
StriderTol Bot insert
 
StriderTol Bot change
 
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:_ _ _                 .__
{{#Wiki_filter:_ _ _
                                                                                          ._  _ ._~
._~
                      ^
^
          /*       /       \ Commonwealth Edison
/*
      ,e         ,
/
                  "          ) one First NationIl Pl72a. Chic"go. Illmois
\\ Commonwealth Edison
(     O 7 Address Reply to: Post Office Box 767
,e
                            / Chicago Illinois 60690 Detober 29, 1985             !
) one First NationIl Pl72a. Chic"go. Illmois
Mr. Harold R. Denton, Director Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Comission Washington, DC 20555
(
O 7 Address Reply to: Post Office Box 767
/ Chicago Illinois 60690 Detober 29, 1985 Mr. Harold R. Denton, Director Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Comission Washington, DC 20555


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Line 34: Line 36:
(e): Cordell Reed letter to H. R. Denton dated November 15, 1983.
(e): Cordell Reed letter to H. R. Denton dated November 15, 1983.
l l
l l
(f):     A. Schwencer letter to D. L. Farrar dated February 21, 1984.
(f):
(g): J. G. Marshall letter to H. R. Denton dated April 23, 1984.
A. Schwencer letter to D. L. Farrar dated February 21, 1984.
(h): J. G. Marshall letter to H. R. Denton
(g):
  >                                          dated April 15, 1985.
J. G. Marshall letter to H. R. Denton dated April 23, 1984.
(h):
J. G. Marshall letter to H. R. Denton dated April 15, 1985.


==Dear Mr. Denton:==
==Dear Mr. Denton:==
Enclosed please find the Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR)
Enclosed please find the Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR)
Final Summary Report for comonwealth Edison Company's (CECO) LaSalle County Station (Reference (a)). This report meets the Section 9, Item 2 CECO 1
Final Summary Report for comonwealth Edison Company's (CECO) LaSalle County Station (Reference (a)). This report meets the Section 9, Item 2 CECO commitment in Reference (c) ano the regulatory requirements of Item 2 in 1
commitment in Reference (c) ano the regulatory requirements of Item 2 in Reference '( f) .
Reference '( f).
                                                                                            /
/
i ynn W@
f 0D 9l ynn W@
F f 0D
;9 t i
                                                                            ;9   ,
F i
t i
Y
9l Y_ _. _.


        .P H. R. Denton                                                                             October 29, 1985 Volume 1 of this report suanarizes how each phase of the review was performed, who was involved in the review and their respective qualifica-tions. Volume 2 of this report includes all Human Engineering Discrepancy (KD) findings, responses, and proposed schedules for implementation of the respective corrective actions. This proposed schedule, as noted in Section 3, Item 5.3 of Reference (c) is predicated upon NRC approval of CECO's disposition of each of the HEDs included in Volume 2.. Also, as noted in the same Reference (c), this schedule is subject to the availability of equip-ment, outage time availability at the applicable station, and engineering design lead time. As indicated in References (c) and (b), some problems affecting more than one emergency response activity will require an .
.P H. R. Denton October 29, 1985 Volume 1 of this report suanarizes how each phase of the review was performed, who was involved in the review and their respective qualifica-tions. Volume 2 of this report includes all Human Engineering Discrepancy (KD) findings, responses, and proposed schedules for implementation of the respective corrective actions. This proposed schedule, as noted in Section 3, Item 5.3 of Reference (c) is predicated upon NRC approval of CECO's disposition of each of the HEDs included in Volume 2..
evaluation to assure that an integrated corrective action is taken. These activities will also affect the proposed schedule.                                                                             '
Also, as noted in the same Reference (c), this schedule is subject to the availability of equip-ment, outage time availability at the applicable station, and engineering design lead time. As indicated in References (c) and (b), some problems affecting more than one emergency response activity will require an.
The schedule for completion of the corrective actions has been designated as the completion of the first refueling outage (1st R.F.) or the second refueling outage (2nd R.F.). In accordance                         with this definition, the corresponding outage schedule for LaSalle is:
evaluation to assure that an integrated corrective action is taken. These activities will also affect the proposed schedule.
Unit I                       lst R.F. June, 1987 2nd R.F.     December, 1988 Unit 2                       1st R.F. May, 1988                                                                   '
The schedule for completion of the corrective actions has been designated as the completion of the first refueling outage (1st R.F.) or the second refueling outage (2nd R.F.).
2nd R.F.     September, 1989 If you have any questions, please contact this office.
In accordance with this definition, the corresponding outage schedule for LaSalle is:
Unit I lst R.F.
June, 1987 2nd R.F.
December, 1988 Unit 2 1st R.F.
May, 1988 2nd R.F.
September, 1989 If you have any questions, please contact this office.
One signed original and five (5) copies of this transmittal and its attachments are included for your use. Please note that seven volumes of photographs have only been sent to Dr. A. Bournia.
One signed original and five (5) copies of this transmittal and its attachments are included for your use. Please note that seven volumes of photographs have only been sent to Dr. A. Bournia.
Very truly yours,                                                       l H. L. Massin Nuclear Licensing Administrator im Attachments t
Very truly yours, l
H. L. Massin Nuclear Licensing Administrator im Attachments t
cc: Dr. A. Bournia Resident Inspector - LSCS 0830K
cc: Dr. A. Bournia Resident Inspector - LSCS 0830K
    .      - . - - -.          - . - - . . - - - . - . ~,.                       . - . - _ - - - - - . - - -                  . . _ . - . . - -
-. - -.. - - -. -. ~,.


y-HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY FORM f
y-HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY FORM f
Stations
Stations
                                                                                                            !' Guideline No. Series Unit               Index No.
!' Guideline No.
                                                          'Date               i 01 02 10 Description 4
Series Unit Index No.
'Date i
01 02 10 Description 4
f 1
f 1
      ~                                                     -
~
Photo Log No.
Photo Log No.
Comments a
Comments a
Line 75: Line 85:
Reviewers Recommendations j
Reviewers Recommendations j
i
i
        =
=
1 4
1 4
1 I
1 I
i i
i i
Specific Problems 4
Specific Problems 4
Consequences
Consequences Potential
'                . Documented                             Potential                                  --
. Documented HED Category I.
HED Category II.                   III.
II.
I.
III.
A-lb
A-lb


(_
(_
l l
l l
Page                 of HED#
of Page HED#
COMMENTS LADEL EID#
COMMENTS LADEL EID#
SUB#-
SUB#-
  , , ,                            a O
a O
i         e         a I       E       I       I f        a        9 1          a a                       e        i                                                                                          _
i e
a       i         f       I       I       I       I a                       a                                                                           --
a 1
a                       a       i r       e       e       t a       i          e n
a f
a         e           a        3 i         a       8       i       #      I n            a        e e            i j a         e       a         e       t       0       I       I a
a 9
n           n       .1
I E
                              ,                  e        e        f      I       I       i       1 a                     a a           e                 _a A-1c
I I
e i
a a
a i
f I
I I
I a
a i
a n
a i
e r
e e
t a
e a
3 n
a e
i a
8 i
I e
i j a
a e
a e
t 0
I I
n n
.1 f
I I
i 1
a a
e e
a e
_a A-1c


?
?
LASALLE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS STATION GUIDE NUMBER INDEX NUMBER CATEGORY     LEVEL FINDING A - Id
LASALLE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS STATION GUIDE NUMBER INDEX NUMBER LEVEL CATEGORY FINDING A - Id


N O
N O
I T
ITA G
A G
ITSEVN I
I T
T E )s S C
S E
(
V N
N R IL E E K R B C E M E F U
I T
H E N
S E   C )s (
C R
I N R L E E K R B C
/E T M
E F EM H E U C R N
S N E
                        /
R N
E T M                       S N   E R                       N O                       O M        E F
M O
s           P P C I
O E
          '            S U N Y        +            E QE R        E              R E R A        C                        E N
P F
YC F M          E RI FE AI R M          R            MC U          E                  E S          F            MP E              U S
s P
S M          R E          T TI S
I L
E          K R
I C
I C
A         E H
S U N Y
N          C OI
+
              -                        4 T;
E QE R
  ^
E R E R E A
E U                                    ?
C YC F M
Q g +Y 8k6 v
N RI E F
A 4
E AI R M
Ap 04 4q A D6 T E S R
R M C U
* Y A N       :
E E
4 L T N A
M P S
N N
FE U S M
E T T OOI I A T S S S N E E               %
R S
F OU U                 l F
E T
H CQ Q
T S
                                          ,m
I IL E
K R
C I
E A
H N
C 4
O I
T;
^
?
EU 8k Q
+Y g
v 6
A Ap 4
4 q
A 0
4 T E D6 S R
* Y A N N L T 4
A N O O I
I N E T T A T S S S N E E F OU U l
H CQ Q F
,m l
ll


                  !8                     E8 l e n
! 8 E 8 l
l.. n e
l e
                    -                    4i5
e n
                    %                    ;r g
.. n 4
          ! !       i                 ! is g
i5
I l i                       1 61 l                           !
;r g
I l                     i l
! ! i
  ,        g 3         2 8         I8    i                       !!
! is g
i d                i t I         !                                -
I l i 1 61 l
t i         s g
I l i l 8
a
g 3
                    = =
2 8
                      -                    u
I i
                                            ==
d 8
2                               .
i i
li
t I
    ,                  Il
u i
                        !    I                is.
s a -
a-   8 n.i e8                      1 8
t
    "!!,            I. H     E. a           I. o a Es o
= =
                        ?
= =
g 2
li Il I
is.
8 a-I.
H E.a I.
1 a n.
e8 8 i o
Es
?
B B?
B B?
5 3           ? B li       j
5 3
      . .              Issl! !     O 15 si     ;;
?
C MN A-3                     .
B li j
o Issl! !
15 si C
O MN A-3


l INDEX OF REVIEWED REPORTS Priority
l INDEX OF REVIEWED REPORTS i
* Report Report                                         Disposition ***
Index Problem Title Priority
i    Index  Problem Title                  Type   Number Number                                                 D OC                                     L   Z BY   BR i
* Report Report Disposition ***
Type Number Number D OC L
Z BY BR i
i O
i O
I 4
I 4
* Priority          H = high, L = low C = Problem deemed CORRECTED, (no additional
H = high, L = low
      ** Disposition                                                                                                     e
* Priority C = Problem deemed CORRECTED, (no additional
.                                investigation warranted)
** Disposition e
UC = Problem deemed UNCORRECTED, (additional I
investigation warranted)
investigation warranted)
A-4
UC = Problem deemed UNCORRECTED, (additional investigation warranted)
I A-4


HISTORICAL REPORT REVIEW ERROR ANAYSIS PPOBLEM ANALYSIS REPORT Name(s) of Investigator (s)
HISTORICAL REPORT REVIEW ERROR ANAYSIS PPOBLEM ANALYSIS REPORT Name(s) of Investigator (s)
Date Station Index Number Unit Report Type and Number                                       . _ .
Date Station Index Number Unit Report Type and Number Date of Incident Unit Operating Status Docum'ented Problem
Date of Incident Unit Operating Status Docum'ented Problem
~
                                                                                                                                                                              ~
1 Sequence of Events hrs hrs Unit Shutdown _
1 Sequence of Events Unit Shutdown _
Effect on Unit Unit Dera'ed,,_
hrs Unit Dera'ed ,,_                           hrs Effect on Unit Unit Trip (Scram)                             __ h r s Corrective Action Taken or Proposed Subsequent Action Taken of a " Corrective
__ h r s Unit Trip (Scram)
* Nature Yes             _      No _
Corrective Action Taken or Proposed Subsequent Action Taken of a " Corrective
Problem Identified and Corrected:                                                                                                                       _
* Nature Yes No _
Control Room Human Engineering Discrepancy Index/ Log Number
Problem Identified and Corrected:
_ _ _ . . _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _                __        _ . _ _ _ _ . . _            _ A. O A_
Control Room Human Engineering Discrepancy Index/ Log Number A. O A


1 l
1 CONTROL ROOM REVIEW TASK DEVELOPMENT Task Number Job Title Station Number Prepared By TASK DESCRIPTION ACTION ACTION STEPS (Sequence of what must be done to accomplish ACTIONS)
CONTROL ROOM REVIEW TASK DEVELOPMENT Task Number                 __
Job Title
* Prepared By                             Station Number TASK DESCRIPTION ACTION ACTION STEPS (Sequence of what must be done to accomplish ACTIONS)
TASK CONDITIONS (Givens, Denials, Environment)
TASK CONDITIONS (Givens, Denials, Environment)
FREQUENCY Shift Day Wk Mo Bi Quar 6 Mos Year Cycle Other Mo Once A INITIATING CUES (When does the task start)
FREQUENCY Shift Day Wk Mo Bi Quar 6 Mos Year Cycle Other Mo Once A INITIATING CUES (When does the task start)
Line 195: Line 266:
A-6
A-6


r VALIDATIOt1 REVIEW WORKSHEET Event                       Operator Human Factors Specialist Procedure (s)
r VALIDATIOt1 REVIEW WORKSHEET Event Operator Human Factors Specialist Procedure (s)
Procedure Step   Yes       No       Comment                         HED Index Number
Procedure Step Yes No Comment HED Index Number
                                  &-7
&-7


l' 4
l' 4
SOUND SURVEY RECORD PAGE       O?
SOUND SURVEY RECORD PAGE O?
NAME                                                 UNIT DATE CONDITIONS PEOPLE FREQUENCIES PANEL LOCATION dB(A)                               10     CONTROL ROOM 31.5 63 125 250 500 1k2k4k8k feet 9
NAME UNIT DATE CONDITIONS PEOPLE FREQUENCIES PANEL LOCATION dB(A) 10 CONTROL 31.5 63 125 250 500 1k2k4k8k feet ROOM 9
^ ^ - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _, _ _ _


l l
l l
LIGHTING SURVtY - ILLUMINANCE RECORD Page OF NAME UhIT DATE CONDITIONS ELEVATION s
LIGHTING SURVtY - ILLUMINANCE RECORD Page OF NAME UhIT DATE CONDITIONS ELEVATION s
PANEL   LOCATION-                                                                                                                                   G D                                                           E                                 F A      B        C A-9
PANEL LOCATION-A B
C D
E F
G A-9


n =_ . - . .-.
n =_. -.
                                                          +
+
1 LIGHTING SURVEY - LUMINANCE AND Page             REFLECTANCE
1 LIGHTING SURVEY - LUMINANCE AND REFLECTANCE RECORD Page _ of Name Date Station Contrast ratio w/ panel Surface w/o Pad w/ Pad Percent a
_ of     RECORD Name                                                 Date Station Percent Contrast ratio w/ panel w/o Pad w/ Pad                                     a Surface j.
j.
w 4~-
w 4~-
8 - 10
8 - 10


CRT LIGHTING SUKJFV Page   of I
LIGHTING SUKJFV CRT Page of I
(.-
Name _
Name _
(.-                                                                    Dcte Station Luminance CRT           Feature 9
Dcte Station Luminance Feature CRT 9
4 4
4 4
M
M


i r
i r
AIR VELOCITY SURVEY RECORD Plant _                         Date                 Time Measurements made by                           Sheet number     of Equipment / Instrument used Serial number                           Calibration date Location                   6 feet                 4 feet y
AIR VELOCITY SURVEY RECORD Plant _
Date Time Measurements made by Sheet number of Equipment / Instrument used Serial number Calibration date Location 6 feet 4 feet y
A - 12
A - 12


                      - - -        _                                          -                  -        .-                              ..            .      . -. u v . -,, ,, , zn 2
u v. -,,,,, zn 2
PHOTOGRAPHIC LOG Station                                                                               Photographer Unit                                                                                   Date Slide         F'                   Shutter                                       HED                   Location                 Photo     Description Sequence     Stop                         Speed                                 Index                           Code             Caption       Caption Number                                                                     Number                                                 Code i
PHOTOGRAPHIC LOG Station Photographer Unit Date Slide F'
Shutter HED Location Photo Description Sequence Stop Speed Index Code Caption Caption Number Number Code i
e iI a
e iI a
1 V
1 V
Line 232: Line 310:
E A - 13
E A - 13


~
g
g
                                                                                                                                          ~
~
n o                                                                                                                   ~
no nig o,
r o
~
        "      o,nig                                                                                                                    ~
ro
                    ,                                                                                                                      ~
~
Y" Su o                                                                                                                         ~
Y" o
t c                                      1
~
                                                                                                                                            ~
Su t
A            f, P                 ,
1
                " a,
~
                'g
cA f,
                                                                                                                                            ~
P
                        ,                                                                                                        I c                                                          I l
~
I                    I
" a,
              '  ro n. s F
'g r n.
E        G N       N O       A Z       R s
I I
n o                                                              I l
l I
I is        I I
c I
iv i                                                                                                            I
o s
F E
G N
N O
A Z
R sn is I
I I
l I
o iv
[
I ic I
I tcane S
T I
I
[
[
c                                I I
t c
a n
e S                                                                                                                        I T                                                                          I                    [
I N
I N
E           s                                                                                                             I M           t i         I I
E I
s M
j f
i I
I I
t n
R u
I i
I j
I j
f          n R          u                                                                                      j                      I I                                                                            I i
I U
U             ,
Q g
Q       ',
I l
g l
I E
I E       '                                                                    I R     I" I
l-R I"
l-I Y           m                                 l I                   l A                  ,
I Y
L               a                                                                                 l I
m A
P                 i c                           I I
l I
S                s   I S
l I
L a
P i
I I
I l
I c
S s
S I
i I
s l
D I
I I
I I
D i
Y I
s                                                          I                    l                       I I
L l
S Y
I S
L s
so I
o a
L a
c I
c I
L      -
l I
I                   l l
A I
m l
N i
i i_
r A
i l
l en K
o 2
_ ~
~ _
E S
I A
N
_ ~ _
T I
l I
I I
I I
A                                                      I I
I l
N                    m i
I I
r                                                                    i l
I I
A                  i e
I l
n l                      l i_
I L(M i
o K
A l
S            I E
A I
2                    _~                                ~_                                          _-_
A E
A T            N
[
                !                        _~_                      _-                              __                                          _-_
E M
                  ""                                                                      I                   l                       I I
M M
                    '              I
I m.
                    #                                      I I                    l                       I I
R i
                    '"              I                        I I                    l E
L_Atj I
[                         E                       M L(M                          i M
8 l
A l        M A
S I
I       A R
B N
R I
N M
: m.                          M N
U R
8 N
I 8
S                 I B
8 0
U L_Atj l
U 5
8                           8                   I 0                         U                       $
f U
I                                                                                    $
1 s
f                 U                                                     5                      _
R R
i 1
ui p
s R                       R ui                                           p                         R                         (                       E r
R
I
(
                                            ,F m                  I
E
,F
[
[
e Mn I               I C
C l
M I
B i
8 r
m i
h e
I I
8 M
8 M
u I             l 8
I M
M U
M U
N I
u I
B u
n u
M at i
N at I
u i
u M
M                        h                                          l         I I              I              I 8
l l
I            I S                       S l        l                       S                                                   U                       U S                           U                         0                         $                      - $
I S
U                           $                        5 s
I 8
R                      R
I S
:                                Ja     l l              Lt         R i
l S
t t
I I
t u
I U
I               I R
U S
E B
U 0
U M
U 5
I              I E
s R
B M
Ja l
Lt R
R R
E I
l i
I I
B I
I E
B I
B E
t M
M t
M U
U t
U N
U N
I E
N u
B U
R U.
N M
h N
I R                                     U.                           h                       N 1              I                         I         I E                                         l               1             I               I L                       L I                                                          L                          A                       A ll M
I L
U i
L I
l u
I 1
1 A
E i
l i
I l
L I               I A
1 L
l i  1            i l
I I
i h
L A
I    l F i
l F A
N N                      J I
ll A
1,, l N                       N                         [                       (j E                           U T
l 1
t u                       U                         Q                I Q K                                I    o  I              1 I ESQ  l              l E                       [
i i
S (Q7                                                $
I i
c                       -    I s                             S A                                                              _
M l
u l
I I
i A
l N
J I
1,,
l 1
i N
E U
t T U
h N
N
[
(
j o
(Q7 I E Q
I Q u
U l
E
[
K Q
l S
c I
1 I
I A
s
- S S
T 7%
T 7%


J_
J_
G ENE NI G F     ODN O     ZAA ER R
G ENE NI G F
s n
ODN O
E                  o i
ZAAER R
G                  s  I                 I                   I               I              I A                   iv P                   a n
sno E
I                   I               I             I t
i I
c u
I I
I I
G iv s
A a
P n
I I
I I
tc u
a S
a S
T N                                     I E                                                          l               I             I M               s t
T N
E                i R                n  I                 I                     I               I             I I               u U
E I
Q                  ,
l I
I                     I               I              I E             '
I M
R
s E
                    "      I 1                    I               I              I Y
t R
i I
I I
I I
u I
n UQ I
I I
I E
R I
L I
I I
1 Y
A L
A L
P L                    I               I             I S           n       I                 I I                                                           I               I              I i
P I
D          s I                     I               I             I n
I I
oi l                 I                     I               I             I a
S I
c o
n I
r 1                     I               I              L S                    r L_                   L_
I I
i  l L_
I I
I I                    o S                     m c
i D
Y L                 ",
s I
A                 j N                  "g         _        _      ____                  ____                  _        ___
I I
A     L O
I n
R                g K     T S
oi l
A N
I I
O E            '," T                   L                     I               I             I T
I I
L                     I               I R
a o
E                n.       l                 l                     l               I I_
I I
L c
1 I
o l
L_
L_
I L_
r S
ir S
m c
Y L
A j
"g N
L A
O R
T g
K N ', T L
I I
I S
O L
I I
A E
T R
n.
l l
l I
I_
E i
I_
L L
O eky R
T L_
l l
I l
N
=$*
O n
E+-
C E
L L
L L
i I_
O      eky R                            _                _                      _
T                                                                                                    _
N      =$*
O              n                          l L_
l                I            l C            E+-
E            ""
L            "'
L A
S A
n ri                          L L_
I              I L_
A L
A L
c n
i L_
i L                                     I             l e
L I
rc      L L_                    IL_
I L_
I L_
A M
S ri n
E M
A A
A N
L I
L E
l cn L
B A
L_
l LE  M A
IL_
N I
I L_
e rc A
M E
M A
M A
N I
N L
E B
A l
LE I
A I
A 1
A l
N
(
(
A N
M        1
[
[
M M
M M
- [
M A
M A
A l
L_$
I I
S l
B I
0 N
N N
N T P.
8 8
NE U
0 U
U EB 5
S S
5 MM rt iN R
R R
R l
QD I
B
(
E
[
l I
II t
1 I
I I
B l
l M
I I
B l
B t
t N
N M
M u
l U
U N
N l
N l
                                                                                                        - [
~
M A
I l
N T P.                                  .                                    B                  8 NE                  8                                       S L_$
I 8
I                      I              l U                 0                     U             U           I 0
i l
EB                                    5                     S             S                5 MM      l rt iN                  R                .                     R            R                R l
8 I
I                 .                      (            E                [
1 B
l QD                  B  1
l I_
                                                    .                      B            B                  B I                 I         I            I      l       l  I t
B U
t                                        M            M            I M
0 0
l II                  u                                        l t            U                  U N                                        N            N                  N l          I        l            I      i       l    I          1      l I_
U U
B                 ,                      8            8                B U                U                      0                              U
5 5
                                  $  ~              $                      5 0
S fMT L,.F I
5                S L
9 I
l I
I I
[
l
[ ~
R R
R i
E B
- R L
A I
A I
R
L t
[~
M V
fMT i
M lM R
L,.F.
NR i
M I
,3 U
R E
U E
9 V
O[
I      l R
I NT I
I B
M I          I
                                                                                                        - [R L l M
R        NR t
                                                    ,3                     U             U NT i                                                                        l i
N            N                  H E
B O[             I                  I      f              I      l      l    I          I      l I B                  L                                      L            L 4
M l
Nt TM AU tH I
I    lF A
i I
N I
3<
3<
                                                    , 1
I T
                                                    ,N I
l l
T I
I I
l N
i f
l N
H M
I B L
I L
l L
I I
4 l
B l
TM lF I
,N A
A I
A I
T N
l A
E l      l A
, 1 I
I T
Nt AU I
N I
i tH N
I         I l
N N
N UT l
,Q1 I
Q l
l E
l 1
t E
I I
I t
I t
N l
U U
U                     U             U                 u K         R             I    Q           l
U u
                                                    ,Q1                I Q l      l  Q l          1    Q  l S
l K
A T                              UT F5                5
R Q
Q Q
S I
[
[
5 E
S 5
S t
F5 5
5 P ;r i
A 5
T P ;r i


l u                                                                                 l
l u=
4.J L3 Ca r
-s la:f e
SJ z
=
en-
=
=
4.J L3 C
a
          -s r
e SJ la:f z
      =    en-
      =
e
e
          === =
 
s    =, f e        -
===
g   -!
=
=, f se g
e
e
          ===
 
          -a c= ~ i li ll-I I II         I I I l l l l l   1 1 I l r
===
WE 22" IE         -
-a c= ~ i li ll I I II I I I l l l l l 1 1 I l r
o g
WE 22 IE o
g         .        .              .        .        .
g g
Z           E W
Z E
2      - i.
W>
e=
- i.
2 e
=
W
W
  >= I                   l                                           !
>=
2   g     E           .        .              .
I l
  =          8            l                                         1 o =.          .
1 2
U 2     si           3       .              .
g E
W   E   'l             l
o =.
  .J J               E                 l                                 l
l
  <      Ess
=
          ~3 i
8 U
l US                               I J           E                                                     .
2 si 3
W E
'l l
.J J
E l
l Ess i
l US
~3 I
J E
e
e
                ~
.l
                        .l 5
~
e
5e=
            =
-E d
          -E d
=
                                                            =   =         .
=
            =.
=.
E                 5' w     5  -        5 -      5   -      5  -
5 5
E                 E w     e   I         e 5     - e   5   .
5 E
t   5
5' w 5
                                *        *          ^
E E
* E                 E       i             E         a         i I       I   5         y         y 5       "3 A-16
w e
I e
5
- e 5
. t 5
^
E E
i E
a i
I I
5 y
y 5
"3 A-16


e =0 a     825
e=0 m
      ~mm E
a 825
m e
~mm E
i l
i l
G-V Z       =
me G-V Z
4 u                                                                                            I s       E 5
=
E a
4u I
i               .
s E
a      ='i e
E 5
C i                                                        -
i a
c                                                                                             l Eas                                                                                     l a
='i a
q                    _              _
i e
8,
C l
              .s          Il l l     ,iII I'                 I IIl           l l l l l             I l l l g                                                                                                     I IIi O           .!!            I III             I II I           il l I           I I       II
c Eas l
$    $      '
a 8,
* _ l 1II                   II I I           IIII-l l      ll-l l l 1    l W     g                                                                                               ;
q Il l l
>    g      jg   _                _                    _              _                  _
,iII I' I IIl l l l l l I l l l g
25               8 m
.s O
            =a r L_
I III I II I il l I I I II I IIi l
l W           "gl
l l l l l 1
.J               w                         l
'
_J o
* _ l 1II II I I IIII l
l W
g g
jg 25 8
m r L_
l W
=a "gl l
.J w
o I I I
I I
_J
.u.
a:
a:
        .u.
n:2.....xs i i i
n:2.....xs II              I I
b 1
I i
2 l
b                           i i 1 2                                           l                 l                               _
l O
O      esit..exs     _                                    ..,            _
esit..exs o
o          3.c                                                 f W
3.c f
W
.J
.J
.J M
.J<
"'        a w
M<
            =
aw
U E
=U E
a
a Y
* Y
Y
            $                E Y
=
                                              ;            _ =             _  2               _
E 2
                                                                                                          =
E
E                                                                   e                       E E                =               .                E
_ =
* e                a               a Z
E E
c                                                                _                    _
e E
  =         g          _              _                    _
=
e         e E         "
a a
5               5                 5               5                       5 E                                                                          - I                  ~         ~
e Z
z                    - E,     -
cg
a,     - Im    -
=
s -< *
e e
                                                                                                          =
E 5
m                                                 *                *                                      -
E 5
m _
5 5
e   =             y   _                                    e
5
    -                        -                -                a               a                       a w
~
A-17                           -
~
- I a,
- I z
- E, m
s
=
m m
e
=
e y
a a
a w
A-17


J-i APPENDIX B s
J-i APPENDIX B s
f ..
f..
:                  Frequency with Which Potential HEDs were Associated with
Frequency with Which Potential HEDs were Associated with Each Operator Survey Questionnaire Item 1
-                                        Each Operator Survey Questionnaire Item 1
7 T
7 T
1-
1-7.
: 7.                                                                             ,
.g.
.g .
J 4
J 4
m
m
      --"7 -
--"7 y'
y' NW    mv4w- rg -- + syw   -ascog.- nep --yyy,p w ew -qzg .qq     tq q .gmry p q y -g-g   -.e w-.gg--73m-_ ,.
N W mv4w-rg -- + syw
y 9 g.-- y=g4ym7 gy-e-.-q--,---- py..rsmm.,     4 -em pp p-g 7   gpg-gy--g
-ascog.-
nep --yyy,p w ew -qzg.qq tq q.gmry p q y
-g-g
-.e w-.gg--73m-_
y 9 g.--
y=g4ym7 gy-e-.-q--,----
py..rsmm.,
4
-em pp p-g 7 gpg-gy--g


Frequency with Which Potential HEDs were Associated with Each Operator Survey Questionnaire Item Question   Frequency                       Questionnaire Item A.2           14         Identify any additional displays which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.
Frequency with Which Potential HEDs were Associated with Each Operator Survey Questionnaire Item Question Frequency Questionnaire Item A.2 14 Identify any additional displays which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.
A.1           12         Identify any additional controls which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.
A.1 12 Identify any additional controls which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.
B.3           8         Identify the system (s) in which controls and/or displays are not grouped together but should be.
B.3 8
B.4           8         Describe how the layout of the control board equipment can be improved to allow operators to perform more effectively.
Identify the system (s) in which controls and/or displays are not grouped together but should be.
B.8           7           Describe   any system (s) in the control room which you feel   are difficult or confusing to operate.
B.4 8
Describe   any incident (s) in which these have affected   operator job performance.
Describe how the layout of the control board equipment can be improved to allow operators to perform more effectively.
C.3           7           Identify and describe those alarm tiles that have an inappropriate set point, that is those that give the operator either too much or too little time in which to respond to a plant problem.
B.8 7
C.2           5           Describe any incident (s) in which the annunciator warning systen was ineffective in helping operators respond to a problem.
Describe any system (s) in the control room which you feel are difficult or confusing to operate.
A.3           4           Identify the area (s) in the main control room where direct voice communication is difficult.
Describe any incident (s) in which these have affected operator job performance.
C.4           4           For alarms with multiple inputs, is the conputer printout capability sufficient for you to determine the cause? If not, which alarms should be split into single inputs?
C.3 7
                                                          )
Identify and describe those alarm tiles that have an inappropriate set point, that is those that give the operator either too much or too little time in which to respond to a plant problem.
G.2           4           Identify tables / checklists / status boards etc.
C.2 5
Describe any incident (s) in which the annunciator warning systen was ineffective in helping operators respond to a problem.
A.3 4
Identify the area (s) in the main control room where direct voice communication is difficult.
C.4 4
For alarms with multiple inputs, is the conputer printout capability sufficient for you to determine the cause? If not, which alarms should be split into single inputs?
)
G.2 4
Identify tables / checklists / status boards etc.
which could be redesigned to improve their usefulness. Explain.
which could be redesigned to improve their usefulness. Explain.
I.3           4           Describe any incident (s) involving control room personnel in which additional training would have been helpful.
I.3 4
A.5           3         Describe areas in the main control room where lighting causes glare, reflections, dark areas, or other problems.
Describe any incident (s) involving control room personnel in which additional training would have been helpful.
C.5           3         Identify any alarm tile (s) in the main control room which are confusing or difficult to understand. Explain why.
A.5 3
Describe areas in the main control room where lighting causes glare, reflections, dark areas, or other problems.
C.5 3
Identify any alarm tile (s) in the main control room which are confusing or difficult to understand. Explain why.
B-1
B-1


Question Frequency                 Questionnaire Item E.1         3     Identify any information or calculations not presently provided by the process computer that would be useful.
Question Frequency Questionnaire Item E.1 3
E.4         3     Describe any incident (s) in which a delay in computer response to a request has detracted from or interfered with job performance.
Identify any information or calculations not presently provided by the process computer that would be useful.
E.5         3     Is there any information presented on the CRT's that would be more useful if it was presented differently? Explain.
E.4 3
F.4         3     Describe any situation (s) in which replacement equipment such as fuses, bulbs, ink, etc. were unavailable for corrective maintenance.
Describe any incident (s) in which a delay in computer response to a request has detracted from or interfered with job performance.
A.4         2     Identify any area (s) in the main control roam where the air quality (temperature, humidity, air flow) makes it uncomfortable or distracting to work.
E.5 3
B.1         2     Identify any control device (s) that should be operated manually instead of automatically or vice versa. Why?
Is there any information presented on the CRT's that would be more useful if it was presented differently? Explain.
E.3               Identify any words or symbols used on the computer that are difficult to understand or interpret.
F.4 3
Describe any situation (s) in which replacement equipment such as fuses, bulbs, ink, etc. were unavailable for corrective maintenance.
A.4 2
Identify any area (s) in the main control roam where the air quality (temperature, humidity, air flow) makes it uncomfortable or distracting to work.
B.1 2
Identify any control device (s) that should be operated manually instead of automatically or vice versa. Why?
E.3 Identify any words or symbols used on the computer that are difficult to understand or interpret.
Suggest improvements.
Suggest improvements.
E.7         2     Identify any information presented on the computer printer that is not useful to control room operations and explain why. Describe any situation (s) in which presentation of this information interfered with main control room         ,
E.7 2
personnel receiving information from the printer.
Identify any information presented on the computer printer that is not useful to control room operations and explain why.
F.5         2     Describe the method used to determine lamp failure on the control panels. Describe a method that you feel would be more effective. Explain.
Describe any situation (s) in which presentation of this information interfered with main control room personnel receiving information from the printer.
H.4         2     Describe how the shif t turnover process can be improved.
F.5 2
H.5         2     Describe any incident (s) in which the operating crew staffing structure affected control room operations. How can this be improved?
Describe the method used to determine lamp failure on the control panels. Describe a method that you feel would be more effective. Explain.
A.6         1     Identify any obstacle (s)-in the main control room that interfere with movement.
H.4 2
B.2         1     Identify any throttleable valve (s) that would potentially ' restrict your time to respond during emergency operations because of their throttleability.
Describe how the shif t turnover process can be improved.
H.5 2
Describe any incident (s) in which the operating crew staffing structure affected control room operations. How can this be improved?
A.6 1
Identify any obstacle (s)-in the main control room that interfere with movement.
B.2 1
Identify any throttleable valve (s) that would potentially ' restrict your time to respond during emergency operations because of their throttleability.
B-2
B-2


Question Frequency               ~ Questionnaire Item B.5         1     Identify areas on the main control boards where your use of a control is interfered with by other equipment surrounding it (eg. controls,' displays, telephones, radios, etc. ) .
Question Frequency
B.6         1     Identify equipment (controls, displays) in the main control room which are difficult to reach or monitor. Describe any incident (s) in which this difficulty has had an impact on operator job performance.
~ Questionnaire Item B.5 1
B.7'       1     Identify any-control (s) on back panels that should be on front panels or vice-versa. Please explain why and be specific.
Identify areas on the main control boards where your use of a control is interfered with by other equipment surrounding it (eg. controls,' displays, telephones, radios, etc. ).
B.9       1     Describe any incident (s) in which controls located in the control room were accidently activated.
B.6 1
Identify equipment (controls, displays) in the main control room which are difficult to reach or monitor. Describe any incident (s) in which this difficulty has had an impact on operator job performance.
B.7' 1
Identify any-control (s) on back panels that should be on front panels or vice-versa. Please explain why and be specific.
B.9 1
Describe any incident (s) in which controls located in the control room were accidently activated.
Why?
Why?
C.1       1     Identify and describe those areas in the main control room where background noise levels interfere with annunciator alarms. Describe any incident (s) in which the background noise delayed an operator in detecting an annunciator alarm in a timely manner.
C.1 1
D.2       1     Identify any area (s) in the main control room where messages presented over the PA or radio systems can not be heard clearly.
Identify and describe those areas in the main control room where background noise levels interfere with annunciator alarms. Describe any incident (s) in which the background noise delayed an operator in detecting an annunciator alarm in a timely manner.
D.3       1     Describe any instance (s) in which the use of the PA or radio systems by non-operating personnel interfered with control room use of the system.
D.2 1
D.5             Describe any incident (s) in which use of walkie-talkies have interfered with plant instrumentation.
Identify any area (s) in the main control room where messages presented over the PA or radio systems can not be heard clearly.
E.6       1     Identify any CRT's located in the control room which are difficult to use from normal operating positions because of their placement in the control room.
D.3 1
F.1       1     Describe any incident (s) in which maintenance activities contributed to an operational problem.
Describe any instance (s) in which the use of the PA or radio systems by non-operating personnel interfered with control room use of the system.
G.1         1   Identify any procedure (s) which are unclear or difficult to use. E:cplain. Describe any incident (s) in which this led to an operational problem?           -
D.5 Describe any incident (s) in which use of walkie-talkies have interfered with plant instrumentation.
  'G.5         1     Identify the testing procedure (s) that should be performed more or less frequently (daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, etc.) than they are now.     For each, state why.
E.6 1
Identify any CRT's located in the control room which are difficult to use from normal operating positions because of their placement in the control room.
F.1 1
Describe any incident (s) in which maintenance activities contributed to an operational problem.
G.1 1
Identify any procedure (s) which are unclear or difficult to use.
E:cplain. Describe any incident (s) in which this led to an operational problem?
'G.5 1
Identify the testing procedure (s) that should be performed more or less frequently (daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, etc.) than they are now.
For each, state why.
B-3
B-3


Question Frequency             Questionnaire Item                     ,
Question Frequency Questionnaire Item H.2 1
H.2         1     Describe any individual responsibilities which are not clearly understood. How could they be improved?
Describe any individual responsibilities which are not clearly understood. How could they be improved?
I.1         1     Describe any inconsistencies between training and actual control room operations. What can be done to make the two more consistent?
I.1 1
I.2       1     Describe any emergency situation (s) for which you feel you have not received enough training.
Describe any inconsistencies between training and actual control room operations. What can be done to make the two more consistent?
D.1         0     Identify any auditory signal (s) presented in the control room which are confusing.
I.2 1
D.4       0     Describe any situation (s) in which problems with the PA or radio systems prevented or interfered with an operators ability to communicate with individuals in other areas.
Describe any emergency situation (s) for which you feel you have not received enough training.
E.2         0     Describe any feature (s) of the computer system that you feel are helpful.
D.1 0
E.8         0     Identify any computer system procedures which are difficult to understand. Describe any incident (s) in which this had caused a problem.
Identify any auditory signal (s) presented in the control room which are confusing.
E.9         0     Identify any key (s) on the keyboard for the computer which are not used by main control room personnel. Describe any incident (s) in which these keys have caused problems in using the computer.
D.4 0
F.2         0     Describe any incident (s) in which the station maintenance program was particularly helpful in preventing an operational problem.
Describe any situation (s) in which problems with the PA or radio systems prevented or interfered with an operators ability to communicate with individuals in other areas.
F.3       0     Identify and describe any characteristic (s) of the main control room preventative maintenance program, or corrective maintenance procedures that are a) very effective b) not effective.
E.2 0
G.3         0     Identify the log (s) that you feel are difficult to update or maintain. Explain why.
Describe any feature (s) of the computer system that you feel are helpful.
G.4       0     Identify any mathematical calculation (s) that are time consuming and/or difficult to perform.
E.8 0
Identify any computer system procedures which are difficult to understand.
Describe any incident (s) in which this had caused a problem.
E.9 0
Identify any key (s) on the keyboard for the computer which are not used by main control room personnel. Describe any incident (s) in which these keys have caused problems in using the computer.
F.2 0
Describe any incident (s) in which the station maintenance program was particularly helpful in preventing an operational problem.
F.3 0
Identify and describe any characteristic (s) of the main control room preventative maintenance program, or corrective maintenance procedures that are a) very effective b) not effective.
G.3 0
Identify the log (s) that you feel are difficult to update or maintain. Explain why.
G.4 0
Identify any mathematical calculation (s) that are time consuming and/or difficult to perform.
Explain.
Explain.
H.1       0     Are there any job duties which are performed by others in which you feel main control room personnel should be more directly involved or vice versa? Explain.
H.1 0
Are there any job duties which are performed by others in which you feel main control room personnel should be more directly involved or vice versa? Explain.
B-4
B-4


Question Frequency           ,
Question Frequency Questionnaire Item H.3 0
Questionnaire Item H.3         0     Describe any instance (s) in which distractions, in the form of unnecessary personnel, traffic, etc.,
Describe any instance (s) in which distractions, in the form of unnecessary personnel, traffic, etc.,
interfered with-your main control room duties.
interfered with-your main control room duties.
B-5
B-5


APPENDIX C~
APPENDIX C~
Management and Staffing: Personnel O
Management and Staffing:
Personnel O


==1.0   INTRODUCTION==
==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
 
The management and administration of the LaSalle Station Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) was the responsibility of the Technical Services Nuclear Department.
The   management     and   administration of the LaSalle Station Detailed   Control       Room   Design     Review   (DCRDR)   was     the responsibility of the Technical Services Nuclear Department.
Within this department, the DCRDR Program Administrator reports to.the Technical Services Nuclear Department Manager who reports directly to an Assistant Vice President and hence to a CECO Executive Vice President.
Within this department, the DCRDR Program Administrator reports to .the   Technical     Services     Nuclear   Department   Manager   who reports directly to an Assistant Vice President and hence to a CECO Executive Vice President.
The DCRDR activities were implemented by experienced Operating,
The DCRDR activities were implemented by experienced Operating,
' Engineering and ' Human       Factors   Engineering   personnel. These individuals   performed the DCRDR with input from other CECO
' Engineering and ' Human Factors Engineering personnel.
These individuals performed the DCRDR with input from other CECO
' studies, analyses and concerns involving human factors engi-neering considerations.
' studies, analyses and concerns involving human factors engi-neering considerations.
The DCRDR review team consisted of a select group of profes-sionals   with     the   wide   range   of   skills   necessary   for   the performance of the design review and included:
The DCRDR review team consisted of a select group of profes-sionals with the wide range of skills necessary for the performance of the design review and included:
e     An I&C-engineer e     An     engineer / architect     with   control   room   design experience e     A   senior reactor operator or operations             technical advisor with operating experience e     A human factors specialist Subject Matter Experts (SMEs) participated in every phase of
e An I&C-engineer e
                ~
An engineer / architect with control room design experience e
the review.     They worked closely with all review team members to provide the appropriate level of plant design and opera-tional knowledge.
A senior reactor operator or operations technical advisor with operating experience e
The following sections summarize the qualifications of each of the LaSalle Station DCRDR review team participants.             Two cate-gories of involvement are listed:           DCRDR review team partici-pants (Section 2.0), and SME Support Personnel (Section 3.0).
A human factors specialist Subject Matter Experts (SMEs) participated in every phase of
~
the review.
They worked closely with all review team members to provide the appropriate level of plant design and opera-tional knowledge.
The following sections summarize the qualifications of each of the LaSalle Station DCRDR review team participants.
Two cate-gories of involvement are listed:
DCRDR review team partici-pants (Section 2.0), and SME Support Personnel (Section 3.0).
C-1
C-1


2.0   DCRDR REVIEW TEAM PARTICIPANTS The   qualifications   of   the DCRDR     review     team members   are summarized below.     The responsibilities and duties of each member is discussed in Section 3.0, of Volume 1 of the LaSalle Station DCRDR Final Summary Report.
2.0 DCRDR REVIEW TEAM PARTICIPANTS The qualifications of the DCRDR review team members are summarized below.
The responsibilities and duties of each member is discussed in Section 3.0, of Volume 1 of the LaSalle Station DCRDR Final Summary Report.
The Program Administrator position was originally filled by Mr.
The Program Administrator position was originally filled by Mr.
Gary Abrell. During the second half of the LaSalle DCRDR, the Program Administrator position was filled by Mr. Larry Davis.
Gary Abrell.
Both, men were CECO employees. Mr. Abrell qualifications are as follows:
During the second half of the LaSalle DCRDR, the Program Administrator position was filled by Mr. Larry Davis.
Education:     B.S.,   U.C. Naval Academy,     Annapolis,     Maryland, 1961.
Both, men were CECO employees.
  . Experience:   Mr. Abrell   has served as. the Supervisor of Station Support Services for the past 11 months.
Mr. Abrell qualifications are as follows:
Prior to .that he was the Director of Quality Assurance for Operations for 6-1/2 years. He has 23 years of engineering experience which includes 20 in the nuclear field.         He has held positions in Nuclear Licensing and Nuclear Station opera-tions at Commonwealth Edison.             He has had 3-1/2 years - in the Navy Nuclear Power Program.           He has held an SRO license         for Dresden Station since 1970 and has been a Registered                 Professional Engineer.in Illinois since 1978.
Education:
B.S.,
U.C.
Naval
: Academy, Annapolis,
: Maryland, 1961.
. Experience:
Mr.
Abrell has served as. the Supervisor of Station Support Services for the past 11 months.
Prior to.that he was the Director of Quality Assurance for Operations for 6-1/2 years.
He has 23 years of engineering experience which includes 20 in the nuclear field.
He has held positions in Nuclear Licensing and Nuclear Station opera-tions at Commonwealth Edison.
He has had 3-1/2 years - in the Navy Nuclear Power Program.
He has held an SRO license for Dresden Station since 1970 and has been a
Registered Professional Engineer.in Illinois since 1978.
In the Human Factors area, Mr. Abrell adopted the
In the Human Factors area, Mr. Abrell adopted the
                  " Green Board" for Dresden Station in 1973 and was responsible for its implementation. This concept is in   use at LaSalle, Byron, and Braidwood stations.
" Green Board" for Dresden Station in 1973 and was responsible for its implementation.
This concept is in use at
: LaSalle, Byron, and Braidwood stations.
C-2
C-2


y Mr. Davis' qualifications are as follows:
y Mr. Davis' qualifications are as follows:
Education:   M.B.A., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1978.
Education:
B.S., Engineering, University of Illinois, 1970.
M.B.A.,
Experience:   For the past six months, Mr. Davis has served as the   Supervisor     of   Station     Support   Services including     the duty   as   the   CECO   Human Factors Program Administrator.       He has approximately 14 years of nuclear power plant experience, was SRO licensed at the Dresden Station (BWR) and was license   certified     at   the   Braidwood   Station (PWR). Prior to his present assignment, he held various     positions     at     a   newly   established Production Training Center including the Acting Training     D. nager   position.       Prior   experience included   duties   at   both   an operational     and pre-operational nuclear generating station.
Illinois Institute of Technology, 1978.
B.S.,
Engineering, University of Illinois, 1970.
Experience:
For the past six months, Mr. Davis has served as the Supervisor of Station Support Services including the duty as the CECO Human Factors Program Administrator.
He has approximately 14 years of nuclear power plant experience, was SRO licensed at the Dresden Station (BWR) and was license certified at the Braidwood Station (PWR).
Prior to his present assignment, he held various positions at a
newly established Production Training Center including the Acting Training D. nager position.
Prior experience included duties at both an operational and pre-operational nuclear generating station.
C-3
C-3


The position of DCRDR Program Coordinator was filled by Mr.
The position of DCRDR Program Coordinator was filled by Mr.
Robert G. Howard of CECO.     Mr. Howard's qualifications are as follows:
Robert G.
Education:   B.S.,     Electrical     Engineering,     University   ~of .
Howard of CECO.
Wisconsin, 1955.
Mr. Howard's qualifications are as follows:
Experience: For the past four years, Mr. Howard has assisted in   the   Human   Factors   Reviews of CECO's Zion, LaSalle, Byron, Braidwood, Dresden, and LaSalle nuclear stations.       For the past three years he was     Coordinator       of     the     Byron /Braidwood Prelimina'ry Design Assessment         (PDA) and for the past two years assisted Mr. Squires and Mr. Lau in   the development and implementation cf the DCRDR   Generic     Program   Plan   for   CECO   nuclear plants. For the past seven years Mr. Howard was assigned as Staff Engineer in the Control and Instrument     group   of   the   Station   Electrical Engineering     Department     and as of September 3, 1984, is a Staff Engineer in Technical Services Nuclear Department.         For eight years prior to that he was Operating- Engineer             at   the   Zion Station     (SRO   license     from   1973   to   1979).
Education:
Twenty-three     of   his   40   years experience with power plants have been in the nuclear power area,
B.S.,
            ' including assignments in operation, maintenance, construction and engineering.
Electrical Engineering, University
~of Wisconsin, 1955.
Experience:
For the past four years, Mr. Howard has assisted in the Human Factors Reviews of CECO's
: Zion, LaSalle, Byron, Braidwood, Dresden, and LaSalle nuclear stations.
For the past three years he was Coordinator of the Byron /Braidwood Prelimina'ry Design Assessment (PDA) and for the past two years assisted Mr. Squires and Mr. Lau in the development and implementation cf the DCRDR Generic Program Plan for CECO nuclear plants.
For the past seven years Mr. Howard was assigned as Staff Engineer in the Control and Instrument group of the Station Electrical Engineering Department and as of September 3,
1984, is a Staff Engineer in Technical Services Nuclear Department.
For eight years prior to that he was Operating-Engineer at the Zion Station (SRO license from 1973 to 1979).
Twenty-three of his 40 years experience with power plants have been in the nuclear power area,
' including assignments in operation, maintenance, construction and engineering.
C-4
C-4


.The position of Senior Subject Matter Expert was filled by Mr.
.The position of Senior Subject Matter Expert was filled by Mr.
William R. Huntington (Assistant Superintendent-Operations) of CECO. Mr. Huntington's qualifications are as follows:
William R.
Education:   B.S., Electrical Engineering, M.I.T.,     1965.
Huntington (Assistant Superintendent-Operations) of CECO.
Experience:   Mr. Huntington is now Assistant Superintendent-Operations.
Mr. Huntington's qualifications are as follows:
March 1984 to April 1985         -
Education:
Technical   Staff Supervisor at LaSalle Station.       In this capacity, Mr. Huntington's responsibilities included Tech-nical Support of Operations, including Technical Specification changes, procedure revisions and plant modifications.
B.S.,
January   1976   to March 1984   -
Electrical Engineering, M.I.T.,
Lead  Engineer /
1965.
Assistant     Technical   Supervisor /Preoperational Test Coordinator in the Technical Staff. In this position, his primary function was to supervise the development, performance, and evaluation of the   pre-operationa. testing   of   both   LaSalle County Station reactors.
Experience:
July 1965 to July 1975 - Officer, United States Navy. Served in various capacities in nuclear submarines during construction,         operation and overhaul phases.
Mr.
Huntington is now Assistant Superintendent-Operations.
March 1984 to April 1985 Technical Staff Supervisor at LaSalle Station.
In this capacity, Mr. Huntington's responsibilities included Tech-nical Support of Operations, including Technical Specification
: changes, procedure revisions and plant modifications.
Lead Engineer /
January 1976 to March 1984 Assistant Technical Supervisor /Preoperational Test Coordinator in the Technical Staff.
In this position, his primary function was to supervise the development, performance, and evaluation of the pre-operationa.
testing of both LaSalle County Station reactors.
July 1965 to July 1975 - Officer, United States Navy.
Served in various capacities in nuclear submarines during construction, operation and overhaul phases.
C-5
C-5


The position of Human Factors Management Assistant is being filled by Kathleen A. Hesse of CECO. Ms. Hesse's qualifica-tions are as follows:
The position of Human Factors Management Assistant is being filled by Kathleen A.
Education:   B.S.,   Psychology,   Minor in Engineering     Manage-ment, University of Missouri-Rolla, 1984.
Hesse of CECO.
Associate     of   Science   in   General   Studies, Specialization   in   Pre-Engineering,     Belleville Area College, 1980.
Ms. Hesse's qualifica-tions are as follows:
Education:
B.S.,
Psychology, Minor in Engineering Manage-ment, University of Missouri-Rolla, 1984.
Associate of Science in General
: Studies, Specialization in Pre-Engineering, Belleville Area College, 1980.
Diploma in Drafting, Specialization in Electrical Drafting, St. Louis Tech, 1976.
Diploma in Drafting, Specialization in Electrical Drafting, St. Louis Tech, 1976.
Experience:   Since   joining Commonwealth   Edison   Company in January of 1985, Ms. Hesse has supported projects under Commonwealth Edison Company's human factors engineering program.     Her main task is working closely with the Detailed Control Room Design Review Coordinator, offering additional support.
Experience:
Ms. Hesse also works on.the technical aspects of the project where and when help is needed. Other power plant experience includes employment with another utility company.       Ms. Hesse has been totally involved in all aspects of the Detailed Control Room Design Review for the Commonwealth Edison nuclear stations.
Since joining Commonwealth Edison Company in January of 1985, Ms. Hesse has supported projects under Commonwealth Edison Company's human factors engineering program.
Her main task is working closely with the Detailed Control Room Design Review Coordinator, offering additional support.
Ms. Hesse also works on.the technical aspects of the project where and when help is needed.
Other power plant experience includes employment with another utility company.
Ms.
Hesse has been totally involved in all aspects of the Detailed Control Room Design Review for the Commonwealth Edison nuclear stations.
C-6
C-6


The individuals filling the Human Factors Engineering pcaitions were made up of individuals from outside contractors.
The individuals filling the Human Factors Engineering pcaitions were made up of individuals from outside contractors.
The position of Lead Human Factors Specialist (LHFS) was filled by Mr. Robert L. Kershner from Advanced Resource Development (ARD)   Corporation. Mr. Kershner's   qualifications       are   as follows:
The position of Lead Human Factors Specialist (LHFS) was filled by Mr. Robert L.
Education:. M.A.,   Human   Factors   Psychology,     the   Catholic University of America, Washington, D.C., 1977.
Kershner from Advanced Resource Development (ARD)
B.A., Applied Psychology, cum laude, University of Baltimore, Baltimore, Maryland, 1975.
Corporation.
Experience:   For   the   past   five   years   Mr. Kershner,   Vice President of Human Factors Technology Division for ARD Corporation, has worked in the nuclear utility industry providing support in a number of human factors areas including Lead Human Factors Engineer for over 8 DCRDRs, program plan develop-ment,   SPDS design and evaluation, control room design reviews, and EOP validation.               Prior to   >
Mr.
that    time,   he   spent   six     years   designing, conducting and evaluating human factors research in vibrotactile codes, traffic management, driver information     systems,     low-fidelity       simulation aids,   information presentation to time critical materials, visual searen patterns, and military systems design, analysis and improvement.                 In addition, Mr.-Kershner participated in underwater acoustical testing of nuclear submarines serving as assistant trial director.
Kershner's qualifications are as follows:
Education:.
M.A.,
Human Factors Psychology, the Catholic University of America, Washington, D.C.,
1977.
B.A.,
Applied Psychology, cum laude, University of Baltimore, Baltimore, Maryland, 1975.
Experience:
For the past five years Mr.
: Kershner, Vice President of Human Factors Technology Division for ARD Corporation, has worked in the nuclear utility industry providing support in a number of human factors areas including Lead Human Factors Engineer for over 8 DCRDRs, program plan develop-
: ment, SPDS design and evaluation, control room design
: reviews, and EOP validation.
Prior to that
: time, he spent six years designing, conducting and evaluating human factors research in vibrotactile codes, traffic management, driver information
: systems, low-fidelity simulation
: aids, information presentation to time critical materials, visual searen patterns, and military systems
: design, analysis and improvement.
In addition, Mr.-Kershner participated in underwater acoustical testing of nuclear submarines serving as assistant trial director.
C-7
C-7


                        ~     .    . _-          .      .-. ..          .          - _ .-
~
Dr. Eugene B. Silverman,       president   of       Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation, acted in a quality assurance capacity. Dr. Silverman's qualifications are as follows:
Dr.
Education:     Ph.D.,   Applied Experimental Psychology, Computer Science and Electrical Engineering, The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC, 1976.
Eugene B.
M.A.,   Human Factors, The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC, 1975.
Silverman, president of Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation, acted in a quality assurance capacity.
B.S.,     Physiological       Psychology,         University   of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 1969.
Dr. Silverman's qualifications are as follows:
Experience:   Dr. Silverman~has developed an organization which is highly responsive to the current needs of business and technology.             He has         managed the comprehensive human factors engineering reviews of Pressurized Water Reactor and Boiling Water Reactor nuclear power plant control rooms.                   The reviews were conducted within the operational, cost and schedule constraints of the plant and were     implemented,     jointly,     with     utility   engi-neering and operations personnel.                 Design issues addreised       included       control         board     layout, contr al/ display design and         functional       grouping, environmental         conditions,           process     computer performance,       procedure   (normal,       emergency,   and       ,
Education:
abnormal)       effectiveness,       maintainability         and annunciator system design.           Supporting consulta-tion     was   provided in the areas               of   operator training,       task     analysis,     human       fatigue   and stress, and personnel error analysis.
Ph.D.,
Applied Experimental Psychology, Computer Science and Electrical Engineering, The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC, 1976.
M.A.,
Human Factors, The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC, 1975.
B.S.,
Physiological Psychology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 1969.
Experience:
Dr. Silverman~has developed an organization which is highly responsive to the current needs of business and technology.
He has managed the comprehensive human factors engineering reviews of Pressurized Water Reactor and Boiling Water Reactor nuclear power plant control rooms.
The reviews were conducted within the operational, cost and schedule constraints of the plant and were implemented,
: jointly, with utility engi-neering and operations personnel.
Design issues addreised included control board
: layout, contr al/ display design and functional
: grouping, environmental conditions, process computer performance, procedure (normal, emergency, and abnormal) effectiveness, maintainability and annunciator system design.
Supporting consulta-tion was provided in the areas of operator
: training, task
: analysis, human fatigue and stress, and personnel error analysis.
C-8
C-8


T The Human Factors. Specialist positions are being filled by ARD -
T The Human Factors. Specialist positions are being filled by ARD -
Corporation personnal, the names, affiliations, and educational and experimental qualifications for these individuals are as follows:
Corporation personnal, the names, affiliations, and educational and experimental qualifications for these individuals are as follows:
Individual:             Mr. Stephen H. Cooley
Individual:
      ' Affiliation:             Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation
Mr. Stephen H. Cooley
:        Education:             M.A.,   Industrial / Organizational Psychology,                                                               Uni-versity of Illinois at Chicago, Illinois, 1980.
' Affiliation:
B.A., Psychology with minors in Business Admini-stration             and                   Statistics,                         George         Washington University, Washington, D.C., 1976.                                                                     -
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:
Experience:             For the past four years, Mr. Cooley, a Senior Human Factors Specialist for ARD, has worked in the nuclear power                                           industry.             Ha     has provided support in a number of human factors areas that include:           program plan development, control room design reviews, procedure writing and evaluation, training, and human error as a result of inade-quate man-machine interfaces.                                                     Prior to his work in the nuclear                                 industry, he worked for three years in designing, conducting and evaluating both applied and theoretical research in leader-ship   emergence,                               personnel                     selection,             personnel staffing             patterns,                                 stress             management,               group dynamics, market research, management assessment, and   the         psychological                                     factors         associated               with addiction.
M.A.,
Industrial / Organizational Psychology, Uni-versity of Illinois at Chicago, Illinois, 1980.
B.A.,
Psychology with minors in Business Admini-stration and Statistics, George Washington University, Washington, D.C., 1976.
Experience:
For the past four years, Mr.
: Cooley, a Senior Human Factors Specialist for ARD, has worked in the nuclear power industry.
Ha has provided support in a number of human factors areas that include:
program plan development, control room design reviews, procedure writing and evaluation, training, and human error as a result of inade-quate man-machine interfaces.
Prior to his work in the nuclear
: industry, he worked for three years in designing, conducting and evaluating both applied and theoretical research in leader-ship emergence, personnel selection, personnel staffing
: patterns, stress management, group dynamics, market research, management assessment, and the psychological factors associated with addiction.
C-9
C-9


Individual: Mr. Joseph B. Winter Affiliation: Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:   M.S.,     Psychology,       Virginia     Commonwealth .
Individual:
University, Richmond, Virginia, 1979.
Mr. Joseph B. Winter Affiliation:
B.S.,     Psychology,       Virginia     Commonwealth s
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:
M.S.,
Psychology, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, Virginia, 1979.
B.S.,
Psychology, Virginia Commonwealth s
University, Richmond, Virginia, 1974.
University, Richmond, Virginia, 1974.
Experience: Mr. Winter has over two years experience in the power   industry     conducting   task   analyses   on nuclear jobs for training purposes.         In addition to utility employment, he has three additional years of human   factors   experience   utilizing a variety of analytic techniques in the areas of test   validation,     selection,     classification, compensation,   performance   appraisal   and multi-purpose job analysis.     He is an accomplished SAS programmer and has used task analysis approaches to create   computerized classification systems, tying them to human resource development projects which factor geographic differences in pay.         He has experience developing job evaluation systems and has worked extensively as a job analyst.
Experience:
Mr. Winter has over two years experience in the power industry conducting task analyses on nuclear jobs for training purposes.
In addition to utility employment, he has three additional years of human factors experience utilizing a
variety of analytic techniques in the areas of test validation, selection, classification, compensation, performance appraisal and multi-purpose job analysis.
He is an accomplished SAS programmer and has used task analysis approaches to create computerized classification
: systems, tying them to human resource development projects which factor geographic differences in pay.
He has experience developing job evaluation systems and has worked extensively as a job analyst.
l l
l l
1 l
1 l
C - 10
C - 10


Individual: Mr. Michael A. Boggi Affiliation: Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:   M.S.,   Industrial   Engineering,         North     Carolina State   University,     Raleigh,         North     Carolina, expected completion:     December 1985.
Individual:
B.A., Psychology, LaSalle College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1981.
Mr. Michael A. Boggi Affiliation:
Experience: In   1982   Mr. Boggi   supervised         a   group     of researchers   conducting a noise control project for the regional headquarters of the Amoco Oil company of Raleigh, North Carolina.             In addition, Mr. Boggi worked on a team that evaluated aspects                 ;
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:
of  safety,   biomechanics,         and the man-machine interface at specific work locations at the ITT plant in Raleigh, North Carolina.                 Besides his applied   experience,   Mr.         Boggi   has     conducted observational research in freight management and traffic control.     Presently he is applying his training and experience to complex man-machine interface issues in the nuclear industry.
M.S.,
Industrial Engineering, North Carolina State University,
: Raleigh, North
: Carolina, expected completion:
December 1985.
B.A.,
Psychology, LaSalle College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1981.
Experience:
In 1982 Mr.
Boggi supervised a
group of researchers conducting a noise control project for the regional headquarters of the Amoco Oil company of Raleigh, North Carolina.
In addition, Mr. Boggi worked on a team that evaluated aspects of
: safety, biomechanics, and the man-machine interface at specific work locations at the ITT plant in Raleigh, North Carolina.
Besides his applied experience, Mr.
Boggi has conducted observational research in freight management and traffic control.
Presently he is applying his training and experience to complex man-machine interface issues in the nuclear industry.
C - 11
C - 11


Individual: Mr. Christopher C. Plott Affiliation: Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:   M.S.,     Industrial     Engineering,         Texas   Tech University, Lubbock, Texas, 1983.
Individual:
B.S.,   Kinesiological       Sciences,     University   of Maryland,' College Park, Maryland, 1981.
Mr. Christopher C.
Experience: Presently, and for the last year and one-half, Mr. Plott has been involved in the evaluation of the complex man-machine interface issues in the nuclcir industry as well as in the development of the   computerized     data     base   management     system being used for a DCRDR.
Plott Affiliation:
For the previous two and one-half years, he was involved   in various   applied     research     projects conducted at Texas Tech.         These included work in the   areas   of   work   physiology,       biomechanics, anthropometry,     task     analysis     and     work   load measurement while under contract to the Bureau of Mines,   the State of Texas,           and the McDonnel Douglas Corp. His responsibilities included the design, conduct and analysis of various aspects of these projects.     Mr. Plott has also worked in the areas of human-computer interface and sofware development.
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:
M.S.,
Industrial Engineering, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas, 1983.
B.S.,
Kinesiological
: Sciences, University of Maryland,' College Park, Maryland, 1981.
Experience:
Presently, and for the last year and one-half, Mr. Plott has been involved in the evaluation of the complex man-machine interface issues in the nuclcir industry as well as in the development of the computerized data base management system being used for a DCRDR.
For the previous two and one-half years, he was involved in various applied research projects conducted at Texas Tech.
These included work in the areas of work physiology, biomechanics, anthropometry, task analysis and work load measurement while under contract to the Bureau of
: Mines, the State of
: Texas, and the McDonnel Douglas Corp.
His responsibilities included the design, conduct and analysis of various aspects of these projects.
Mr. Plott has also worked in the areas of human-computer interface and sofware development.
C - 12
C - 12


Individual: Ms. Kimberly R. Siler i
Individual:
Affiliation: Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:   B.S.,   Human     Factors   Psychology,     Wright     State University, Ohio, 1982.
Ms. Kimberly R.
Experience: Since joining the ARD Corporation in October of 1984, Miss Siler-has been involved in the conduct of   nuclear     power     plant   CRDRs. During     the previous   two   years   Ms. Siler   was   a   research psychologist       responsible     for     the     design, implementation and analysis of applied research in the areas of Behavioral Workload Assessment and Biomagnetism in the Visual Evoked Response Laboratory of the Air Force Aerospace Medical Research Laboratories / Human Engineering at Wright-Patterson     Air   Force   Base,   Dayton,     Ohio. In addition to her research activities,               Ms. Siler was   continuing     her   education   in   the' Graduate Program   in   Human   Factors     at   the   Psychology Department at Wright State University.
Siler i
Affiliation:
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:
B.S.,
Human Factors Psychology, Wright State University, Ohio, 1982.
Experience:
Since joining the ARD Corporation in October of 1984, Miss Siler-has been involved in the conduct of nuclear power plant CRDRs.
During the previous two years Ms.
Siler was a
research psychologist responsible for the
: design, implementation and analysis of applied research in the areas of Behavioral Workload Assessment and Biomagnetism in the Visual Evoked Response Laboratory of the Air Force Aerospace Medical Research Laboratories / Human Engineering at Wright-Patterson Air Force
: Base, Dayton, Ohio.
In addition to her research activities, Ms.
Siler was continuing her education in the' Graduate Program in Human Factors at the Psychology Department at Wright State University.
l C - 13 I
l C - 13 I


      .m Individual:   Mrs. Cynthia F. Weiss /Parr Affiliation:   Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:     M. S.'E. , Industrial   Engineering.     (Occupational Safety and Health), NIOSH Graduate Traineeship, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1982.
.m Individual:
B.S.E.,. Industrial Engineering (Human Factors),
Mrs. Cynthia F. Weiss /Parr Affiliation:
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:
M. S.'E.,
Industrial Engineering.
(Occupational Safety and Health), NIOSH Graduate Traineeship, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1982.
B.S.E.,.
Industrial Engineering (Human Factors),
University ^of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1981.
University ^of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1981.
                                      ?
?
Experience:   Mrs. Parr has over three years experience in the nuclear power industry and, as a project engineer in the Human Factors Technology Group, she has provided human factors engineering support to a variety of ARD programs. Her expertise in the control room is in the design and retrofit of annunciator reviews for several nuclear stations a
Experience:
and has published and presented a paper on this subject. In addition, she has designed work-stations for control room operators to ensure that computers, hardcopy records, and spare parts were easily accessible, and performed environ-mental evaluations on light, . ventilation, and auditory design to numerous stations.
Mrs. Parr has over three years experience in the nuclear power industry and, as a project engineer in the Human Factors Technology Group, she has provided human factors engineering support to a variety of ARD programs.
        )
Her expertise in the control room is in the design and retrofit of annunciator reviews for several nuclear stations a
and has published and presented a paper on this subject.
In addition, she has designed work-stations for control room operators to ensure that computers, hardcopy records, and spare parts were easily accessible, and performed environ-mental evaluations on light,. ventilation, and auditory design to numerous stations.
)
I C - 14
I C - 14


Individual: Mr. Vincent J. Fortunato III
Individual:
-Affiliation: Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:   M.A.,   Experimental     Psychology,   State University of New York, Binghampton, New York, 1982.
Mr. Vincent J. Fortunato III
B.S.,   Psychology,       State   University. College, Oswego, New York, 1979.
-Affiliation:
Experience: Mr. Fortunato     has   provided   both research   and consulting support to a variety of-ARD programs.
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:
His research activities have included NASA-funded projects   involving     psychophysiological measures of workload     and   computer graphic displays of system   status.     His   support   of ARD's nuclear clients     has     included     control     room   I&C inventories;     and,     human   factors   reviews   of computer     graphic     display   systems,   emergency response   computer     c. 'shics   systems,   radiation monitor   graphic     ( fr* ys,   and   quadrex safety assessment syste.:c.
M.A.,
Experimental Psychology, State University of New York, Binghampton, New York, 1982.
B.S.,
Psychology, State University.
: College, Oswego, New York, 1979.
Experience:
Mr.
Fortunato has provided both research and consulting support to a variety of-ARD programs.
His research activities have included NASA-funded projects involving psychophysiological measures of workload and computer graphic displays of system status.
His support of ARD's nuclear clients has included control room I&C inventories;
: and, human factors reviews of computer graphic display
: systems, emergency response computer
: c. 'shics
: systems, radiation monitor graphic
( fr* ys, and quadrex safety assessment syste.:c.
C - 15
C - 15


Individual: Mr. Robert Klein Affiliation: Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:   M.S.,   Industrial   Psychology,   California   State University at Long Beach, Long Beach, California, 1978.
Individual:
B.S.,     Psychology,     St. Joseph's     College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1973.
Mr. Robert Klein Affiliation:
Experience: Mr. Klein   has   been   involved   with   human engineering   in   the   design   and   evaluation   of complex control and display systems for over four years. He prepared an overall assessment of cruise missile weapon control system hardware and.
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:
software components, reporting on human factors engineering, operability, maintainability, safety, and nuclear security.       He was the human factors member   of   a   multidiscipline     maintainability demonstration team to verify system compliance with Navy maintenance standards.       He participated in experimental design execution, and analysis on       ,
M.S.,
Coast Guarc and DOD related projects. Mr. Klein's experience in military applications of process control and integrated display systems is now utilized in support of nuclear power plant control room design reviews as a Staff-Engineer in ARD's Human Factors Technology Group.
Industrial Psychology, California State University at Long Beach, Long Beach, California, 1978.
B.S.,
Psychology, St.
Joseph's
: College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1973.
Experience:
Mr.
Klein has been involved with human engineering in the design and evaluation of complex control and display systems for over four years.
He prepared an overall assessment of cruise missile weapon control system hardware and.
software components, reporting on human factors engineering, operability, maintainability, safety, and nuclear security.
He was the human factors member of a
multidiscipline maintainability demonstration team to verify system compliance with Navy maintenance standards.
He participated in experimental design execution, and analysis on Coast Guarc and DOD related projects.
Mr. Klein's experience in military applications of process control and integrated display systems is now utilized in support of nuclear power plant control room design reviews as a Staff-Engineer in ARD's Human Factors Technology Group.
1 C - 16
1 C - 16


Individual: Dr. Linda A. Cosgrove Affiliation: Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation
Individual:
  ' Education: Ph.D.,   Experimental     Psychology,   University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia, 1979.
Dr. Linda A. Cosgrove Affiliation:
M.A.,   Experimental     Psychology,     University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia, 1976.
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation
B.A., George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia, 1974, summa cum laude.
' Education:
Experience: As a Project Scientist,       Dr. Cosgrove has been responsible   for several   curriculum development, industrial   and   computer   training,   and human factors engineering studies.       Her support of ARD clients   has   included   the   development   of an industrial training program and a task analysis of emergency operating procedures.
Ph.D.,
Experimental Psychology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia, 1979.
M.A.,
Experimental Psychology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia, 1976.
B.A.,
George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia, 1974, summa cum laude.
Experience:
As a Project Scientist, Dr.
Cosgrove has been responsible for several curriculum development, industrial and computer
: training, and human factors engineering studies.
Her support of ARD clients has included the development of an industrial training program and a task analysis of emergency operating procedures.
s 1
s 1
C - 17
C - 17


Individual: Dr. E. Ralph Dusek Affiliation: Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:   Ph.D.,   Experimental Psychology, Statistics, State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa, 1951.
Individual:
M.A., Experimental Psychology, Statistics, State University of. Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa, 1949.
Dr.
B.A.,   Psychology,     Mathematics,   University   of Missouri, Columbia, Mis sou r'i , 1947.
E. Ralph Dusek Affiliation:
Experience:   Dr. -Dusek has over     30 years of     experience in applied experimental psychology and human- f actors engineering.     During   that   period   he held a succession of responsible positions all involving applied research in experimental psychology and human factors engineering.       In addition, he has extensive management experience in directing the activities     of   laboratories   and   contractors conducting work for which he was responsible.
Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:
            .Dr. Dusek has participated in human factors evaluations in nuclear plant control room design reviews at seven different stations. He has also written human factors manuals for use in future modifications of specific control rooms.
Ph.D.,
l l
Experimental Psychology, Statistics, State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa, 1951.
M.A.,
Experimental Psychology, Statistics, State University of. Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa, 1949.
B.A.,
Psychology, Mathematics, University of Missouri, Columbia, Mis sou r'i, 1947.
Experience:
Dr. -Dusek has over 30 years of experience in applied experimental psychology and human-f actors engineering.
During that period he held a
succession of responsible positions all involving applied research in experimental psychology and human factors engineering.
In addition, he has extensive management experience in directing the activities of laboratories and contractors conducting work for which he was responsible.
.Dr.
Dusek has participated in human factors evaluations in nuclear plant control room design reviews at seven different stations.
He has also written human factors manuals for use in future modifications of specific control rooms.
1 C - 18 J
1 C - 18 J


Individual: Mr. Donald F. Taylor Affiliation: Advanced Resource Devel.opment (ARD) Corporation Education:   M.S.,     Industrial       Engineering     and   Operations Research     (Human     Factors),   Virginia   Polytechnic Institute     and   . State   University,     Blacksburg, Virginia, 1975.
Individual:
B.S.,     Industrial       Engineering     and   Operations Research,     Virginia       Polytechnic     Institute   and
Mr. Donald F. Taylor Affiliation:
                  -State University,.Blacksburg, Virginia, 1972.
Advanced Resource Devel.opment (ARD) Corporation Education:
Experience:   Mr. Taylor has been active in human factors for a period of over           ten   years. He   has applied experience in mechanical and fluids engineering as well as in nuclear maintenance and operations.
M.S.,
As   a   senior   engineer     in   the   Human -Factors Technology     Group,     Mr. Taylor     provides   human engineering support to the ARD nuclear programs.
Industrial Engineering and Operations Research (Human Factors),
Mr. Taylor   has     extensive     experience     in   the design,     evaluation,       and   enhancement     of   the man-machine interface in process control appli-cations.     He developed human factors guidelines for   the design of nuclear power plants,                 the preparation of emergency procedures,                 and the development of maintenance procedures and docu-mentation.     He has participated in all phases of Control Room Design Reviews (CRDRs), including over 75 interviews with licensed nuclear operators and ' surveys of 15 control rooms.               Mr. Taylor developed criteria, methods and procedures for the analysis,       verification, and validation of control room tasks, and surveys of control room equipment.
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
. State University, Blacksburg, Virginia, 1975.
B.S.,
Industrial Engineering and Operations
: Research, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
-State University,.Blacksburg, Virginia, 1972.
Experience:
Mr. Taylor has been active in human factors for a period of over ten years.
He has applied experience in mechanical and fluids engineering as well as in nuclear maintenance and operations.
As a
senior engineer in the Human -Factors Technology
: Group, Mr.
Taylor provides human engineering support to the ARD nuclear programs.
Mr.
Taylor has extensive experience in the
: design, evaluation, and enhancement of the man-machine interface in process control appli-cations.
He developed human factors guidelines for the design of nuclear power
: plants, the preparation of emergency procedures, and the development of maintenance procedures and docu-mentation.
He has participated in all phases of Control Room Design Reviews (CRDRs),
including over 75 interviews with licensed nuclear operators and ' surveys of 15 control rooms.
Mr.
Taylor developed criteria, methods and procedures for the
: analysis, verification, and validation of control room tasks, and surveys of control room equipment.
C - 19
C - 19


Other Review Team Members The position of System Design Engineer was filled by Mr. Edward L. Seckinger of CECO. Mr. Seckinger's qualifications are as follows:
Other Review Team Members The position of System Design Engineer was filled by Mr. Edward L.
Education:     B.S., Engineering,   Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, Illinois, June 1972.
Seckinger of CECO.
M.S.,   Electrical   Engineering,     University   of Illinois at Urbana, Illinois, December 1973.
Mr. Seckinger's qualifications are as follows:
Experience:   Mr. Seckinger has over 11 years of experience in the nuclear power area. Between 1974 and 1977 he worked in the Tech Staff at Dresden Station performing modification and Tech         Spec tests, investigating   deviations   and   incidents,   etc.
Education:
From 1977 to 1980 he worked in the Dresden/ Quad Cities group of the Station Nuclear Engineering Department   providing   support   in   the planning, design and installation of plant modifications.
B.S.,
From 1980 to 1983 he worked in the LaSalle Project Engineering Department providing support in the design,     construction and licensing of LaSalle   Station   and   reviewing   pre-operational test procedures and results.       From 1983 to the present he has worked in the LaSalle group of SNED. Some of his current duties are the review of modifications, NRC notices and bulletins, etc.
Engineering, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, Illinois, June 1972.
M.S.,
Electrical Engineering, University of Illinois at Urbana, Illinois, December 1973.
Experience:
Mr. Seckinger has over 11 years of experience in the nuclear power area.
Between 1974 and 1977 he worked in the Tech Staff at Dresden Station performing modification and Tech Spec
: tests, investigating deviations and incidents, etc.
From 1977 to 1980 he worked in the Dresden/ Quad Cities group of the Station Nuclear Engineering Department providing support in the
: planning, design and installation of plant modifications.
From 1980 to 1983 he worked in the LaSalle Project Engineering Department providing support in the
: design, construction and licensing of LaSalle Station and reviewing pre-operational test procedures and results.
From 1983 to the present he has worked in the LaSalle group of SNED.
Some of his current duties are the review of modifications, NRC notices and bulletins, etc.
C - 20
C - 20


The Instrument.and Control Engineer position was filled by Mr.
The Instrument.and Control Engineer position was filled by Mr.
James J. Krass (assisted by Robert Howard) of CECO.                         Mr. Krass' qualifications are as follows:
James J.
Education:       B.S.,   Electrical             Engineering, Technology         from Purdue University, 1968.
Krass (assisted by Robert Howard) of CECO.
Experience:       Presently Mr. Krass is assigned to the Control and Instrument section in the Station Electrical Engineering Department of CECO.                 From February 1979 to April of this year he was assigned to the Electrical Instrumentation and Control Branch of the Clinch River Breeder Reactor Project at Oak Ridge Tennessee.         And, for the ten years prior to that,     Mr. Krass               was in CECO's         Operational Analysis Department working on Instrument and Control Systems in both fossil and nuclear plants.
Mr. Krass' qualifications are as follows:
Education:
B.S.,
Electrical Engineering, Technology from Purdue University, 1968.
Experience:
Presently Mr. Krass is assigned to the Control and Instrument section in the Station Electrical Engineering Department of CECO.
From February 1979 to April of this year he was assigned to the Electrical Instrumentation and Control Branch of the Clinch River Breeder Reactor Project at Oak Ridge Tennessee.
And, for the ten years prior to
: that, Mr.
Krass was in CECO's Operational Analysis Department working on Instrument and Control Systems in both fossil and nuclear plants.
C - 21
C - 21


z 3.0   SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS (SMEs)
z 3.0 SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS (SMEs)
Sixteen SMEs participated during various phases of the LaSalle Station DCRDR;       they. include:   Don Crowl,   Andy Ruger, Al   ,
Sixteen SMEs participated during various phases of the LaSalle Station DCRDR; they. include:
Magnafici,   Jay     Houston,   Tom   Carr,   Dennis Cornish,     Bob McConnaughay, Chuck Maney, Mark Dowd, Larry Nickles, Paul Nelson,   Roger   Armitage,   Bill   Kirchikoff,   Ken   Wolf,   Joe
Don
      ' Williams, and -Ken     Rauch. Qualifications of each   of these individuals are summarized in Table C-1.
: Crowl, Andy
: Ruger, Al Magnafici, Jay
: Houston, Tom
: Carr, Dennis
: Cornish, Bob McConnaughay, Chuck
: Maney, Mark
: Dowd, Larry
: Nickles, Paul
: Nelson, Roger
: Armitage, Bill Kirchikoff, Ken
: Wolf, Joe
' Williams, and -Ken Rauch.
Qualifications of each of these individuals are summarized in Table C-1.
l 1
l 1
C - 22
C - 22


Years of Years of                                         Senior React'or                                     Reactor       Years of Years of                                         Operator                                     Operator       Nuclear SME                                               Education                                     Experience                                     Experience     Experience R. Armitage                                                                 12                                               3                                       1           12.5 T. Carr                                                                     14                                                                                       4           15 D. Cornish                                                                   12                                                 3                                                 13 D.-Crowl                                                                     12                                                 3                                     1           9.5 M. Dowd                                                                     16                                                                                       2.5         8.5 J. Houston                                                                   12                                               4                                                   8 W. Kirchikoff                                                               18                                                                                       2       '
Years of Years of Senior React'or Reactor Years of Years of Operator Operator Nuclear SME Education Experience Experience Experience R.
9
Armitage 12 3
$            Al Magnafici                                                                 12                                               4                                                   12.5 C. Maney                                                                     14                                                                                       4           11
1 12.5 T.
Carr 14 4
15 D. Cornish 12 3
13 D.-Crowl 12 3
1 9.5 M.
Dowd 16 2.5 8.5 J.
Houston 12 4
8 W.
Kirchikoff 18 2
9 Al Magnafici 12 4
12.5 C.
Maney 14 4
11 B.
McConnaughay 14 2
2 9.5
+
+
B. McConnaughay                                                              14                                                2                                      2            9.5 P.-Nelson                                                                   12                                               3                                       1           15 L. Nickles                                                                   14                                                                                       4           16 K..Rauch                                                                     12                                               2.5                                                 6 A. Ruger                                                                     12                                               3.5                                                 7 J. Williams                                                                 16                                                                                       1.5         15 W. Wolf                                                                     14                                                                                       4           10 Total                                                                   216                                               28                                       27         177.5 Mean                                                                         13.5,                                             3.1                                     2.5         11.1         -
P.-Nelson 12 3
Mean for holding license (SRO/RO)
1 15 L.
          - 3.4 years i
Nickles 14 4
Table C-1.                                     LaSalle DCRDR SME Participant Qualifications 4
16 K..Rauch 12 2.5 6
A.
Ruger 12 3.5 7
J.
Williams 16 1.5 15 W.
Wolf 14 4
10 Total 216 28 27 177.5 Mean 13.5, 3.1 2.5 11.1 Mean for holding license (SRO/RO)
- 3.4 years i
Table C-1.
LaSalle DCRDR SME Participant Qualifications 4
e s
e s
C - 23
C - 23


l 1
1
(
(
l APPENDIX D Codes i
l APPENDIX D Codes i
                ~- , , - - - . . .. . . r,.--   .,,, - - - - , - - , -.- -    -,,.n.,     -..-..--,-,-~_,..,,_.....,,_,.,n---..       , , , , , . , - -, , , , +             , -  - - - , .- - , -
~-,, - - -......
r,.--
-,,.n.,
-..-..--,-,-~_,..,,_.....,,_,.,n---..
+


CONTROLLER TYPE 1 POT     SETPOINT POTENTIOMETER 2 MAN     MANUAL CONTROLLER 3 M/ATS MANUAL / AUTO TRANSFER' STATION 4 ANSP     AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER W/O SETPOINT ADJUST 5 MASP' M/A TRANSFER STATION WITH SETPOINT ADJUST 6 ANM     AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER W/O MANUAL FUNCTION 7 EGCC'   EGC CONTROLLER LOCATION 1 OPM08J                   24 1N62-P600         47 2H13-P610 2 OPM11J                   25 1N62-P601         48 2H13-P611 3 OPM12J                   26 1PM01J           49 2H13-P614 4 OPM14J                   27 IPM02J           50 2H13-P624 5 OPM17J                   28 1PM03J           51 2H13-P632 6 1D21-P600                 29 IPM04J           52 2H13-P635 7 1H13-P600                 30 1PM05J           53 2H13-P636 8 1H13-P601                 31 1PM06J           54 2H13-P642 9 lH13-P602                 32 IPM07J           55 2H22-P007 10 1H13-P603                 33 IPM08J           56 2N62-P600 11 1H13-P604                 34 1PM09J           57 2N62-P601 12 1H13-P607                 35 1PM10J           58 2PM0lJ 13 1H13-P608                 36 1PM13J           59 2PM02J 14 lH13-P609                 37 IPM16J           60 2PM03J 15 IH13-P610                 38 2D21-P600         61 2PM04J 16 1H13-P611                 39 2H13-P600         62 2PM05J 17 lH13-P614                 40 2H13-P601         63 2PM06J
CONTROLLER TYPE 1 POT SETPOINT POTENTIOMETER 2 MAN MANUAL CONTROLLER 3 M/ATS MANUAL / AUTO TRANSFER' STATION 4 ANSP AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER W/O SETPOINT ADJUST 5 MASP' M/A TRANSFER STATION WITH SETPOINT ADJUST 6 ANM AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER W/O MANUAL FUNCTION 7 EGCC' EGC CONTROLLER LOCATION 1 OPM08J 24 1N62-P600 47 2H13-P610 2 OPM11J 25 1N62-P601 48 2H13-P611 3 OPM12J 26 1PM01J 49 2H13-P614 4 OPM14J 27 IPM02J 50 2H13-P624 5 OPM17J 28 1PM03J 51 2H13-P632 6 1D21-P600 29 IPM04J 52 2H13-P635 7 1H13-P600 30 1PM05J 53 2H13-P636 8 1H13-P601 31 1PM06J 54 2H13-P642 9 lH13-P602 32 IPM07J 55 2H22-P007 10 1H13-P603 33 IPM08J 56 2N62-P600 11 1H13-P604 34 1PM09J 57 2N62-P601 12 1H13-P607 35 1PM10J 58 2PM0lJ 13 1H13-P608 36 1PM13J 59 2PM02J 14 lH13-P609 37 IPM16J 60 2PM03J 15 IH13-P610 38 2D21-P600 61 2PM04J 16 1H13-P611 39 2H13-P600 62 2PM05J 17 lH13-P614 40 2H13-P601 63 2PM06J
  -18 1H13-P624                 41-2H13-P602         64 2PM07J 19 1H13-P632                 42 2H13-P603         65 2PM08J 20 1H13-P635                 43 2H13-P604         66 2PM09J 21 1H13-P636                 44 2H13-P607         67 2PM10J 22 1H13-P642                 45 2H13-P608         68 2PM13J 23 1H22-P007                 46 2H13-P609         69 2PM16J CONTROL TRANSFER SWITCH TYPE - CONTROL TYPE 1 CTW CONTINUOUS THUMBWHEEL CONTROL 2 CRC CONTINUOUS ROTARY CONTROL 3 PBI PUSH BUTTON INCRESE 4 PBD PUSH BUTTON DECREASE 5 CTS CONTROL TRANSFER SELECTOR SW.
-18 1H13-P624 41-2H13-P602 64 2PM07J 19 1H13-P632 42 2H13-P603 65 2PM08J 20 1H13-P635 43 2H13-P604 66 2PM09J 21 1H13-P636 44 2H13-P607 67 2PM10J 22 1H13-P642 45 2H13-P608 68 2PM13J 23 1H22-P007 46 2H13-P609 69 2PM16J CONTROL TRANSFER SWITCH TYPE - CONTROL TYPE 1 CTW CONTINUOUS THUMBWHEEL CONTROL 2 CRC CONTINUOUS ROTARY CONTROL 3 PBI PUSH BUTTON INCRESE 4 PBD PUSH BUTTON DECREASE 5 CTS CONTROL TRANSFER SELECTOR SW.
6 CTP CONTROL TRANSFER PUSHBUTTON MATCH               CONDI? ION 1 YES           1 DEN DENERGIZED 2 NO             2 EN ENERGIZED 11 YES 12 NO D-1
6 CTP CONTROL TRANSFER PUSHBUTTON MATCH CONDI? ION 1 YES 1 DEN DENERGIZED 2 NO 2 EN ENERGIZED 11 YES 12 NO D-1


COMMUNICATIONS 1 CDO CENTER DESK OPERATOR 2 EM     ELECTRICAL MECHANIC 3 EMF ELECTRICAL MECHANIC FORMAN 4 EA     EQUIPMENT ATTENDANT 5 EO     EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 6 IM     INSTRUMENT MECHANIC 7 IMF INSTRUMENT MECHANIC FORMAN 8 LD     LOAD DISPATCHER 9 MM     MAINTENANCE MECHANIC 10 MMF MAINTENANCE MECHANIC FORMAN 11 NSO NUCLEAR STATION OPERATORS 12 OE     OPERATING ENGINEER                           ,
COMMUNICATIONS 1 CDO CENTER DESK OPERATOR 2 EM ELECTRICAL MECHANIC 3 EMF ELECTRICAL MECHANIC FORMAN 4 EA EQUIPMENT ATTENDANT 5 EO EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 6 IM INSTRUMENT MECHANIC 7 IMF INSTRUMENT MECHANIC FORMAN 8 LD LOAD DISPATCHER 9 MM MAINTENANCE MECHANIC 10 MMF MAINTENANCE MECHANIC FORMAN 11 NSO NUCLEAR STATION OPERATORS 12 OE OPERATING ENGINEER 13 RWE RADWASTE EQUIPMENT.
13 RWE RADWASTE EQUIPMENT.
14 SCRE SHIFT CONTROL ROOM ENGINEER 15 SE SHIFT ENGINEER 16 SF SHIFT FORMAN 17 GSEP STATION GSEP DIRECTOR 18 SST STATION SUPERINTENDANT
14 SCRE SHIFT CONTROL ROOM ENGINEER 15 SE     SHIFT ENGINEER 16 SF     SHIFT FORMAN 17 GSEP STATION GSEP DIRECTOR 18 SST STATION SUPERINTENDANT COLOR, 1A     AMBER 2 BG BIEGE 3 BK BLACK 4B     BLUE 5 BR BROWN 6C     CLEAR 7 GY GRAY 8G     GREEN 9O     ORANGE 10 P   PINK 11 R   RED 12 RG RED / GREEN l                                         13 W   WHITE 14 Y   YELLOW WHAT MEASURED 1 Conc CONCENTRATION           16 Load LOAD           31 Temp TEMPERATURE 2 Cond CONDUCTIVITY             17 Per PERIOD         32 T     TIME 3 cont CONTINUITY               18 PA     PHASE ANGLE 33 Unit UNIT
: COLOR, 1A AMBER 2 BG BIEGE 3 BK BLACK 4B BLUE 5 BR BROWN 6C CLEAR 7 GY GRAY 8G GREEN 9O ORANGE 10 P PINK 11 R RED 12 RG RED / GREEN l
      '4 Cur CURRENT                   19 Pos POSITION       34 Vac VACUUM 5 Dev DEVIATION                 20 P     PRESSURE     35 VARS VARS 6 DP   DIFFERENTIAL Pressure 21 Pur PURITY           36 Vib VIBRATION l     7 Dis DISPLACEMENT             22 Rad RADIATION       37 V     VOLTAGE l     8 DIR DIRECTION                 23 Vars REACTIVE LOAD 38 Vol VOLUME
13 W WHITE 14 Y YELLOW WHAT MEASURED 1 Conc CONCENTRATION 16 Load LOAD 31 Temp TEMPERATURE 2 Cond CONDUCTIVITY 17 Per PERIOD 32 T TIME 3 cont CONTINUITY 18 PA PHASE ANGLE 33 Unit UNIT
!      9 Ecc ECCENTRICITY             24 RxP REACTOR POWER 39 Wear WEAR l   10 ElP . ELECTRICAL POWER         25 RDGP ROD GROUP ID 40 INDV INPUT DEVIATION l   11 Exp EXPANSION                 26 RDID ROD ID NUMBER 41 MADV M/A DEVIATION
'4 Cur CURRENT 19 Pos POSITION 34 Vac VACUUM 5 Dev DEVIATION 20 P PRESSURE 35 VARS VARS 6 DP DIFFERENTIAL Pressure 21 Pur PURITY 36 Vib VIBRATION l
!    12 Flow FLOW                     27 RPos ROD POSITION 42 SRVO SERVO ERROR
7 Dis DISPLACEMENT 22 Rad RADIATION 37 V VOLTAGE l
(-   13 Freq                           28 STPT SET POINT     43 OD   OUTPUT DEMAND f   14 Hum HUMIDITY                   29 Spd SPEED           98 TEST TEST 15 Lev LEVEL                     30 SUR START UP RATE 99 CTRN CONTROL TRANSFER i
8 DIR DIRECTION 23 Vars REACTIVE LOAD 38 Vol VOLUME 9 Ecc ECCENTRICITY 24 RxP REACTOR POWER 39 Wear WEAR l
D-2 l
10 ElP. ELECTRICAL POWER 25 RDGP ROD GROUP ID 40 INDV INPUT DEVIATION l
11 Exp EXPANSION 26 RDID ROD ID NUMBER 41 MADV M/A DEVIATION 12 Flow FLOW 27 RPos ROD POSITION 42 SRVO SERVO ERROR
(-
13 Freq 28 STPT SET POINT 43 OD OUTPUT DEMAND f
14 Hum HUMIDITY 29 Spd SPEED 98 TEST TEST 15 Lev LEVEL 30 SUR START UP RATE 99 CTRN CONTROL TRANSFER i
l D-2


DISPLAY TYPE 1 EM EDGEWISE METER                     66 RRO RADIO-RECEIVER ONLY 2 RM ROTARY METER                       70 GTC GRAPH / TABLE / CHART / INSTR.
DISPLAY TYPE 1 EM EDGEWISE METER 66 RRO RADIO-RECEIVER ONLY 2 RM ROTARY METER 70 GTC GRAPH / TABLE / CHART / INSTR.
10 SP SINGLE PEN RECORDER               71 PRC PROCEDURES 11 DP DUAL PEN RECORDER                 72 PID P&ID/ DRAWINGS 12 MP MULTI PEN RECORDER                 73 RB REFERENCE BOOK 13 MPT MULTI POINT RECORDER             74 LOG LOG 14 XYP X-Y PLOTTER                       75 BRD BOARD 15 P   PRINTER                         76 PTM PORTABLE TIMER 16 TR TAPE RECORDER                     77 CLK CLOCK 20 DC DRUM COUNTER (INTEGRATOR)         78 TBA THUMB BUSTER AID 21 EC ELECTRONIC COUNTER                 79 DS DATE STAMP 22 LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE             80 CHR CHAIR 23 LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE             81 TBL TABLE 30 LLI LEGEND LIGHT INDICATOR           82 DSK DESK 31 IL NONLEGEND LIGHT INDICATOR         83 CAB CABINET 40 TAR TAPGET                           84 BC BOOK CASE 41 REL RELAY                             85 FC FILE CABINET 42 ANN ANNUNCIATOR                       86 PT PAPER TRAY 43 TIM TIMER                             87 LAD LADDER / STEP STOOL 50 REM PESPONSE EDGEWISE METER           88 TC TRASH CAN 51 DEM DEMAND EDGEWISE METER             89 CAR CART 52 DEV DEVI ATION EDGEWISE METER         90 FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER 53 T/I MOVING TAPE / FIXED INDEX         91 EA EMERGENCY AIR 54 KS KNOB SKIRT                         92 EAH EMERGENCY AIR HOSE 55 T/S SETPOINT TAPE INDICATOR           93 SCB AIR MASK AND TANK (SCBA) 59     ELECTRIC METER                   94 EL EMERGENCY LIGHTING 60 PHN PHONE                             95 KB KEYBOARD 61 RBS RADIO BASE STATION               96 CRT CATHODE RAY TUBE 62 RP PORTABLE RADIO                     98 DW DEC WRITER 63 RPC PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER           99 CAL CALCULATOR 64 SPP SOUND POWER PHONE 65 SPJ SOUND POWER PHONE JACK UNITS 1 Amps       AMPERES 2 cmHg       CENTIMETERS OF MERCURY 3 CPM       COUNTS PER MINUTE 4 CPS       COUNTS PER SECOND 5 CF         CUBIC FEET 6 CFM       CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 7 DPM       DECADES PER MINUTE 8 Deg       DEGREES 9 DegC       DEGREES CENTIGRADE 10 DegF       DEGREES FARENHEIT 11 Ft         FEET 12 Ftw         FEET OF WATER 13 G         GALLONS 14 GPH       GALLONS PER HOUR 15 GPM       GALLONS PER MINUTE D-3
10 SP SINGLE PEN RECORDER 71 PRC PROCEDURES 11 DP DUAL PEN RECORDER 72 PID P&ID/ DRAWINGS 12 MP MULTI PEN RECORDER 73 RB REFERENCE BOOK 13 MPT MULTI POINT RECORDER 74 LOG LOG 14 XYP X-Y PLOTTER 75 BRD BOARD 15 P PRINTER 76 PTM PORTABLE TIMER 16 TR TAPE RECORDER 77 CLK CLOCK 20 DC DRUM COUNTER (INTEGRATOR) 78 TBA THUMB BUSTER AID 21 EC ELECTRONIC COUNTER 79 DS DATE STAMP 22 LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE 80 CHR CHAIR 23 LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE 81 TBL TABLE 30 LLI LEGEND LIGHT INDICATOR 82 DSK DESK 31 IL NONLEGEND LIGHT INDICATOR 83 CAB CABINET 40 TAR TAPGET 84 BC BOOK CASE 41 REL RELAY 85 FC FILE CABINET 42 ANN ANNUNCIATOR 86 PT PAPER TRAY 43 TIM TIMER 87 LAD LADDER / STEP STOOL 50 REM PESPONSE EDGEWISE METER 88 TC TRASH CAN 51 DEM DEMAND EDGEWISE METER 89 CAR CART 52 DEV DEVI ATION EDGEWISE METER 90 FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER 53 T/I MOVING TAPE / FIXED INDEX 91 EA EMERGENCY AIR 54 KS KNOB SKIRT 92 EAH EMERGENCY AIR HOSE 55 T/S SETPOINT TAPE INDICATOR 93 SCB AIR MASK AND TANK (SCBA) 59 ELECTRIC METER 94 EL EMERGENCY LIGHTING 60 PHN PHONE 95 KB KEYBOARD 61 RBS RADIO BASE STATION 96 CRT CATHODE RAY TUBE 62 RP PORTABLE RADIO 98 DW DEC WRITER 63 RPC PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER 99 CAL CALCULATOR 64 SPP SOUND POWER PHONE 65 SPJ SOUND POWER PHONE JACK UNITS 1 Amps AMPERES 2 cmHg CENTIMETERS OF MERCURY 3 CPM COUNTS PER MINUTE 4 CPS COUNTS PER SECOND 5 CF CUBIC FEET 6 CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 7 DPM DECADES PER MINUTE 8 Deg DEGREES 9 DegC DEGREES CENTIGRADE 10 DegF DEGREES FARENHEIT 11 Ft FEET 12 Ftw FEET OF WATER 13 G GALLONS 14 GPH GALLONS PER HOUR 15 GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE D-3


r-UNITS. (cont.)
r-UNITS. (cont.)
16 Hz                   HERTZ 17 Hr                   HOURS 18 In                   INCHES 19 InHg                 INCHES OF MERCURY-20 InW                   INCHES OF WATER 21 Ka                   KILOAMPERES                                                     .
16 Hz HERTZ 17 Hr HOURS 18 In INCHES 19 InHg INCHES OF MERCURY-20 InW INCHES OF WATER 21 Ka KILOAMPERES 22 Kvar KILOVARS 23 KV KILOVOLTS
22 Kvar                 KILOVARS 23 KV                   KILOVOLTS
~24 KW KILOWATTS 25 Mvar MEGAVARS 26 MW MEGAWATTS 27 MWT MEGAWATTS THERMAL 28 umho MICRO MHOS 29 ua MICROAMPERES 30 uCI/cc MICROCURIES PER CUBIC CENTIMETER 31 uCI/S MICROCURIES PER SECOND 32 mph MILES PER HOUR 33 ma MILLIAMPERES 34 MPPH MILLION POUNDS PER.MOUR 35 mr/hr MILLIREMS PER HOUR 36 mv MILLIVOLTS 37 mils MILS 38 min MINUTES 39 Notch NOTCHES 40 PPB PARTS PER BILLION 41 PPM PARTS PER MILLION 42 %
            ~24 KW                   KILOWATTS 25 Mvar                 MEGAVARS 26 MW                   MEGAWATTS 27 MWT                   MEGAWATTS THERMAL 28 umho                 MICRO MHOS 29 ua                   MICROAMPERES 30 uCI/cc               MICROCURIES PER CUBIC CENTIMETER 31 uCI/S                 MICROCURIES PER SECOND 32 mph                   MILES PER HOUR 33 ma                   MILLIAMPERES 34 MPPH                 MILLION POUNDS PER.MOUR 35 mr/hr                 MILLIREMS PER HOUR 36 mv                     MILLIVOLTS 37 mils                 MILS 38 min                   MINUTES 39 Notch                 NOTCHES 40 PPB                   PARTS PER BILLION 41 PPM                   PARTS PER MILLION 42 %                     PERCENT 43 %V                   PERCENT BY VOLUME 44 %W                   PERCENT BY WEIGHT 45 %Def                   PERCENT DEFLECTION 46 %P (T)                 PERCENT THERMAL POWER 47 PTS                   POINTS 48'PPH                   POUNDS PER HOUR 49 PSI                   POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH 50 PSIA                   POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ATMOSPHERIC 51 PSID                   POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH DIFFERENTI AL 52 PSIG                   POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE 53 rpm                   REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE 54 R/hr                   ROENTGENS PER HOUR 55 W/sqcm                 SCFH 56 sec                   SECONDS 57 SCFH                   STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER HOUR 58 SCFM                   STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 59 Steps                 STEPS 60 Units                 UNITS 61 VDC                   VOLTAGE-DC 62 V                     VOLTS 63 W                     WATTS 64 UCI/ML                 MICROCURIES PER MILLILITER 65 umo/cm                 MICRO MHOS/ CENTIMETER i             66 KVDC                 KILOVOLTS-DC D-4
PERCENT 43 %V PERCENT BY VOLUME 44 %W PERCENT BY WEIGHT 45 %Def PERCENT DEFLECTION 46 %P (T)
_ _ - _ _ _ _ - __ _ , _ _ ~ _ _ . . - _ - _ . . ~   ._
PERCENT THERMAL POWER 47 PTS POINTS 48'PPH POUNDS PER HOUR 49 PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH 50 PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ATMOSPHERIC 51 PSID POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH DIFFERENTI AL 52 PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE 53 rpm REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE 54 R/hr ROENTGENS PER HOUR 55 W/sqcm SCFH 56 sec SECONDS 57 SCFH STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER HOUR 58 SCFM STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 59 Steps STEPS 60 Units UNITS 61 VDC VOLTAGE-DC 62 V VOLTS 63 W WATTS 64 UCI/ML MICROCURIES PER MILLILITER 65 umo/cm MICRO MHOS/ CENTIMETER i
66 KVDC KILOVOLTS-DC D-4
_ _ - _ _ _ _ - __ _, _ _ ~ _ _..
- _ - _.. ~


1 s.
1 s.
SWITCH TYPE l
SWITCH TYPE 1 CARD CARD
1 CARD   CARD                                         )
)
2 CB     CIRCUIT BREAKER 3 CRC   CONTINOUS ROTARY CONTROL 4 DRC'   DISCRETE ROTARY CONTROL 5 JH     J-HANDLE CONTROL SWITCH 6 JACK   JACK 7 JS     JOY STICK 8 KLS     KEY LOCK SWITCH 9 KP     KEY PAD 10 KFS     KINFE SWITCH 11 LLPB   LEGEND LIGHT PUSH-BUTTON 12 NLPB   NON-LEGEND LIGHT PUSH-BUTTON 13 NSND   NON-SWITCH /NON-DISPLAY 14 PB     PUSH-BUTTON 15 RMH     REMOVABLE HANDLE 16 RKR   ROCKER SWITCH 17 RCS   ROUND CONTROL SWITCH 18 SS     SLIDE SWITCH 19 TW     THUMBWHEEL 20 TCS   THUMB CONTROL SWITCH 21 TGS   TOGGLE SWITCH 22 LTW     LEGEND THUMBWHEEL 24 PBL     LEGEND PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH ACTION 1 AI AS IS 2 SR SPRING RETURN VALVE CONTROL 1 SC SEAL CLOSED 2 SO SEAL OPEN 3 TC THROTTLE CLOSED     .
2 CB CIRCUIT BREAKER 3 CRC CONTINOUS ROTARY CONTROL 4 DRC' DISCRETE ROTARY CONTROL 5 JH J-HANDLE CONTROL SWITCH 6 JACK JACK 7 JS JOY STICK 8 KLS KEY LOCK SWITCH 9 KP KEY PAD 10 KFS KINFE SWITCH 11 LLPB LEGEND LIGHT PUSH-BUTTON 12 NLPB NON-LEGEND LIGHT PUSH-BUTTON 13 NSND NON-SWITCH /NON-DISPLAY 14 PB PUSH-BUTTON 15 RMH REMOVABLE HANDLE 16 RKR ROCKER SWITCH 17 RCS ROUND CONTROL SWITCH 18 SS SLIDE SWITCH 19 TW THUMBWHEEL 20 TCS THUMB CONTROL SWITCH 21 TGS TOGGLE SWITCH 22 LTW LEGEND THUMBWHEEL 24 PBL LEGEND PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH ACTION 1 AI AS IS 2 SR SPRING RETURN VALVE CONTROL 1 SC SEAL CLOSED 2 SO SEAL OPEN 3 TC THROTTLE CLOSED 4 TO THROTTLE OPEN DIVISIONS
4 TO THROTTLE OPEN DIVISIONS
~
    ~
1.0001 15 10 29 30 2
1 .0001               15 10                       29 30 2   .002             16 100                     30 4 3   .005             17 1000                     31 5 4   .01               18 12                       32 50 5   .02               19 12.5                     33 500 6   .05               20 18                       34 6 7   .1               21 2                       35 8 8   .2               22   2.5                     36 EACH 9   .25               23 20                       37 LOG 10   .4   '
.002 16 100 30 4 3
24 200                     38 PERIOD 11   .5               25 25                       39 7.5 12 1                   26 250                     40   .00001 13 1.25               27 3                       41   .6 14 1.5                 28 3.33                     42   .0833 D-5
.005 17 1000 31 5 4
.01 18 12 32 50 5
.02 19 12.5 33 500 6
.05 20 18 34 6 7
.1 21 2 35 8 8
.2 22 2.5 36 EACH 9
.25 23 20 37 LOG 10
.4 24 200 38 PERIOD 11
.5 25 25 39 7.5 12 1 26 250 40
.00001 13 1.25 27 3 41
.6 14 1.5 28 3.33 42
.0833 D-5


SWITCH POSITIONS 1 +15       56 APRM           111 CH 21 2 -15       57 ARMED         112 CH 22 3 0           58 -AUTO         113 CH 23 4 0-10%       59 AUTO OPEN     114 CH 24 5 0-100       60 AVERAGE       115 CH 3 6 0-25%       61 AVG           116 CH 4
SWITCH POSITIONS 1
        '7 0-54         62 B             117 CH 5 8 1           63 B BUS +       118 CH 6 9 10         64 B BUS -       119 CH 7 10 100         65 B LEVEL     120 CH 8 11 10E-1       C6 B OFF       121 CH 9 2 10E-2     67 B PRIM       122 CHECK 13 10E-3       68 B START     123 CHK 14 10E-4       69 B STBY       124 CLOSE 15 10E-5       70   B-C         125 CLOSED 16 10E-6       71 BALANCE       126 CONVERTER OUTPUT 17   10E-7     72 BC             127 COUNT 18   10E-8     73 BLOCK         128 CV TEST 19 10E-9       74 BOTTOM         129 D 20 10E5         75 BUS 21 B-C     130 DCR 21 11           76 BUS 22 B-C     131 DECR
+15 56 APRM 111 CH 21 2
:2 2    12         77 BUS 23 B-C     132 DECREASE 23 125         78 BUS 23-1 B-C   133 DISARMED 24   13         79 BUS 24 B-C     134 DISCH 25 14         80 BUS 24-1 B-C   135 DOWN 26 15         81 BUS 25 B-C     136 DRAIN 27 16         83 BUS 26 B-C     137 DRYWELL 28 2           83 BUS 27         138 DW 29   2-3       84 BUS 28 AB     139 DW1 30 21           85 BUS 28 BC     140 DW2 31   22.       86 BUS 28 CA     141 DW3 32 23           87 BUS 29 AB     142 EMERG ROD IN 33 24           88 BUS 29 BC     143 ENGAGE 34 -3         89 BUS 29 CA     144 EXPAND X 10 35 3 E EM CONT 90 BY             145 F5 36 3-1         91 BYP           146 FAN 37 4           92 BYPASS         147. FAN A 4        38 40           93 C             148 FAN B 39 5           94   C-A         149 FAST 40   6-         95 CA             150 FAST LOWER 41 7           96 CAL           151 FAST RAISE 42' 8           97 CALIB         152 FILTER IN 43 9           98 CH 1           153 FILTER OUT 44 A           99 CH 10         154 FIRE 45 A BUS +     100 CH 11         155 FIXED 46 A BUS -     101 CH 12         156 FLOW 47 A LEVEL     102 CH 13         157 FWD 48 A OFF       103 CH 14         158 GAIN
-15 57 ARMED 112 CH 22 3 0 58 -AUTO 113 CH 23 4 0-10%
      - 49 A PRIM     104 CH 15         159 50 A START     105 CH 16         160 GR 1 AND 4 51 A STBY     106 CH 17         101 GR 2 AND 3 52 A-B         107 CH 18         162 HAND 53 AB         108 CH 19         163 HI CAL 54 ADD 180-   109 CH 2           164 HI CAL 10E5 55 ANALY2E     110 CH 20         165 HOLD D-6
59 AUTO OPEN 114 CH 24 5 0-100 60 AVERAGE 115 CH 3 6 0-25%
61 AVG 116 CH 4
'7 0-54 62 B 117 CH 5 8 1 63 B BUS +
118 CH 6 9 10 64 B BUS -
119 CH 7 10 100 65 B LEVEL 120 CH 8 11 10E-1 C6 B OFF 121 CH 9 2 10E-2 67 B PRIM 122 CHECK 13 10E-3 68 B START 123 CHK 14 10E-4 69 B STBY 124 CLOSE 15 10E-5 70 B-C 125 CLOSED 16 10E-6 71 BALANCE 126 CONVERTER OUTPUT 17 10E-7 72 BC 127 COUNT 18 10E-8 73 BLOCK 128 CV TEST 19 10E-9 74 BOTTOM 129 D 20 10E5 75 BUS 21 B-C 130 DCR 21 11 76 BUS 22 B-C 131 DECR
:2 12 77 BUS 23 B-C 132 DECREASE 2
23 125 78 BUS 23-1 B-C 133 DISARMED 24 13 79 BUS 24 B-C 134 DISCH 25 14 80 BUS 24-1 B-C 135 DOWN 26 15 81 BUS 25 B-C 136 DRAIN 27 16 83 BUS 26 B-C 137 DRYWELL 28 2 83 BUS 27 138 DW 29 2-3 84 BUS 28 AB 139 DW1 30 21 85 BUS 28 BC 140 DW2 31 22.
86 BUS 28 CA 141 DW3 32 23 87 BUS 29 AB 142 EMERG ROD IN 33 24 88 BUS 29 BC 143 ENGAGE 34
-3 89 BUS 29 CA 144 EXPAND X 10 35 3 E EM CONT 90 BY 145 F5 36 3-1 91 BYP 146 FAN 37 4 92 BYPASS 147. FAN A 38 40 93 C 148 FAN B 4
39 5 94 C-A 149 FAST 40 6-95 CA 150 FAST LOWER 41 7 96 CAL 151 FAST RAISE 42' 8 97 CALIB 152 FILTER IN 43 9 98 CH 1 153 FILTER OUT 44 A 99 CH 10 154 FIRE 45 A BUS +
100 CH 11 155 FIXED 46 A BUS -
101 CH 12 156 FLOW 47 A LEVEL 102 CH 13 157 FWD 48 A OFF 103 CH 14 158 GAIN
- 49 A PRIM 104 CH 15 159 50 A START 105 CH 16 160 GR 1 AND 4 51 A STBY 106 CH 17 101 GR 2 AND 3 52 A-B 107 CH 18 162 HAND 53 AB 108 CH 19 163 HI CAL 54 ADD 180-109 CH 2 164 HI CAL 10E5 55 ANALY2E 110 CH 20 165 HOLD D-6


SWITCH POSITIONS (cont.)
SWITCH POSITIONS (cont.)
166 HOLD           221 PUMP 1               276 TOP 167 I               222 PUMP 2A             277 TORUS 168 IN             223 PUMP 2B             276 TREAT 169 INBD           224 PUMP 2C             279 TRIP 170 INCR           225 PUMP 2D             280 TRIP A               ,
166 HOLD 221 PUMP 1 276 TOP 167 I 222 PUMP 2A 277 TORUS 168 IN 223 PUMP 2B 276 TREAT 169 INBD 224 PUMP 2C 279 TRIP 170 INCR 225 PUMP 2D 280 TRIP A 171 INCREASE 226 PUMP 5 281 TRIP ADJ 172 INHIBIT 227 PUMP ON 282 TRIP B 173 IRM-228 PURGE 283 TRIP TEST 174 ISOL 229 PWR 284 TURB TEST 175 ISOLATE 230 PWR & FLOW. TEST 285 UNLABLED MIDPOSITION 176 LO CAL 231 PWR FLOW 286 UNLABLED POSITION 1 177 LO CAL 10 232 PWR TEST 287 UNLABLED POSITION 2 178 LO CAL'10E5 233 RAISE 288 UP 179 LOCAL 234 RAMP 289 VALVE A 180 LOWER 235 RBM 290 VALVE B 181 MAN 236 READ 291 VAR 182 MAN OPEN 237 RECIRC 292 X1 183 MANUAL 238 REF 293 X3.16 184 MANUAL OVERRIDE 239 REFUEL 294 ZERO 185 MANUAL OVRD 240 RELEASE 295 ZERO 1 186 MON A 241 PESET 296 ZERO 2 187 MON B 242 REV 297 ZERO CHECK 188 MON C 243 REVERSE 298 ZERO NO 1 189 MON D 244 REVERSE 299 ZERO NO 2
171 INCREASE       226 PUMP 5               281 TRIP ADJ 172 INHIBIT         227 PUMP ON             282 TRIP B 173 IRM-           228 PURGE               283 TRIP TEST 174 ISOL           229 PWR                 284 TURB TEST 175 ISOLATE         230 PWR & FLOW. TEST     285 UNLABLED MIDPOSITION 176 LO CAL         231 PWR FLOW             286 UNLABLED POSITION 1 177 LO CAL 10       232 PWR TEST             287 UNLABLED POSITION 2 178 LO CAL'10E5     233 RAISE               288 UP 179 LOCAL           234 RAMP                 289 VALVE A 180 LOWER           235 RBM                 290 VALVE B 181 MAN             236 READ                 291 VAR 182 MAN OPEN       237 RECIRC               292 X1 183 MANUAL         238 REF                 293 X3.16 184 MANUAL OVERRIDE 239 REFUEL               294 ZERO 185 MANUAL OVRD     240 RELEASE             295 ZERO 1 186 MON A           241 PESET               296 ZERO 2 187 MON B           242 REV                 297 ZERO CHECK 188 MON C           243 REVERSE             298 ZERO NO 1 189 MON D           244 REVERSE             299 ZERO NO 2
'190 MONITOR 245 RFP 2A 300 ARM 191 NEU' 246 RFP 2B 301 27 192 NEUTRAL 247 RFP 2C21 302 28 193 NOR 248 RFP 2C22 303 29 194 NORM 249 ROD IN 304 SUPP POOL 195 NORMAL 250 ROD OUT NOTCH 305 D. GEN 196 NORTH 251.RUN 306 REMOTE / MANUAL 197 NOTCH OVERRIDE 252 SAMPLE 307 D. GEN / BUS 8 NUET 253 SET 308 BUS 9 OFF 254 SHUTDOWN 309 VLV 200 OFF OFF 255 SLOW 310 TURB B 201 ON 256 SLOW LOWER 311 TURB A 202 ON OFF 257 SLOW RAISE 312 DRYWELL L1 203 ON ON 258 SOU 313 DRYWELL L2 204 OP 259 SOUTH 314 E 205 OPEN 260 SPAN 315 P 206 OPER 261 SPAN 1 316 G 207 OPERATE 262 SPAN 2 317 H 208 OUT 263 STANDBY 318 TRIP RESET
    '190 MONITOR         245 RFP 2A               300 ARM 191 NEU'           246 RFP 2B               301 27 192 NEUTRAL         247 RFP 2C21             302 28 193 NOR             248 RFP 2C22             303 29 194 NORM           249 ROD IN               304 SUPP POOL 195 NORMAL         250 ROD OUT NOTCH       305 D. GEN 196 NORTH           251.RUN                 306 REMOTE / MANUAL 197 NOTCH OVERRIDE 252 SAMPLE               307 D. GEN / BUS 8 NUET           253 SET                 308 BUS 9 OFF           254 SHUTDOWN             309 VLV 200 OFF OFF         255 SLOW                 310 TURB B 201 ON             256 SLOW LOWER           311 TURB A 202 ON OFF         257 SLOW RAISE           312 DRYWELL L1 203 ON ON           258 SOU                 313 DRYWELL L2 204 OP             259 SOUTH               314 E 205 OPEN           260 SPAN                 315 P 206 OPER           261 SPAN 1               316 G 207 OPERATE         262 SPAN 2               317 H 208 OUT             263 STANDBY             318 TRIP RESET
'209 OUTBD 264 START 319 SYS A 210 OVER TEST 265 START HOT STBY 320 L S B 211 OVERRIDE 266 STOP 321 IV0053 212 PERIOD 267 SUPP 322 IVQ052 213 POWER OFF 268 SV TEST 323 NORMAL BUS 214 POWER ON 269 SYST 1 324 LOCAL MANUAL 215 PRIM 270 SYST 2 325 INOP 216 PPOGRAM 271 T 326 NORMAL (NO TRIP) 217 PSA 272 T1 327 TEST (WILL TRIP) 218 PSB 273 T2 328 TURBINE TRIP 219 PULL TO LOCK 274 T3 329 TEST PWR 220 PULL TO STOP 275 TEST 330 TEST FLOW D-7
    '209 OUTBD           264 START               319 SYS A 210 OVER TEST       265 START HOT STBY       320 L S B 211 OVERRIDE       266 STOP                 321 IV0053 212 PERIOD         267 SUPP                 322 IVQ052 213 POWER OFF       268 SV TEST             323 NORMAL BUS 214 POWER ON       269 SYST 1               324 LOCAL MANUAL 215 PRIM           270 SYST 2               325 INOP 216 PPOGRAM         271 T                   326 NORMAL (NO TRIP) 217 PSA             272 T1                   327 TEST (WILL TRIP) 218 PSB             273 T2                   328 TURBINE TRIP 219 PULL TO LOCK   274 T3                   329 TEST PWR 220 PULL TO STOP   275 TEST                 330 TEST FLOW D-7


f SWITCH POSITIONS (cont.)
f SWITCH POSITIONS (cont.)
331 PRINT   333 PRINT ON ALARM             334 MM/ MIN 332 SCAN                                               -e D-8 O           -            -            . - .      -
331 PRINT 333 PRINT ON ALARM 334 MM/ MIN 332 SCAN
-e D-8 O


APPENDIX E.
APPENDIX E.
Control Room Design Review Survey
Control Room Design Review Survey


4 CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW SURVEY The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is requiring that a detailed human factors review of every nuclear power plant control room be performed. Part of the guidance document published to support these reviews, NUREG-0700, suggests the use of your operating experience to help the review team identify operator / control board interface problems.
4 CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW SURVEY The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is requiring that a detailed human factors review of every nuclear power plant control room be performed.
The Commonwealth Edison Company and the management of this station support the spirit of the NRC's directives. As a result, we are asking for your support and assistance in the program by completing the attached questionnaire.     For this progtem, the Company's goal is to improve the operating crew's capability to recognize, control and manage plant abnormal and emergency conditions. A by-product, of course, is that some changes and corrections will be made which will make the operating crews' job easier to perform.
Part of the guidance document published to support these reviews, NUREG-0700, suggests the use of your operating experience to help the review team identify operator / control board interface problems.
The Commonwealth Edison Company and the management of this station support the spirit of the NRC's directives.
As a result, we are asking for your support and assistance in the program by completing the attached questionnaire.
For this progtem, the Company's goal is to improve the operating crew's capability to recognize, control and manage plant abnormal and emergency conditions.
A by-product, of course, is that some changes and corrections will be made which will make the operating crews' job easier to perform.
The que'stionnaire contains 52 questions that cover nine general topic areas dealing with different aspects of control room design and operating crew job duties and tasks. The questions deal with " problem
The que'stionnaire contains 52 questions that cover nine general topic areas dealing with different aspects of control room design and operating crew job duties and tasks. The questions deal with " problem
* areas as well as good or beneficial features associated with the control room.       In completing the questionnaire, please read each question carefully and then answer it as fully as you can based upon your experience.     In preparing your answers, consider the questions from all the various modes of plant operation, e.g., startup, hot stand-by, full power, etc. Give detailed answers so that someone not as familiar with the area as you are will be able to understand exactly what you mean.
* areas as well as good or beneficial features associated with the control room.
Thcagh the questionnaire is long, please take the time you need and answer all thw questions you can. Your viewpoints and experiences are important to this review. Use additional paper if necessary and attach it to this question-naire. If you do use additional paper, please be sure to match your answer to the appropriate question. If you feel that we have left anything out or failed to cover an area in which you have a concern, please tell us by attaching comments to the questionnaire.       If you are unable to answer a particular question, please indicate this in the space provided for your response.
In completing the questionnaire, please read each question carefully and then answer it as fully as you can based upon your experience.
In asking for your support in this program, we feel it is important for you to know what we will do with your answers. As the questionnaires are returned, a non-CECO contractor will summarize your answers on a question-by-question basis and compile results for each.       The team conducting the control room design review will then be informed of each problem area identified so that they can pay special attention to it during the review process.       Should the team verify the area as a problem, they will document it on a form made for that purpose.
In preparing your answers, consider the questions from all the various modes of plant operation, e.g.,
Though the NRC may eventually be told of the problems you help identify, we want to assure you that your answers and comments on this questionnaire will be kept in strict confidence. Your answers will be summarized so that your exact words do not appear. Further, your answers will in no way ef fect your careers, standings or promotions in Commonwealth Edison.         Therefore, in answering the questionnaire, be as open, honest and straightforward as you can.
: startup, hot stand-by, full power, etc.
Give detailed answers so that someone not as familiar with the area as you are will be able to understand exactly what you mean.
Thcagh the questionnaire is long, please take the time you need and answer all thw questions you can.
Your viewpoints and experiences are important to this review.
Use additional paper if necessary and attach it to this question-naire.
If you do use additional paper, please be sure to match your answer to the appropriate question.
If you feel that we have left anything out or failed to cover an area in which you have a concern, please tell us by attaching comments to the questionnaire.
If you are unable to answer a particular question, please indicate this in the space provided for your response.
In asking for your support in this program, we feel it is important for you to know what we will do with your answers.
As the questionnaires are returned, a non-CECO contractor will summarize your answers on a question-by-question basis and compile results for each.
The team conducting the control room design review will then be informed of each problem area identified so that they can pay special attention to it during the review process.
Should the team verify the area as a problem, they will document it on a form made for that purpose.
Though the NRC may eventually be told of the problems you help identify, we want to assure you that your answers and comments on this questionnaire will be kept in strict confidence.
Your answers will be summarized so that your exact words do not appear.
Further, your answers will in no way ef fect your careers, standings or promotions in Commonwealth Edison.
Therefore, in answering the questionnaire, be as open, honest and straightforward as you can.
E-1
E-1


2 In addition to completing the questionnaire, we would like you to supply us with the additional information requested on the following page. It will hcip               ,
2 In addition to completing the questionnaire, we would like you to supply us with the additional information requested on the following page.
  - us to integrate your responses with other.information we must collect as part of this project. The contractor' who will be summarizing your answers may contact you privately for additional information or clarification, if neces-sary. When you have completed the qitestionnaire, place it in the envelope provided, seal the envelope, and return it within four weeks to the individual indicated on - the next page. Thank you very much for your cooperation and assistance.
It will hcip
- us to integrate your responses with other.information we must collect as part of this project.
The contractor' who will be summarizing your answers may contact you privately for additional information or clarification, if neces-sary.
When you have completed the qitestionnaire, place it in the envelope provided, seal the envelope, and return it within four weeks to the individual indicated on - the next page.
Thank you very much for your cooperation and assistance.
9 s
9 s
s 9
s 9
9 m
9 m
l l
E-2
l E-2


i-a
i-a
                                              -NAME:
-NAME:
PRESENT POSITION:
PRESENT POSITION:
NUCLEAR OPERATING EXPERIENCE:                                                                                                                             YEARS
NUCLEAR OPERATING EXPERIENCE:
                                              -CONTROL BOARD OPERATING EXPERIENCE                                                                                                                         YEARS HELD A REACTOR. OPERATOR'(RO) LICENSE                                                                                                                     YEARS HELD A SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR (SRO) LICENSE                                                                                                               YEARS AGE:
YEARS
SEX:                                                                                                                                                           ,
-CONTROL BOARD OPERATING EXPERIENCE YEARS HELD A REACTOR. OPERATOR'(RO) LICENSE YEARS HELD A SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR (SRO) LICENSE YEARS AGE:
SEX:
l HEIGHT:
l HEIGHT:
Return To:
Return To:
E-3
E-3


        = A .1 Identify any additional controls ' which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.
= A.1 Identify any additional controls ' which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.
A.2   Identify any additional displays which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.-
A.2 Identify any additional displays which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.-
A.3   Identify the arca(s)     in the main control room where direct voice communication is difficult.
A.3 Identify the arca(s) in the main control room where direct voice communication is difficult.
A.4   Identify any area (s) in the main control room where the air quality (temperature, humidity, air flow) makes it uncomfortable or distracting to wc;k.
A.4 Identify any area (s) in the main control room where the air quality (temperature, humidity, air flow) makes it uncomfortable or distracting to wc;k.
A.5   Describe areas in the main control room where lighting causes glare, reflections, dark areas, or other problems.
A.5 Describe areas in the main control room where lighting causes glare, reflections, dark areas, or other problems.
A.6   Identify any obstacle (s) in the main control room that interfere with movement.
A.6 Identify any obstacle (s) in the main control room that interfere with movement.
B.1 Identify any control device (s) that should be operated manually instead of automatically or vice versa. hty?
B.1 Identify any control device (s) that should be operated manually instead of automatically or vice versa. hty?
B.2 Identify any throttleable valve (s) that would potentially restrict your time to respond during emergency operations because of their throttle-ability.
B.2 Identify any throttleable valve (s) that would potentially restrict your time to respond during emergency operations because of their throttle-ability.
B.3 Identify the system (s) in which controls and/or displays are not grouped together but should be.
B.3 Identify the system (s) in which controls and/or displays are not grouped together but should be.
l E-4
l E-4


m
m
(
(
B.4 Describe how the layout of the control board equipment can be improved to allow operators to perform more effectively.
B.4 Describe how the layout of the control board equipment can be improved to allow operators to perform more effectively.
B.5 Identify areas on the main control boards where your use of a control is interfered with by other equipment surrounding it- (e.g., controls, displays,' telephones, radios, etc.).
B.5 Identify areas on the main control boards where your use of a control is interfered with by other equipment surrounding it- (e.g.,
B.6 Identify equipment (controls, displays) in the main control room which are difficult to reach or monitor.       Describe any incident (s) in which this difficulty has had an impact on operator job performance.
: controls, displays,' telephones, radios, etc.).
B.7 Identify any control (s) on back panels that should be on front panels or vice versa. Please explain why and be specific.
B.6 Identify equipment (controls, displays) in the main control room which are difficult to reach or monitor.
B.8 Describe any system (s) in the control room which you feel are difficult o-   n'. fusing to operate. Describe any incident (s) in which these have afte ted operator job performance.
Describe any incident (s) in which this difficulty has had an impact on operator job performance.
B.9 Describe any incident (s) in which controls located in the control room were accidently activated. Why?
B.7 Identify any control (s) on back panels that should be on front panels or vice versa. Please explain why and be specific.
C.1 Identify and describe those areas in the main control room where back-ground noise levels interfere with annunciator alarms.         Describe any incident (s) in which the background noise delayed an operator in
B.8 Describe any system (s) in the control room which you feel are difficult o-n'. fusing to operate.
        . detecting an annunciator alarm in a timely ranner.
Describe any incident (s) in which these have afte ted operator job performance.
C.2 Describe any incident (s) in which the annunciator warning system was ineffective in helping operators respond to a problem.
B.9 Describe any incident (s) in which controls located in the control room were accidently activated. Why?
C.1 Identify and describe those areas in the main control room where back-ground noise levels interfere with annunciator alarms.
Describe any incident (s) in which the background noise delayed an operator in
. detecting an annunciator alarm in a timely ranner.
C.2 Describe any incident (s) in which the annunciator warning system was ineffective in helping operators respond to a problem.
E-5
E-5


i C.3                 Identify and describe those alarm tiles that have an inappropriate set-                                                                                                 !
i C.3 Identify and describe those alarm tiles that have an inappropriate set-point, that 'is, one that gives the operator either too much or too little time in which to respond to a plant problem.
point, that 'is, one that gives the operator either too much or too                                                                                                     l
C.4 For alarms with multiple inputs, is the computer printout capability sufficient for you to determine the cause?
;                                                    little time in which to respond to a plant problem.
If not, which alarms should be split into single inputs?
C.4                 For alarms with multiple inputs, is the computer printout capability
C.5 Identify any alarm tile (s) in the main control room which are confusing i
* sufficient for you to determine the cause?                                 If not, which alarms should be split into single inputs?
or difficult to understand. Explain why.
C.5                 Identify any alarm tile (s) in the main control room which are confusing i                                                   or difficult to understand. Explain why.
I.
I.
D.1                 Identify any auditory signal (s) presented in the control room which are confusing.
D.1 Identify any auditory signal (s) presented in the control room which are confusing.
                              - D.2                 Identify any area (s) in the main control room where messages presented over the PA or radio systems cannot be heard clearly.
- D.2 Identify any area (s) in the main control room where messages presented over the PA or radio systems cannot be heard clearly.
D.3               Describe any instance (s) in which the use of the PA or radio systems by non-operating personnel interfered with control room use of the system.
D.3 Describe any instance (s) in which the use of the PA or radio systems by non-operating personnel interfered with control room use of the system.
f                               D.4               Describe any situation (s) in which problems with the PA or radio systems prevented or interfered with an operators ability to communicate with individuals in other areas.
f D.4 Describe any situation (s) in which problems with the PA or radio systems prevented or interfered with an operators ability to communicate with individuals in other areas.
I D.5               Describe any incident (s) in which use of walkie-talkies have interfered                                                                                               ,
I D.5 Describe any incident (s) in which use of walkie-talkies have interfered with plant instrumentation.
with plant instrumentation.
1 1
1 1
E.1               Identify any information or calculations not presently provided by the process computer that would be useful.
E.1 Identify any information or calculations not presently provided by the process computer that would be useful.
l 4
l 4
4 E-6 2
4 E-6 2
e- sv g~~~ww--,vm,,"--me,ne~-e,,,-,ww-wv,--,ryw.           ww, -,-.,g.,,,y,,,._,m,--.,-r---e~~----,g,,--m.-e     e-er,     ,                  ysy                   - ,,m-o, ,-g--- ,-ww-- ,,.en po---v~w~w,,y- ,
e-sv g~~~ww--,vm,,"--me,ne~-e,,,-,ww-wv,--,ryw.
ww,
-,-.,g.,,,y,,,._,m,--.,-r---e~~----,g,,--m.-e e-er, ysy
,,m-o,
,-g---
,-ww--
,,.en po---v~w~w,,y-


n                                                                                   1 l
n 1
E.2 Describe any feature (s) of the computer system that you feel are helpful.
l E.2 Describe any feature (s) of the computer system that you feel are helpful.
E.3 Identify any words or symbols used on the computer that are diffictilt to
E.3 Identify any words or symbols used on the computer that are diffictilt to
      . understand or interpret. 'Suggest improvements.
. understand or interpret. 'Suggest improvements.
E.4 Describe any incident (s) in which a delay in computer response to a request has detracted from or interfered with job performance.
E.4 Describe any incident (s) in which a delay in computer response to a request has detracted from or interfered with job performance.
E.5 Is there any information presented on the CRT's that would be more useful if it was presented differently? Explain.
E.5 Is there any information presented on the CRT's that would be more useful if it was presented differently? Explain.
E.6 Identify any CRT's located in the control room which are difficult to use from normal operating positions because of their placement in the contrni room.
E.6 Identify any CRT's located in the control room which are difficult to use from normal operating positions because of their placement in the contrni room.
E.7 Identify any information presented on the computer printer that is not
E.7 Identify any information presented on the computer printer that is not
      -useful to control room operations and explain why.           Describe any situation (s) in which presentation of this information interfered with main control room personnel receiving information from the printer.
-useful to control room operations and explain why.
E.8 Identify any computer system procedures which are difficult to under-stand. Desctibe any incident (s) in which this has caused a problem.
Describe any situation (s) in which presentation of this information interfered with main control room personnel receiving information from the printer.
E.9 Identify any key (s) on the keyboard for the computer which are not used by main control room personnel. ' Describe any incident (s) in which these keys have' caused problems in using the computer.
E.8 Identify any computer system procedures which are difficult to under-stand. Desctibe any incident (s) in which this has caused a problem.
  ,F.1 Describe any incident (s) in which maintenance activities contributed to an operational problem.
E.9 Identify any key (s) on the keyboard for the computer which are not used by main control room personnel. ' Describe any incident (s) in which these keys have' caused problems in using the computer.
,F.1 Describe any incident (s) in which maintenance activities contributed to an operational problem.
E-7
E-7


F.2   Describe any incident (s) in 'which the station maintenance program was particularly helpful in preventing an operational problem.
F.2 Describe any incident (s) in 'which the station maintenance program was particularly helpful in preventing an operational problem.
  -F.3- Identify and describe any characteristic (s) of the main l control room preventative maintenance program or corrective maintenance procedures that are a) very effective, b) not effective.
-F.3-Identify and describe any characteristic (s) of the main l control room preventative maintenance program or corrective maintenance procedures that are a) very effective, b) not effective.
'- 'F.4   Describe any' occasion (s) in which replacement equipment such as fuses, bulbs, or ink was unavailable for corrective maintenance.
'F.4 Describe any' occasion (s) in which replacement equipment such as fuses, bulbs, or ink was unavailable for corrective maintenance.
F.5   Describe the method used to determine lamp failure on the control panels. Describe a method that you feel would be more effective.
F.5 Describe the method used to determine lamp failure on the control panels.
Describe a method that you feel would be more effective.
Explain.
Explain.
G.1   Identify any procedure (s) which are unclear or difficult to use.
G.1 Identify any procedure (s) which are unclear or difficult to use.
Explain. Describe any incident (s) in which this led to an operational problem.
Explain.
G.2   Identify tables / checklists / status boards, etc. which could be redesigned to improve their usefulness. Explain.
Describe any incident (s) in which this led to an operational problem.
G.3   Identify the log (s) that you feel are dif ficult to update or maintain.
G.2 Identify tables / checklists / status boards, etc. which could be redesigned to improve their usefulness. Explain.
G.3 Identify the log (s) that you feel are dif ficult to update or maintain.
Explain why.
Explain why.
G.4   Identify any mathematical calculation (s) that are time consuming and/or difficult to perform. Explain.
G.4 Identify any mathematical calculation (s) that are time consuming and/or difficult to perform. Explain.
  .G.5   Identify the testing procedure (s) that should be performed more or less frequently (daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, etc.) than they are now.
.G.5 Identify the testing procedure (s) that should be performed more or less frequently (daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, etc.) than they are now.
For each, state why.
For each, state why.
E-8                                       l l
E-8


H.1   Are there any job duties which are performed by others in which you feel main control room personnel should be more directly involved or vice
H.1 Are there any job duties which are performed by others in which you feel main control room personnel should be more directly involved or vice versa? Explain.
'"            versa? Explain.
H.2-Describe any-individual responsibilities.which are not clearly understood. How could they be improved?
H.2- Describe   any- individual   responsibilities .which   are   not   clearly understood. How could they be improved?
H.3 Describe any instance (s) in which distractions, in the form of unnecessary personnel, traffic, etc., interfered with ' your main control room duties.
H.3   Describe any   instance (s) in which distractions,     in the   form of unnecessary personnel, traffic, etc., interfered with ' your main control room duties.
H.4 Describe how the shift turnover process can be improved.
H.4   Describe how the shift turnover process can be improved.
H.S Describe'any incident (s) in which the operating crew staffing structure
H.S   Describe'any incident (s) in which the operating crew staffing structure
.affected control room operations. How can this be improved?
              .affected control room operations. How can this be improved?
I.1 Describe any inconsistencies between training and actual control room operations. What can be done to make the two more consistent?
    ,  I.1   Describe any inconsistencies between training and actual control room operations. What can be done to make the two more consistent?
I.2 Describe any emergency rituation(s) for which you feel you have - not received enough training.
I.2   Describe any emergency rituation(s) for which you feel you have - not received enough training.
I.3-Describe any incident (s) involving control room personnel in which additional training would have been helpful.
I.3- Describe any incident (s) involving control room personnel in which additional training would have been helpful.
s E-9
s E-9


Line 1,014: Line 1,753:


CONTROL ROOM LABELING STANDARD The following information is'a summary guideline to be followed
CONTROL ROOM LABELING STANDARD The following information is'a summary guideline to be followed
  -for   labeling system / workstations, subsystem / functional       areas, components and control positions within               the LaSalle control room.
-for labeling system / workstations, subsystem / functional
The chcracteristics of labels must be such that they provide maximum information to the operator.               The various illumination levels of control areas, control locations, and restraints on operator position demand that all label characteristics (such
: areas, components and control positions within the LaSalle control room.
as size, lettering and placement) serve as perceptual aids to information discrimination and processing.                 The redundancy inherent in such characteristics can serve as a visual code to reduce response time and minimize probability of error.
The chcracteristics of labels must be such that they provide maximum information to the operator.
Placement of labels should be uniform throughout the system to insure   ease of element / control     identification and           should
The various illumination levels of control areas, control locations, and restraints on operator position demand that all label characteristics (such as size, lettering and placement) serve as perceptual aids to information discrimination and processing.
  . provide maximum visibility. Labels should be oriented horizon-tally in order to be read easily, quickly and accurately and should not be subject to accidental removal.
The redundancy inherent in such characteristics can serve as a visual code to reduce response time and minimize probability of error.
Placement of labels should be uniform throughout the system to insure ease of element / control identification and should
. provide maximum visibility.
Labels should be oriented horizon-tally in order to be read easily, quickly and accurately and should not be subject to accidental removal.
The following guidelines adhere to those established by the Ceco checklist to aid the operator in the locating, identifying
The following guidelines adhere to those established by the Ceco checklist to aid the operator in the locating, identifying
:and handling of controls, displays and equipment.
:and handling of controls, displays and equipment.
: 1. Label Information    -
Labels should describe the function of 1.
Labels should describe the function of equipment items, or if needed for clarity, describe engi-neering characteristics or nomenclature.
Label Information equipment items, or if needed for clarity, describe engi-neering characteristics or nomenclature.
F-1                                         ;
F-1
l
 
: 2. Placement of Labels    -
Labels should be placed below indi-2.
Labels should be placed below indi-cators except in cases-where there are space constraints.
Placement of Labels cators except in cases-where there are space constraints.
If the labels are located above eye level, they should be positioned to ensure visibility.         All labels should be placed close to the corresponding panel element. Placement should also provide sufficient space to allow adequate discrimination from adjacent' controls and minimum inter-ference with visibility during adjustment or manipulation of controls. Placement should also be such that labels do     l
If the labels are located above eye level, they should be positioned to ensure visibility.
            .                                                          1 not obscure or detract from other information sources (see Figures 1 and 2).       .Therefore, the following guidelines should be followed:
All labels should be placed close to the corresponding panel element.
: a. Labels should not appear on the control itself when an     I adjustment or manipulation is required that causes the operator's hands to obscure the label for an extended time period.
Placement should also provide sufficient space to allow adequate discrimination from adjacent' controls and minimum inter-ference with visibility during adjustment or manipulation of controls.
: b. Adjacent   labels   should   be separated   by sufficient space so they are not read as one continuous label (see Figure 3).
Placement should also be such that labels do l
: c. Eliminate,   wherever     possible,   vertically oriented labels and replace with horizontal labels.
1 not obscure or detract from other information sources (see Figures 1
: d. Curved patterns of labeling should be avoided.
and 2).
: e. Labels should be mounted to minimize the possibility of accidental detachment.
.Therefore, the following guidelines should be followed:
: f. Labels should be mounted on a flat surface.
a.
1 F-2                                   l
Labels should not appear on the control itself when an I
adjustment or manipulation is required that causes the operator's hands to obscure the label for an extended time period.
b.
Adjacent labels should be separated by sufficient space so they are not read as one continuous label (see Figure 3).
c.
Eliminate, wherever
: possible, vertically oriented labels and replace with horizontal labels.
d.
Curved patterns of labeling should be avoided.
e.
Labels should be mounted to minimize the possibility of accidental detachment.
f.
Labels should be mounted on a flat surface.
F-2


f e
f e
LABEL
LABEL
                                      ~
~
Q ct.o wrR INJ CNTR Vt.R 6 AUTO
Q ct.o wrR INJ CNTR Vt.R 6 AUTO l
                      -    l 8
8 Figure 1.
Figure 1. Proximity of label to panel element.
Proximity of label to panel element.
F-3
F-3


_    - = _ .                     .    .              . _ . .                  --    -
- = _.
i
i
                                                                                                                      )
)
l l
l HPCI TUR8INE BAROMETRIC O AUX OlL PUMP O O CONDENSER O I
HPCI TUR8INE                                                                     BAROMETRIC             l O AUX OlL PUMP O                                                                     O CONDENSER O I                                                                                           CNDS PUMP l
CNDS PUMP
                                                                                      \j
'yI I
    'yI       ' !'      I   '    I                                                   .V     I,t   ,  l   ,  f, I MPCI TURBINE G     AUX Olt PUMP                     G LOCKED OFF                           t                                 ,
I
opp                   ,
.V I,t l
RESET             RUN               NORMAL DEFEAT                                   RESET           RUN
\\j f,
* l j                                             . . . .
I MPCI TURBINE G
l OPEN AUTO-                                                                                           OPEN FEED               ! l                                           ALTTO FEED I
AUX Olt PUMP G
i Figure 2.         Separation of adjacent labels.
LOCKED OFF t
F-4                                                                   j 1
opp RESET RUN NORMAL DEFEAT RESET RUN j
l OPEN OPEN AUTO-FEED l
ALTTO FEED I
i Figure 2.
Separation of adjacent labels.
F-4 j
i
i


h OHF RADIO POWER 4
h OHF RADIO POWER A
A            OC NON-PREFERRED UHF R         POWER i
OC 4
A              oc PREFERRED t
NON-PREFERRED UHF R
Figure 3. Examples of preferred and non-preferred 4
POWER A
label placement.
oc i
F-5
PREFERRED t
: 3. Character Style and Dimensions - Recommended styles are shown in Figure 4. A condensed Helvetica type font is an acceptable   style. Capital   letters   that   art simple in design (i.e., without flourishes or serifs) should be used in all labels. Other character dimensions are given below:
Figure 3.
: a. Letter width-to-height ratio - no less than 1:1; no greater than 3:5.
Examples of preferred and non-preferred label placement.
: b. Numeral width-to-height ratio - 3:5 (except for the numeral "4" which should be one stroke width wider and the numeral "1" which is one stroke in width).
4 F-5
: c. Stroke width-to-character height ratio - no less than 1:6; no greater than 1:8.
 
: d. Minimum space between:
3.
: 1)   Characters - one stroke width
Character Style and Dimensions - Recommended styles are shown in Figure 4.
: 2)   Words - one character width
A condensed Helvetica type font is an acceptable style.
: 3)   Lines - one-half character height
Capital letters that art simple in design (i.e.,
: 4. Character  Readability  -
without flourishes or serifs) should be used in all labels.
In order   to insure   speed and accuracy in the reading of labels, uniform size and style of the characters should be adopted.
Other character dimensions are given below:
: 5. Character Height - Letter height should be identical for all labels within the same hierarchical level, based on the maximum viewing distance. The heights displayed in Table 1 are the minimum and preferred values recommended for opera-tor viewing distances of three feet.         If the operator's normal viewing distance is not three feet, the alphanumeric character's height should subtend a visual angle on the retina of 15 minutes at a minimum (0.004 x viewing dis-tance). A visual angle of     20 minutes (0.006 x viewing l
a.
distance)   upon the retina     is   preferred   by the   NRC   i 1
Letter width-to-height ratio - no less than 1:1; no greater than 3:5.
(NUREG-0700).                                                   1 F-6
b.
                                                                    -l
Numeral width-to-height ratio - 3:5 (except for the numeral "4"
which should be one stroke width wider and the numeral "1" which is one stroke in width).
c.
Stroke width-to-character height ratio - no less than 1:6; no greater than 1:8.
d.
Minimum space between:
1)
Characters - one stroke width 2)
Words - one character width 3)
Lines - one-half character height In order to insure speed and 4.
Character Readability accuracy in the reading of labels, uniform size and style of the characters should be adopted.
5.
Character Height - Letter height should be identical for all labels within the same hierarchical level, based on the maximum viewing distance.
The heights displayed in Table 1 are the minimum and preferred values recommended for opera-tor viewing distances of three feet.
If the operator's normal viewing distance is not three feet, the alphanumeric character's height should subtend a visual angle on the retina of 15 minutes at a minimum (0.004 x viewing dis-tance).
A visual angle of 20 minutes (0.006 x viewing distance) upon the retina is preferred by the NRC i
(NUREG-0700).
1 F-6
-l


EEDEEBGE Bi EsEE D EMEEEE M E IBEEEEEEEE
EEDEEBGE Bi EsEE D
        ~
EMEEEE
: a. U.S. Military Specification MIL-M-18012B AB C D EFG HIJ KLM NOPQRSTUVWXYZ 0123456789
~ M E IBEEEEEEEE a.
: b. U.S. Military Standard MS--33558 ( ASG)
U.S.
                                              \
Military Specification MIL-M-18012B AB C D EFG HIJ KLM NOPQRSTUVWXYZ 0123456789 b.
i l
U.S.
Figure 4. Recommended character styles.
Military Standard MS--33558 ( ASG)
l ei
\\
i Figure 4.
Recommended character styles.
ei


l b
l b
Table 1. Preferred values for character height MINIMUM       MAXIMUM Letter height                       .150 Letter width                       .100           .150 Stroke width                       .019           .025 Space between characters           .019           .025 Space between words                 .100           .150 Space between lines                 .075 1
Table 1.
Preferred values for character height MINIMUM MAXIMUM Letter height
.150 Letter width
.100
.150 Stroke width
.019
.025 Space between characters
.019
.025 Space between words
.100
.150 Space between lines
.075 1
F-8
F-8
: 6. Labeling Visibility - The -following guidelines should be adhered to:
 
: a. Labels   should not cover,- detract   from   or obscure figures or scales which must be read by the operator.
6.
: b. Labels   should be visible   to   the   operator during control activation.
Labeling Visibility - The -following guidelines should be adhered to:
: 7. Label color codes - General control room should be white with black lettering. Yellow, blue and green should be used to identify Division I, II, and III equipment, respectively. Orange should be used for reactor protection system equipment.
a.
l l
Labels should not cover,- detract from or obscure figures or scales which must be read by the operator.
l l
b.
F-9                                     l J
Labels should be visible to the operator during control activation.
7.
Label color codes - General control room should be white with black lettering.
Yellow, blue and green should be used to identify Division I,
II, and III equipment, respectively.
Orange should be used for reactor protection system equipment.
l F-9 J


APPENDIX G Control Room Annunciator Standard m
APPENDIX G Control Room Annunciator Standard m
_ _ _ . , _ m ..,
m


CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATOR STANDARD The guidelines governing the labeling of aanunciator warning systems-parallel the labeling guidelines for the control room.
CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATOR STANDARD The guidelines governing the labeling of aanunciator warning systems-parallel the labeling guidelines for the control room.
: 1. Location - The annunciator warning panel labels should be located above the panel and be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes (.004 x viewing distance) when viewed from a central position within the primary operating area.     For LaSalle, this should be .625= inches. Within each panel, alarm tiles shculd be grouped by function or system, and each panel should be located above the related controls or displays   necessary   for   diagnostic   or   corrective response.
1.
: 2. Legends   -
Location - The annunciator warning panel labels should be located above the panel and be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes (.004 x viewing distance) when viewed from a central position within the primary operating area.
Legends on individual annunciator til'es should be unambiguous and specific as to conditions that they   address. Information should be ' conveyed concisely using abbreviations and acronyms consistent with those used elesewhere in the control room.         The use of alarms which refer to other detailed annun-ciator panels located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.
For LaSalle, this should be.625= inches.
: 3. Character Height - For optimum legibility of the panel legends, letter height should subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes and be identical for all tiles based on maximum viewing distance. For LaSalle, the G-1
Within each panel, alarm tiles shculd be grouped by function or
: system, and each panel should be located above the related controls or displays necessary for diagnostic or corrective response.
2.
Legends Legends on individual annunciator til'es should be unambiguous and specific as to conditions that they address.
Information should be ' conveyed concisely using abbreviations and acronyms consistent with those used elesewhere in the control room.
The use of alarms which refer to other detailed annun-ciator panels located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.
3.
Character Height - For optimum legibility of the panel legends, letter height should subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes and be identical for all tiles based on maximum viewing distance.
For LaSalle, the G-1


letter height should be .22 inches.           The alphanumeric labeling of the vertical and horizontal axes of the annunciator panels should be consistent with a sub-tended visual angle of at least 15 minutes viewed from a central . position within the primary operating area.
letter height should be.22 inches.
For LaSalle, this should be .5 inches.
The alphanumeric labeling of the vertical and horizontal axes of the annunciator panels should be consistent with a sub-tended visual angle of at least 15 minutes viewed from a central. position within the primary operating area.
: 4. Character Style - Type style for legends should be simple, upper-case, and consistent for all tiles to insure   maximum     readability *.     Legends   should     be engraved   on   tiles   using   black   lettering   on   white background     to   provide   high     contrast.     Character dimensions should be consistent with those recommended in the labeling standard.
For LaSalle, this should be.5 inches.
: 5. General Guidelines
4.
: a. An abbreviation standard should be developed and strictly observed,
Character Style - Type style for legends should be simple, upper-case, and consistent for all tiles to insure maximum readability *.
: b. Words in the label should express exactly what action   is   intended   and   at   the   same   time   be clearly     understood,       direct     and     correctly spelled.     The   meanings     of   words   should   be commonly accepted by all intended users. Unusual technical terms should be avoided.
Legends should be engraved on tiles using black lettering on white background to provide high contrast.
: c. Symbols can be used only if they have a commonly accepted meaning, they are unique and distin-guishable from each other, they use a commonly accepted standard configuration, and they are used ' consistently within and across               panels.
Character dimensions should be consistent with those recommended in the labeling standard.
5.
General Guidelines a.
An abbreviation standard should be developed and strictly observed, b.
Words in the label should express exactly what action is intended and at the same time be clearly understood, direct and correctly spelled.
The meanings of words should be commonly accepted by all intended users.
Unusual technical terms should be avoided.
c.
Symbols can be used only if they have a commonly accepted meaning, they are unique and distin-guishable from each other, they use a commonly accepted standard configuration, and they are used
' consistently within and across panels.
Roman numerals should be avoided.
Roman numerals should be avoided.
*McCormick, E.J. Human Factors in Engineering and Design ~(Sth Edition). New-York:   McGraw-Hill, 1976.
*McCormick, E.J.
Human Factors in Engineering and Design ~(Sth Edition).
New-York:
McGraw-Hill, 1976.
G-2
G-2


I l
I
l
\\
                                                                  \
d.
: d. Words   and abbreviations   which are   similar in appearance   should   be avoided   where   error in interpretation could result.
Words and abbreviations which are similar in appearance should be avoided where error in interpretation could result.
: e. Labels   should   identify   functionally   grouped controls or displays and be       located above   the groups they identify.
e.
: f. All discrete functional control positions should be identified along with the direction of motion in continuous motion rotary controls.
Labels should identify functionally grouped controls or displays and be located above the groups they identify.
: g. Labels should describe the function or equipment compon'ents.
f.
: h. Words should be used which have a commonly accepted meaning for all intended users; unusual terms should be consistent within and across pieces of' equipment.
All discrete functional control positions should be identified along with the direction of motion in continuous motion rotary controls.
: i. Words on labels should be concise yet convey the intended meaning.
g.
: j. Abbreviations should be limited to five or less characters.
Labels should describe the function or equipment compon'ents.
h.
Words should be used which have a
commonly accepted meaning for all intended users; unusual terms should be consistent within and across pieces of' equipment.
i.
Words on labels should be concise yet convey the intended meaning.
j.
Abbreviations should be limited to five or less characters.
G-3
G-3


          ' Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station PREFACE The following document was prepared jointly by the Commonwealth Edison Company (CECO) and Human Factors Technology Group of the Development   (ARD)   Corporation. The ARD Advanced  Resource
LaSalle County Station
          . Corporation assisted CECO throughout all phases of the Control Room Design Review (CRDR).
' Final Summary Report PREFACE The following document was prepared jointly by the Commonwealth Edison Company (CECO) and Human Factors Technology Group of the Advanced Resource Development (ARD)
This report contains the Commonwealth Edison Company's LaSalle       }
Corporation.
County -Station Detailed Control       Room Design Review (DCRDR) final summary report, as per CECO's April 14, 1983, recponse to NUREG-0737 Supplement ~ 1, and to the NRC's subsequent February Mr.
The ARD
27,   1984, confirmatory order (Docket Number 50-373)- to Dennis L. Farrar from Mr. A. Schwenger.
. Corporation assisted CECO throughout all phases of the Control Room Design Review (CRDR).
This report contains the Commonwealth Edison Company's LaSalle
}
County -Station Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) final summary report, as per CECO's April 14, 1983, recponse to NUREG-0737 Supplement ~ 1, and to the NRC's subsequent February 27,
: 1984, confirmatory order (Docket Number 50-373)- to Mr.
Dennis L. Farrar from Mr. A. Schwenger.
s
s
'a "-
'a M
M    A
A


Final Summary Report                         LaSalle County Station TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE SECTION VOL.'l       DCRDR FINAL  
Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE SECTION VOL.'l DCRDR FINAL  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
Line 1,148: Line 1,978:


==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
==1.0 INTRODUCTION==
 
2-1 2.0 OVERVIEW 2-2 2.1 Review Phases 2-3 2.2 Foundation Processes 2-4 2.3 Investigative Processes 2-4 2.4 Assessment Phase 2-4 2.5 Reporting Phase 3-1 3.0 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 4-1 4.0 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 4.1 Output Documentation 4-2 4-2 4.2 Document Control 4-3 4.3 Data Base Management System 5.0 INTEGRATION WITH OTHER SUPPLEMENT 1 5-1 NUREG-0737 INITIATIVES 6-1 6.0 REVIEW PROCESS 6-1 6.1 Historical Event Review 6-7 6.2 Operating Experience Review 6-15 6.3 Task Analysis 6-24 6.4 Control Room Inventory 6.5 Verification of Equipment Availability and 6-31 suitability 6.6 Validation of Control Room Functions 6-37 6-43 6.7 Control Room Survey 7-1 7.0 HED ASSESSMENT 8-1 8.0 HED IMPLEMENTATION 8-1 8.1 General 8-3 8.2 Labeling 8-4 8.3 Annunciators 8-4 8.4 Enhancements 8-5 8.5 Verification of Corrective Actions
2.0 OVERVIEW                                                     2-1 2.1   Review Phases                                       2-2 2.2   Foundation Processes                               2-3 2.3   Investigative Processes                             2-4 2.4   Assessment Phase                                   2-4 2.5   Reporting Phase                                     2-4 3-1 3.0 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 4.0 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 4-1 Output Documentation                               4-2 4.1 Document Control                                   4-2 4.2 Data Base Management System                         4-3 4.3 5.0 INTEGRATION WITH OTHER SUPPLEMENT 1                         5-1 NUREG-0737 INITIATIVES 6-1 6.0 REVIEW PROCESS 6.1   Historical Event Review                             6-1 Operating Experience Review                         6-7 6.2 Task Analysis                                       6-15 6.3 Control Room Inventory                             6-24 6.4 6.5 Verification of Equipment Availability and suitability                                      6-31 Validation of Control Room Functions               6-37 6.6                                                      6-43 6.7 Control Room Survey 7-1 7.0 HED ASSESSMENT 8-1 8.0 HED IMPLEMENTATION General                                            8-1 8.1 Labeling                                            8-3 8.2                                                     8-4 8.3 Annunciators                                       8-4 8.4 Enhancements                                       8-5 8.5 Verification of Corrective Actions
- iii
                                  - iii   -


F~
F~
                                                                          ]
]
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
PAGE SECTION APPENDICES A-1 A   FORMS NUMBER OF ASSOCIATIONS OF OPERATOR SURVEY
PAGE SECTION APPENDICES A-1 A
FORMS NUMBER OF ASSOCIATIONS OF OPERATOR SURVEY B


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
ITEMS TO HUMAN ENGINEERING                 B-1 DISCREPANCIES                                       C-1 C   MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING: PERSONNEL                 D-1 D   CODES                                               E-1 CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW SURVEY                   F-1 F   CONTROL ROOM LABELING STANDARD                     G-1 G   CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATOR STANDARD s
ITEMS TO HUMAN ENGINEERING B-1 DISCREPANCIES C-1 C
MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING:
PERSONNEL D-1 D
CODES E-1 CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW SURVEY E
F-1 F
CONTROL ROOM LABELING STANDARD G-1 G
CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATOR STANDARD s
e
e
                                    - iv -
- iv -


Final Summary Report                             LaSalle County Station I
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report I
: 1. 0'   INTRODUCTION                             .
: 1. 0' INTRODUCTION The Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) is part of a broad program designed by the nuclear industry and the federal government to ensure consideration of human factors in nuclear
The Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) is part of a broad program designed by the nuclear industry and the federal government to ensure consideration of human factors in nuclear
' power plant design and operation.
' power plant design and operation. The purpose of the LaSalle DCRDR was to review and evaluate the control room workspace, instrumentation,- controls       and other   equipment   from   a human factors standpoint, taking into account both system demands and operator capabilities.         Secondly, the human factors review room design identified, assessed and will implement control modifications which correct inadequate or unsuitable items.
The purpose of the LaSalle DCRDR was to review and evaluate the control room workspace, instrumentation,- controls and other equipment from a
human factors standpoint, taking into account both system demands and operator capabilities.
: Secondly, the human factors review identified, assessed and will implement control room design modifications which correct inadequate or unsuitable items.
The following objectives were identified for the LaSalle County Nuclear Generating Station DCRDR:
The following objectives were identified for the LaSalle County Nuclear Generating Station DCRDR:
: 1. Determine whether the control room provides the system information,       control capabilities,   feedback, status and analytic aids necessary for control room operators to accomplish their functions effectively.
1.
: 2. Identify characteristics of the existing control room instrumentation,       . controls, other   equipment,     and physical arrangements that may detract from operator performance.
Determine whether the control room provides the system status information, control capabilities,
: feedback, and analytic aids necessary for control room operators to accomplish their functions effectively.
2.
Identify characteristics of the existing control room instrumentation,
. controls, other equipment, and physical arrangements that may detract from operator performance.
1-1
1-1


Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 3.
: 3. Analyze and evaluate the problems that could arise from the aforementioned human engineering discrepan-(HEDs), and analyze means     of correcting those cies                                                            ~
Analyze and evaluate the problems that could arise from the aforementioned human engineering discrepan-cies (HEDs),
and analyze means of correcting those
~
discrepancies which could lead to substantial problems.
discrepancies which could lead to substantial problems.
Define and put     into   effect a plan of     action   that 4.
4.
applies human factors principles to         improve control and   enhance   operator   effectiveness; room    design particular emphasis should be placed on improvements affecting control room design and operator performance under emergency conditions.
Define and put into effect a plan of action that applies human factors principles to improve control room design and enhance operator effectiveness; particular emphasis should be placed on improvements affecting control room design and operator performance under emergency conditions.
: 5. Integrate the control room design review with other factors   inquiry   identified   in the areas    of  human Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Task Action Plan.
5.
: 6. Verify Preliminary Design Assessment (PDA) results and integrate corrective actions resulting from PDA into DCRDR recommendations.
Integrate the control room design review with other areas of human factors inquiry identified in the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Task Action Plan.
6.
Verify Preliminary Design Assessment (PDA) results and integrate corrective actions resulting from PDA into DCRDR recommendations.


Final Summary. Report.                       LaSalle County Station 2.0     OVERVIEW
Final Summary. Report.
  'The Commonwealth Edison Company DCRDR evaluates         the   control room workspace,     instrumentation, controls .and other equipment     ,
LaSalle County Station 2.0 OVERVIEW
from the human factors ~ engineering perspective. Both system
'The Commonwealth Edison Company DCRDR evaluates the control room workspace, instrumentation, controls.and other equipment from the human factors ~ engineering perspective.
  ' demands and operator capabilities were taken into account. The HEDs identified in the review phase were assessed ~by the Human Discrepancy   Assessment Team   (HEDAT). For those Engineering HEDs significant enough to warrant a corrective action, this team identified and assessed control room improvements which would correct the problems described'in the HEDs. A tentative corrective action schedule based upon the safety significance As and = human' ' factors importance was also established.
Both system
indicated in.the CECO response to the NUREG-0737 Supplement .1, this schedule     is dependent upon the NRC's response to this repor t .' and the.results of the integration of all Supplement 1 initiative modifications.
' demands and operator capabilities were taken into account.
Prior .t o licensing, Commonwealth Edison conducted a human factors ' Preliminary Design Assessment (PDA) of the LaSalle c3ntrol. room. As a result, a large number of design improve-
The HEDs identified in the review phase were assessed ~by the Human Engineering Discrepancy Assessment Team (HEDAT).
  .ments were . completed.     In addition, a number of items..was deferred until1 the DCRDR. Each of these deferred ' items was reviewed.and documentation . supporting the disposition of each is available on-site.
For those HEDs significant enough to warrant a corrective action, this team identified and assessed control room improvements which would correct the problems described'in the HEDs.
A tentative corrective action schedule based upon the safety significance and = human' ' factors importance was also established.
As indicated in.the CECO response to the NUREG-0737 Supplement.1, this schedule is dependent upon the NRC's response to this repor t.' and the.results of the integration of all Supplement 1 initiative modifications.
Prior
.t o licensing, Commonwealth Edison conducted a
human factors ' Preliminary Design Assessment (PDA) of the LaSalle c3ntrol. room.
As a result, a large number of design improve-
.ments were. completed.
In addition, a
number of items..was deferred until1 the DCRDR.
Each of these deferred ' items was reviewed.and documentation. supporting the disposition of each is available on-site.
2-1
2-1


E Final' Summary Report LaSalle County Station 2.1   Review Phases The co.itrol. rooms were reviewed to determine if they provide with the     system   status   information,   control the    operator capabilities,     feedback,     and performance       aids necessary to accomplish this     function and task effectively.           Characteris-tics of the existing control room         instrumentation, controls, other equipment and physical arrangements that may detract from operator performance were also identified during this phase.
E LaSalle County Station Final' Summary Report 2.1 Review Phases The co.itrol. rooms were reviewed to determine if they provide the operator with the system status information, control capabilities,
processes     were   used   to   collect   pertinent These    review information and/or to identify HEDs within the control rooms.
: feedback, and performance aids necessary to accomplish this function and task effectively.
2.1.1   Operating Experience Review of  historical An   operating personnel survey and           a   review reports was conducted to identify             conditions   which   affect probability for those operator errors which could affect safe operation of the generating stations. Industry-wide Licensee Event Reports _ (LERs) for similarly designed control rooms that applicability,     were   included   in this   review.
Characteris-tics of the existing control room instrumentation,
have  generic Operating personnel were also interviewed to obtain feedback based on previous operating experience.
: controls, other equipment and physical arrangements that may detract from operator performance were also identified during this phase.
System  Functions    and    Analysis  of  Tasks 2.1.2   Review   of Involved in Control Room Operator Functions l
These review processes were used to collect pertinent information and/or to identify HEDs within the control rooms.
2.1.1 Operating Experience Review An operating personnel survey and a
review of historical reports was conducted to identify conditions which affect probability for those operator errors which could affect safe operation of the generating stations.
Industry-wide Licensee Event Reports _ (LERs) for similarly designed control rooms that have generic applicability, were included in this review.
Operating personnel were also interviewed to obtain feedback based on previous operating experience.
2.1.2 Review of System Functions and Analysis of Tasks Involved in Control Room Operator Functions l
The BWROG EPGs were used as the base document for establishing information requirements.and performance criteria for the tasks which operators must accomplish.
The BWROG EPGs were used as the base document for establishing information requirements.and performance criteria for the tasks which operators must accomplish.
1
1 Inventory of Control Room Instrumentation and Equipment
  '2.1.3   Inventory of Control Room Instrumentation and Equipment The inventory itemized and described the existing control room the   information,   control, components    for    comparison    with 2-2
'2.1.3 The inventory itemized and described the existing control room components for comparison with the information,
: control, 2-2


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report equipment and material requirements identified in the system functions review and task analysis.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report equipment and material requirements identified in the system functions review and task analysis.
2.1.4     Survey of the Human Engineering Acceptability of Control Rc om Components and Environmental Conditions This survey identified whether the control room components and environment (e.g., lighting, noise / sound control) were designed such as physical to accommodate basic human characteristics size and perceptual-motor capabilities.
2.1.4 Survey of the Human Engineering Acceptability of Control Rc om Components and Environmental Conditions This survey identified whether the control room components and environment (e.g., lighting, noise / sound control) were designed to accommodate basic human characteristics such as physical size and perceptual-motor capabilities.
2.1.5   Verification of Task Performance Capabilities During this phase, the adequacy of workstations to support the tasks was assessed. The execution of control room operator verification was made by comparing the information and control requirements derived from the task analysis to the existing instrumentations and controls available in the control rooms.3 2.1.6   Validation of Control Room Functions The validation was conducted to determine whether the functions allocated to the control room operating crew could be accomp-lished within the structure of the defined Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) and the design of the control room as it exists.
Verification of Task Performance Capabilities 2.1.5 During this phase, the adequacy of workstations to support the execution of control room operator tasks was assessed.
2.2   Foundation Processes The first three are foundation processes in which frames of reference and benchmarks for identification of discrepancies were established. The last three are investigative processes with which the benchmarks were used to identify HEDs.
The verification was made by comparing the information and control requirements derived from the task analysis to the existing instrumentations and controls available in the control rooms.3 2.1.6 Validation of Control Room Functions The validation was conducted to determine whether the functions allocated to the control room operating crew could be accomp-lished within the structure of the defined Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) and the design of the control room as it exists.
2.2 Foundation Processes The first three are foundation processes in which frames of reference and benchmarks for identification of discrepancies were established.
The last three are investigative processes with which the benchmarks were used to identify HEDs.
2-3
2-3


Final Summary Report                                       LaSalle County Station-2.3     Investigative Processes The investigative processes used the data collected during the foundation processes to determine the adequacy of control room tasks       and     functions     from   a   human       engineering operators'
Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station-2.3 Investigative Processes The investigative processes used the data collected during the foundation processes to determine the adequacy of control room operators' tasks and functions from a
_ perspective by comparing the data against the human factors benchmarks established during               these     processes.     Deficiencies were identified and documented during this part of the review.
human engineering
It was during this part of the review that the control room survey of the control boards was conducted.                       This' survey was followed by a verification of task - performance capabilities, including     the       verification     of     instrumentation     and     control availability and suitability.
_ perspective by comparing the data against the human factors benchmarks established during these processes.
Subsequent to the verification process, a validation of the control room . functions was conducted to determine whether the functions allocated to the control room operating crew could be accomplished within' the structure of the emergencyioperating procedures and the design of the existing control room.
Deficiencies were identified and documented during this part of the review.
2.4   Assessment Phase Upon completion' of the DCRDR investigations, a review of the HEDs was conducted by the HEDAT.                 The review served to identify the significance of each HED, as well as to provide the review team with the opportunity to determine the appropriate actions necessary to correct the HEDs.           A schedule was then developed.
It was during this part of the review that the control room survey of the control boards was conducted.
2.5 Reporting Phase The following report represents the methodology, findings and conclusions from the LaSalle County Generating Station DCRDR.
This' survey was followed by a verification of task - performance capabilities, including the verification of instrumentation and control availability and suitability.
Subsequent to the verification process, a validation of the control room. functions was conducted to determine whether the functions allocated to the control room operating crew could be accomplished within' the structure of the emergencyioperating procedures and the design of the existing control room.
2.4 Assessment Phase Upon completion' of the DCRDR investigations, a review of the HEDs was conducted by the HEDAT.
The review served to identify the significance of each HED, as well as to provide the review team with the opportunity to determine the appropriate actions necessary to correct the HEDs.
A schedule was then developed.
2.5 Reporting Phase The following report represents the methodology, findings and conclusions from the LaSalle County Generating Station DCRDR.
The review was conducted by Commonwealth Edison Company with 2-4
The review was conducted by Commonwealth Edison Company with 2-4


          , , .              .      .-                    - - - - .    .- ..- - -        .      . - ~       ~ -. ._ -.. .               .            . .  . .  - . - -
. - ~
Final Summary Report                                                                   LaSalle County Station engineering                   support                       from             ARD extensive        human                      factors Maryland. Th'is report was prepeced to i
~ -.._ -...
                    .Corporati on, columbia,
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report extensive human factors engineering support from ARD
    -                show compliance with NUREG-0737 Supplement 1.
.Corporat on, columbia, Maryland.
Th'is report was prepeced to i
i show compliance with NUREG-0737 Supplement 1.
1 9
1 9
T l
T l
Line 1,223: Line 2,094:
+
+
1
1
    +
+
4 i
4 i
2-5 e
e 2-5


i 1
i 1
Final Summary Report                               LaSalle County Station 3.0   MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING
Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station 3.0 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING
  .The purpose of the DCRDR was to identify and correct those features in the control room environment which were not in concert with.the safe and efficient operation of the facility.
.The purpose of the DCRDR was to identify and correct those features in the control room environment which were not in concert with.the safe and efficient operation of the facility.
The     .DCRDR   activities     were     implemented     by   experienced operations,     nuclear     systems and~ human       factors ' engineering personnel.
The
The DCRDR Team                                                     ?
.DCRDR activities were implemented by experienced operations, nuclear systems and~ human factors ' engineering personnel.
The LaSalle DCRDR team consisted of a group of professionals from   various     disciplines   with   the   wide   range   of   skills necessary for the performance of the design review and included:
?
o     I&C engineering e     Nuclear systems engineering e     Human factors engineering e     Operations This core group was' supplemented,           as required. During   the review,   any   additional . specialists     (e.g.,
The DCRDR Team The LaSalle DCRDR team consisted of a group of professionals from various disciplines with the wide range of skills necessary for the performance of the design review and included:
course    of  the lighting,     acoustics)     required   for. specific   tasks   were   made available as needed.
o I&C engineering e
                                      .3-1
Nuclear systems engineering e
Human factors engineering e
Operations This core group was' supplemented, as required.
During the course of the
: review, any additional. specialists (e.g.,
: lighting, acoustics) required for. specific tasks were made available as needed.
.3-1


Final Summary Report                             LaSalle County Station Before beginning the review, team members were selected and the methods     and   content of   relevant NRC familiarized with documents,   general human factors     engineering _ principles and methodology. Team members were also provided with the _ oppor-tunity to familiarize themselves with the general design and operation of the plants.       Any general or specific procedural
Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station Before beginning the review, team members were selected and familiarized with the methods and content of relevant NRC documents, general human factors engineering _ principles and methodology.
Team members were also provided with the _ oppor-tunity to familiarize themselves with the general design and operation of the plants.
Any general or specific procedural
. issues were resolved at this point.
. issues were resolved at this point.
The review team members were encouraged to document dissenting regarding ~HEDs,   if. appropriate.       They were also opinions, facilities,     personnel,   necessary provided  access to plant documents and information required to perform their assigned tasks.
The review team members were encouraged to document dissenting
A statement of responsibility and qualifications was provided for each   team member under     agreement with     the   NRC at   the commencement of the station's DCRDR within the Commonwealth Edison system, and this statement is included in Appendix C.
: opinions, regarding ~HEDs, if. appropriate.
They were also provided access to plant facilities, personnel, necessary documents and information required to perform their assigned tasks.
A statement of responsibility and qualifications was provided for each team member under agreement with the NRC at the commencement of the station's DCRDR within the Commonwealth Edison system, and this statement is included in Appendix C.
B-- R
B-- R


g, -
g, -
Final Summary Report                           LaSalle County Station 4.0   DOCUMENTATION-AND DOCUMENT CONTROL This section describes the documentation system (input / output and   documentation management / control   procedures documents) which CECO used to support the LaSalle'DCRDR.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 4.0 DOCUMENTATION-AND DOCUMENT CONTROL This section describes the documentation system (input / output documents) and documentation management / control procedures which CECO used to support the LaSalle'DCRDR.
From the beginning of the review, the team had at its disposal the following reference documents:
From the beginning of the review, the team had at its disposal the following reference documents:
o   System Lists e    System Descriptions e     Piping and Instrumentation Drawings (Lighting, HVAC, Acoustics, e    Control Room Floor Plan etc.)
o System Lists System Descriptions e
e     Panel Layout Drawings e   -Panel Photographs e    List of Acronyms, Abbreviations e     Description of Control Room Coding Conventions e     Samples of Computer Printouts e   Procedures (Emergency, Abnormal and Operating) e   Guidelines for Procedural Development o    Other Human Factors / Control Room Studies they were As additional documents were acquired or written, added'to the library.
Piping and Instrumentation Drawings e
e Control Room Floor Plan (Lighting, HVAC, Acoustics, etc.)
e Panel Layout Drawings e
-Panel Photographs List of Acronyms, Abbreviations e
Description of Control Room Coding Conventions e
Samples of Computer Printouts e
Procedures (Emergency, Abnormal and Operating) e Guidelines for Procedural Development e
Other Human Factors / Control Room Studies o
As additional documents were acquired or written, they were added'to the library.
4-1
4-1


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report l
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report l
4 . 11 Output Documentation In order to facilitate systematizing and recording Control Room Design Reviews, a series of standard forms was developed. The forms used. are listed below and appear in their entirety in Appendix A.
4. 11 Output Documentation In order to facilitate systematizing and recording Control Room Design Reviews, a series of standard forms was developed.
The forms used. are listed below and appear in their entirety in Appendix A.
L.
L.
o    Control Room Human Engineering Discrepancy Record e    Questionnaire Item Summary Form
Control Room Human Engineering Discrepancy Record o
        -o    Personnel Survey Summary Form o     Index of Reviewed Reports Report   Review   Error   Analysis       Problem e    Historical Analysi's Report e    Control Room Review Task Development o    Validation Review Worksheet e    Sound Survey Record e   Lighting Survey - Illuminance Record           _fi.
Questionnaire Item Summary Form e
e     Lighting Survey - Luminance and Reflectance Record e   Lighting Survey - CRT e   Air Velocity Survey Record e   Photographic Log Task Analysis Instrument / Control Requirement     Form e
Personnel Survey Summary Form
Task Analysis Controller Requirement Form                     j e
-o Index of Reviewed Reports o
e    Inventory Form o    Controller Inventory Forn 4.2   Document Control The Commonwealth Edison Company recognized that a data collec-tion / analysis effort, such as that inherent in a DCRDR, can if managed    improperly,
e Historical Report Review Error Analysis Problem Analysi's Report Control Room Review Task Development e
    , generate volumes of ~ paperwork which, 4-2
Validation Review Worksheet o
Sound Survey Record e
Lighting Survey - Illuminance Record
_fi.
e Lighting Survey - Luminance and Reflectance Record e
Lighting Survey - CRT e
Air Velocity Survey Record e
Photographic Log e
Form Task Analysis Instrument / Control Requirement e
Task Analysis Controller Requirement Form j
e e
Inventory Form Controller Inventory Forn o
4.2 Document Control The Commonwealth Edison Company recognized that a data collec-tion / analysis effort, such as that inherent in a DCRDR, can
, generate volumes of ~ paperwork which, if managed improperly, 4-2


                                                            -LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report loss   of       time   and   money.       CECO,
-LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report
  -could    result    in    a  great therefore, implemented a data base management system (DBMS) to collect, update, analyze and provide the information necessary to fulfill the requirements of DCRDRs on a dedicated computer.
-could result in a
An example of a method used for the DCRDR DBMS is illustrated in Figure 4.1.         Implementation of the DBMS minimized the number of_ manual transformation steps required in the data collection /
great loss of time and money.
analysis effort.           Furthermore, it afforded the DCRDR team the capability of real-time data analysis.                   Through the use of the DBMS parameters, any number or combination of data points was accessed and analyzed on an as-needed basis.
: CECO, therefore, implemented a data base management system (DBMS) to collect, update, analyze and provide the information necessary to fulfill the requirements of DCRDRs on a dedicated computer.
4.3   Data Base Management System The DBMS was implemented on CECO's Prime 750 computer using INFO /INFOTEXT.
An example of a method used for the DCRDR DBMS is illustrated in Figure 4.1.
It consists of a master program with memory storage devices to hold the data exQ2ted from various source documents.       Because manual handling of data is largely elimi-nated after data is entered into the system, the DBMS greatly of   efforts,     document         loss   and     errors reduced      duplication resulting from unnecessary handling of data.
Implementation of the DBMS minimized the number of_ manual transformation steps required in the data collection /
analysis effort.
Furthermore, it afforded the DCRDR team the capability of real-time data analysis.
Through the use of the DBMS parameters, any number or combination of data points was accessed and analyzed on an as-needed basis.
4.3 Data Base Management System The DBMS was implemented on CECO's Prime 750 computer using INFO /INFOTEXT.
It consists of a master program with memory exQ2ted from various source storage devices to hold the data documents.
Because manual handling of data is largely elimi-nated after data is entered into the system, the DBMS greatly reduced duplication of
: efforts, document loss and errors resulting from unnecessary handling of data.
After the DBMS was implemented, the series of data files and
After the DBMS was implemented, the series of data files and
  -records were created using information derived from the various source   documents.       Each   source   document         contained       specific forms, charts, schedules, etc., required for the DCRDR and each constituted a single data file. Data files, in turn, comprised.
-records were created using information derived from the various source documents.
the specitic parameters individual records which represent contained in the file forms, charts, etc.                   The file then served as a model of the document from which it was created, as well as an area in which to store data records.                       The source docu-ments included- those reports and forms                   listed previously in chapter.       To avoid   file   damage       or   unauthorized         data this manipulation, access to . the DBMS was restricted by liriting user training and by issuing passwords to a limited number of users.
Each source document contained specific forms, charts, schedules, etc., required for the DCRDR and each constituted a single data file.
Data files, in turn, comprised.
individual records which represent the specitic parameters contained in the file forms, charts, etc.
The file then served as a model of the document from which it was created, as well as an area in which to store data records.
The source docu-ments included-those reports and forms listed previously in this chapter.
To avoid file damage or unauthorized data manipulation, access to. the DBMS was restricted by liriting user training and by issuing passwords to a limited number of users.
4-3
4-3


Final Summary Report                                           LaSalle County Station DATA BASE USER (S)                     SOFTWARE                     DATA BASE STORAGE CONFIGURATIOR user                                   OPERATOR suB-tasks       l81 117l13 l           t, l,                       t, 11                     p     ,
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report DATA BASE USER (S)
T
SOFTWARE DATA BASE STORAGE CONFIGURATIOR user OPERATOR suB-tasks l81 117l13 l t, l, t,
                                                *sRATOR tasks             1Ii 1 '2 I T3II4 I , , , . T.
11 p
A
*sRATOR tasks 1Ii 1 '2 I T3II4 I,,,. T.
              ,f              ;                OPERATOR FUNCTIONS         l       1 lf2lf3lf4.l , , , F ,
T A
j          sysTExs a sus-sysitxs lSi I521 331 5 i               ,,,
OPERATOR FUNCTIONS l
5 T
1 lf2lf3lf4.l,,, F,
E SYSTEM PROCEDURES           lEl lP2lP3lP4l,                                 P, USER I3                   7
,f sysTExs a sus-sysitxs lSi I521 331 5 i 5
                                    ^          system EVENTS               lEl lE2lE3lE4 I , , ,                           E, E'
j T
l t
USER SYSTEM PROCEDURES lEl lP2lP3lP4l, P,
V                                   ,
E I3 7
STANDARD             STANDARD         CUSTOM REPORT               llEPORT       REPORT
system EVENTS lEl lE2lE3lE4 I,,,
                                                                  #1                   ft OUTPUT REPORTS & SCREENS Figure 4.1 Sample Human Factors Evaluation i                                                     Data Base System I
E,
^
E' l
t V
STANDARD STANDARD CUSTOM REPORT llEPORT REPORT
#1 ft OUTPUT REPORTS & SCREENS Figure 4.1 Sample Human Factors Evaluation i
Data Base System I
i 4-4
i 4-4


                          .      .~     -        - .            .--    .
.~
Final Summary Report                                 LaSalle County Station 1
Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station 1
i T
i T
I 5.0   INTEGRATION WITH OTHER SUPPLEMENT 1                                   ,
I 5.0 INTEGRATION WITH OTHER SUPPLEMENT 1 NUREG-0737 INITIATIVES Commonwealth Edison Company has an integrated program to address each of the Supplement 1 to NUREG-0737 initiatives.
NUREG-0737 INITIATIVES Commonwealth     Edison Company has an integrated program to address each of the Supplement 1 to NUREG-0737 initiatives.
- This program extends throu_ghout its system of nuclear generating stations and-has specific provisions for each
    - This program extends         throu_ghout       its   system   of   nuclear generating     stations   and- has       specific     provisions   for   each
- station.
    - station. This program is headed by the CECO Station Nuclear Engineering Department which provides the necessary integration and support to ensure that a systematic approach is adopted for.
This program is headed by the CECO Station Nuclear Engineering Department which provides the necessary integration and support to ensure that a systematic approach is adopted for.
the   inclusion   of each of the recommended design changes resulting from these initiatives.               Details of this process, including schedules were provided in Commonwealth Edison's l:     April 14, 1983 submittal to the NRC.
the inclusion of each of the recommended design changes resulting from these initiatives.
      - The design of the Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS), the R.G. 1.97   based   instrument       displays,     the development             of function-oriente'd emergency operating procedures, the training
Details of this
      - of.the operating staff, and the DCRDR are being integrated in a manner which takes full advantage of the scheduling of each of l     - these initiatives, and is being integrated with respect to the overall improvement of the operator's ability to comprehend plant conditions and cope with emergencies.
: process, including schedules were provided in Commonwealth Edison's l:
April 14, 1983 submittal to the NRC.
- The design of the Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS), the R.G.
1.97 based instrument
: displays, the development of function-oriente'd emergency operating procedures, the training
- of.the operating staff, and the DCRDR are being integrated in a manner which takes full advantage of the scheduling of each of l
- these initiatives, and is being integrated with respect to the overall improvement of the operator's ability to comprehend plant conditions and cope with emergencies.
I h
I h
e                                           5-1                               _ _ _ _ . , _
e 5-1


Final-Summary. Report                     LaSalle County' Station 1
Final-Summary. Report LaSalle County' Station 1
    . Design changes will be integrated with the ~ informational data base collected as a function of the DCRDR. In addition, the' corrective action modifications resulting from the DCRDR will be   evaluated for their effects on these programs.           The integration of the -DCRDR and these other programs include provisions for operator ~ retraining and upgrading of operating procedures when necessary, to reflect the physical changes made in the control room.
. Design changes will be integrated with the ~ informational data base collected as a function of the DCRDR.
Functions and tasks have been analyzed to determine information and ' control needs and to identify operator tasks during emer-gency operations. This analysis will be used to verify the completeness of the emergency operating procedure, and will serve as the basis for verifying the SPDS parameters.
In addition, the' corrective action modifications resulting from the DCRDR will be evaluated for their effects on these programs.
The integration of the -DCRDR and these other programs include provisions for operator ~ retraining and upgrading of operating procedures when necessary, to reflect the physical changes made in the control room.
Functions and tasks have been analyzed to determine information and ' control needs and to identify operator tasks during emer-gency operations.
This analysis will be used to verify the completeness of the emergency operating procedure, and will serve as the basis for verifying the SPDS parameters.
t l
t l
'                                    5-2
5-2


LaSalle County Station
LaSalle County Station
-Final Summary Report 6.0   REVIEW PROCESS The DCRDR review process resulted in the identification of a number of HEDs that were eval'uated to determine the extent to affect   the   potential   of operating   crew which    they  could errors. Also requiring consideration were the recommendations correction   that   the   Human   Factors for. improvement    or
-Final Summary Report 6.0 REVIEW PROCESS The DCRDR review process resulted in the identification of a number of HEDs that were eval'uated to determine the extent to which they could affect the potential of operating crew errors.
' Specialists (HFSs) made for the discrepancies discovered in.the DCRnR investigative processes.         Once the ' HEDs were evaluated and r recommended improvement (if applicable) agreed upon, most improvements will be implemented according to a schedule based on the relative significance of the HED.
Also requiring consideration were the recommendations for.
6.1   Historical Event Review 6.1.1   Introduction The objective of the Historical Event Review was to investigate archival documentation of control room problems to ensure that the man-machine interface was adequate to reduce the potential for human error.
improvement or correction that the Human Factors
complicated     tasks   is a   well Human    error    in performing documented fact and the potential for it is always present. In
' Specialists (HFSs) made for the discrepancies discovered in.the DCRnR investigative processes.
  -the_ nuclear power industry, human error can combine with poor to    serious    operational design     features   and   contribute 6-1
Once the ' HEDs were evaluated and r recommended improvement (if applicable) agreed upon, most improvements will be implemented according to a schedule based on the relative significance of the HED.
6.1 Historical Event Review 6.1.1 Introduction The objective of the Historical Event Review was to investigate archival documentation of control room problems to ensure that the man-machine interface was adequate to reduce the potential for human error.
Human error in performing complicated tasks is a
well documented fact and the potential for it is always present.
In
-the_ nuclear power industry, human error can combine with poor design features and contribute to serious operational 6-1


1 Final Summary Report                               LaSalle County Station Fortunately,         the   industry,   instances of past problems.                      in human     performance     error   and   equipment / design arrangement problems are documented in plant and industry records and can be - used as a data base for recommending design improvements.
1 LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report problems.
This section describes the process used to review several such to   identify areas     of   potential   human   performance documents problems at Commonwealth Edison Company's LaSalle Units 1 and 2.
Fortunately, in the
There were- five sources of historical reports available for this review at LaSalle station. Three of the sources were in-house documentation and consisted of LaSalle Licensee Event Reports (LERs), LaSalle Deviation Reports (DVRs), and LaSalle Professional Committee Reports (PROS). The other two sources of documentation were industry-wide sources and consisted of Reports     (SERs)   and   Significant   Operating Significant    Event Event Reports (SOERs). These latter two sources were NSAC/INPO team    through reviewed reports available to the review Commonwealth Edison- Company.         All five sources were used at LaSalle station for the Historical Event Review.
: industry, instances of past human performance error and equipment / design arrangement problems are documented in plant and industry records and can be - used as a data base for recommending design improvements.
6.1.2   Methodology The following paragraphs         delineate the processes used to screen,   prioritize     and   evaluate   the   documents collect, identified above.           7 6.1.2.1   Collecting the Historical Reports In its archives, LaSalle station has a copy of every LER, DVR and PRO report generated at that station. An HFS reviewed each of' the above reports for LaSalle Units 1 and.2 from 1979 to 1985. In addition, every NSAC/INPO SER and SOER report from their _ beginning ~in 1979 following the accident at Three Mile Island Unit 2, until 1985, was reviewed by an HFS. The purpose 6-2
This section describes the process used to review several such documents to identify areas of potential human performance problems at Commonwealth Edison Company's LaSalle Units 1 and 2.
There were-five sources of historical reports available for this review at LaSalle station.
Three of the sources were in-house documentation and consisted of LaSalle Licensee Event Reports (LERs), LaSalle Deviation Reports (DVRs), and LaSalle Professional Committee Reports (PROS).
The other two sources of documentation were industry-wide sources and consisted of Significant Event Reports (SERs) and Significant Operating Event Reports (SOERs).
These latter two sources were NSAC/INPO reviewed reports available to the review team through Commonwealth Edison-Company.
All five sources were used at LaSalle station for the Historical Event Review.
6.1.2 Methodology The following paragraphs delineate the processes used to
: collect, screen, prioritize and evaluate the documents identified above.
7 6.1.2.1 Collecting the Historical Reports In its archives, LaSalle station has a copy of every LER, DVR and PRO report generated at that station.
An HFS reviewed each of' the above reports for LaSalle Units 1 and.2 from 1979 to 1985.
In addition, every NSAC/INPO SER and SOER report from their _ beginning ~in 1979 following the accident at Three Mile Island Unit 2, until 1985, was reviewed by an HFS.
The purpose 6-2


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report to               identify         those   reports   that           involved of  the review was procedural     and/or   control             board control      room        operator, Copies of equipment failure and/or design arrangement errors.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report of the review was to identify those reports that involved control room
Over reports so identified were made for further screening.
: operator, procedural and/or control board equipment failure and/or design arrangement errors.
4 130 reports'were reviewed for LaSalle station.
Copies of reports so identified were made for further screening.
6.1.2.2     Screening the Historical Reports After collecting all potentially relevant reports for LaSalle screened     by   an   HFS       with             the station,      the      reports                    were Subject                           Matter   Expert   (SME) and     the           DCRDR assistance of a report  described                  and Coordinator,           to   determine                           if     the documented a control room problem.                                         Because this was a DCRDR, only reports applicable to the control room were retained for further   analysis.                   Reports                   were considered to document a they met any       one or more of the control room problem                            if following criteria:
Over 130 reports'were reviewed for LaSalle station.
e     Equipment             referenced                       (valve / pump controls,           displays, indicators, etc.) must be in the physical confines of the control room.
4 6.1.2.2 Screening the Historical Reports After collecting all potentially relevant reports for LaSalle
o     Procedure steps referenced must be accomplished within the physical confines of the control room.
: station, the reports were screened by an HFS with the assistance of a Subject Matter Expert (SME) and the DCRDR Coordinator, to determine if the report described and documented a control room problem.
o       Personnel error referenced must have occurred in the control room on equipment contained in the control from procedures                  that room,       or entailed a deviation were to be accomplished in the control room.
Because this was a DCRDR, only reports applicable to the control room were retained for further analysis.
6.1.2.3     Prioritizing the Historical Reports A-detailed analysis of every report passing the collection and screening process would have been very time-consuming and of 6-3
Reports were considered to document a
control room problem if they met any one or more of the following criteria:
e Equipment referenced (valve / pump controls,
: displays, indicators, etc.) must be in the physical confines of the control room.
o Procedure steps referenced must be accomplished within the physical confines of the control room.
o Personnel error referenced must have occurred in the control room on equipment contained in the control room, or entailed a deviation from procedures that were to be accomplished in the control room.
6.1.2.3 Prioritizing the Historical Reports A-detailed analysis of every report passing the collection and screening process would have been very time-consuming and of 6-3


T LaSalle County Station
T LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report dubious value.
            -                                                    Final Summary Report dubious   value. Therefore,     the     reports   were . evaluated and categorized in priority by an HFS and an SME to allow the review team to focus the historical review effort. Reports               were following    criteria meeting any one or more of the considered to be high in priority:
Therefore, the reports were. evaluated and categorized in priority by an HFS and an SME to allow the review team to focus the historical review effort.
report    had    either-  a A)   The   consequences     of     the significant effect on plant           operation,   or   had   the potential for having a significant effect on plant operation.
Reports meeting any one or more of the following criteria were considered to be high in priority:
1 documented personnel injury,             radiation B)    The  report exposure   in   excess of Ceco limits, or               had the adverse   effect   on public potential for significant health or safety.
A)
C)     The report documented a trip / scram, derating, or unit outage.
The consequences of the report had either-a significant effect on plant operation, or had the potential for having a significant effect on plant operation.
.                                                                    D)     The report documented equipment damage in excess of
1 B)
                                                                            $100,000.00.
The report documented personnel
Reports not meeting any of these criteria were considered to be All high-priority reports were evaluated.
: injury, radiation exposure in excess of Ceco
low in priority.
: limits, or had the potential for significant adverse effect on public health or safety.
of   low-priority       reports   was   left   to> the The    evaluation discretion of the DCRDR Coordinator, pending time and manpower LaSalle,     no     low-priority   reports     were constraints.      At evaluated.
C)
A total of 83 in-house reports was selected and prioritized at LaSalle. Of these, 27 were evaluated to be high in priority and 56 were evaluated to be low in pr.iority. A total of 45 non-in-house reports was selected and prioritized. All were evaluated as high in priority.             Of these 45 reports, 20 were 1
The report documented a trip / scram, derating, or unit outage.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ __-.__ _ __ __._                                  ____ L A.
D)
The report documented equipment damage in excess of
$100,000.00.
Reports not meeting any of these criteria were considered to be low in priority.
All high-priority reports were evaluated.
The evaluation of low-priority reports was left to> the discretion of the DCRDR Coordinator, pending time and manpower constraints.
At
: LaSalle, no low-priority reports were evaluated.
A total of 83 in-house reports was selected and prioritized at LaSalle.
Of these, 27 were evaluated to be high in priority and 56 were evaluated to be low in pr.iority.
A total of 45 non-in-house reports was selected and prioritized.
All were evaluated as high in priority.
Of these 45 reports, 20 were 1
L A.


A Final Summary Report                              LaSalle County Station
A
[
[
p determined to be of potential applicability to Boiling Water Reactors (BWRs) 'of LaSalle's vintage, and consequently, only i
Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station p
these 20 non-in-house reports were evaluated at LaSalle.                                   ,
determined to be of potential applicability to Boiling Water Reactors (BWRs) 'of LaSalle's vintage, and consequently, only these 20 non-in-house reports were evaluated at LaSalle.
6.1.2.4     Report Review and Evaluation                                           .
i 6.1.2.4 Report Review and Evaluation I
I    A Problem Analysis Report (PAR) (Appendix A) was completed for each     report     investigated. The   folloaing     information was
A Problem Analysis Report (PAR) (Appendix A) was completed for each report investigated.
                ~
The folloaing information was
~
recorded for each report:
recorded for each report:
e     Investigators.' names e     Station name.
e Investigators.' names e
e     Unit (s) on which the problem occurred e      DCRDR index number of the report which was assigned by the HFS e     Type and number of the report involved e      Effect of the incident on the unit e     Problem as documented in the report e      Any corrective action taken or proposed as documented in the report.
Station name.
j    .A   copy of each report and its PAR was put in a Historical
e Unit (s) on which the problem occurred DCRDR index number of the report which was assigned by e
    ~ Review project notebook, along with an index of all reports selected and prioritized.       Though the low-priority reports were                     ,
the HFS e
put in the notebook, no PAR was completed for them unless they were investigated. The project notebook was maintained by the l
Type and number of the report involved Effect of the incident on the unit e
HFS. At the conclusion of the Historical Event Review phase of DCRDR,   the project     notebook was   delivered 'to   the LaSalle's DCRDR Coordinator for inclusion.in LaSalle's DCRDR records, and is available for review.
e Problem as documented in the report Any corrective action taken or proposed as documented e
each   report   investigated,   the HFS   obtained copies of i      For appropriate documentation         to allow the HFS to identify the i     individuals     involved   in   the   incident   and     the operating 6-5
in the report.
.A copy of each report and its PAR was put in a Historical j
~ Review project notebook, along with an index of all reports selected and prioritized.
Though the low-priority reports were put in the notebook, no PAR was completed for them unless they l
were investigated.
The project notebook was maintained by the HFS.
At the conclusion of the Historical Event Review phase of LaSalle's
: DCRDR, the project notebook was delivered 'to the DCRDR Coordinator for inclusion.in LaSalle's DCRDR records, and is available for review.
i For each report investigated, the HFS obtained copies of appropriate documentation to allow the HFS to identify the i
individuals involved in the incident and the operating 6-5


4' LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report In conditions of the unit / plant at the . time of the incident.
4' LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report conditions of the unit / plant at the. time of the incident.
most cases, the Shif t Engineer's log was sufficient for this In some instances, however, additional documentation, purpose.                                                                          '
In most cases, the Shif t Engineer's log was sufficient for this additional documentation, purpose.
such as the unit log, center desk log, and/or a SCRAM-report, was collected. Any and all such documentation was placed in the project notebook with .the report and PAR to which it
In some instances, however, such as the unit log, center desk log, and/or a SCRAM-report, was collected.
related.
Any and all such documentation was placed in the project notebook with.the report and PAR to which it related.
A preliminary investigation was then conducted by the HFS for report.       This   investigation   included   the each high-priority interviewing of individuals associated with or familiar with each problem, and the examination of equipment and procedures associated with the problem.             These investigations continued until the HFS had amassed enough data to determine whether the factors documented problem _ had been corrected from a human the perspective or not.       If the problem had been corrected, investigations "yes" line on-the PAR was checked and no further were'made. If the HFS determined that the problem had not been factors perspective, and adequately addressed from a human hence was still uncorrected, the "no" line was checked and the These investigation and analysis of that problem continued.
A preliminary investigation was then conducted by the HFS for each high-priority report.
additional investigations consisted of a more in-depth examina-tion of equipment and procedures and the interviewing of as many individuals associated with or familiar with the problem as possible.
This investigation included the interviewing of individuals associated with or familiar with each problem, and the examination of equipment and procedures associated with the problem.
Though interview notes were taken by the HFS, individuals were assured of complete confidentiality; consequently, these notes             had When the HFS felt he 4    are   not available   for   review.
These investigations continued until the HFS had amassed enough data to determine whether the documented problem _ had been corrected from a human factors perspective or not.
collected enough data to determine the fundamental causes of the problem and ascertain its corrective status from a human factors perspective, the investigation of the problem ceased.
If the problem had been corrected, the investigations "yes" line on-the PAR was checked and no further were'made.
If the HFS determined that the problem had not been adequately addressed from a human factors perspective, and hence was still uncorrected, the "no" line was checked and the investigation and analysis of that problem continued.
These additional investigations consisted of a more in-depth examina-tion of equipment and procedures and the interviewing of as many individuals associated with or familiar with the problem as possible.
Though interview notes were taken by the HFS, individuals were assured of complete confidentiality; consequently, these notes are not available for review.
When the HFS felt he had collected enough data to determine the fundamental causes of 4
the problem and ascertain its corrective status from a human factors perspective, the investigation of the problem ceased.
If, at this point, the HFS determined that the problem had not 6-6
If, at this point, the HFS determined that the problem had not 6-6
+


7
7
                                                                                  \
\\
LaSalle County Station
LaSalle County Station
  ; Final Summary Report been adequately addressed and that additional human engineering corrective action could be taken to minimize the probability of Control    Room    Human  Enqineering the ' problem ' recurring,     a was   completed   and   the HED number Discrepancy _ form    (CRHED) entered in the appropriate space on the PAR.
; Final Summary Report been adequately addressed and that additional human engineering corrective action could be taken to minimize the probability of the ' problem ' recurring, a
The above process for report review and investigation dif fered slightly for the non-in-house reports. Because there were no the incidents des-individuals on-site who were involved in cribed in the reports, alternate individuals were interviewed.
Control Room Human Enqineering Discrepancy _ form (CRHED) was completed and the HED number entered in the appropriate space on the PAR.
  -These alternates were people knowledgeable with the LaSalle systems and/or procedures involved in the incident and included operators,       shift   engineers,     nuclear experienced    reactor engineers, shift foremen and operating engineers.           This was the only investigative modification made.
The above process for report review and investigation dif fered slightly for the non-in-house reports.
6.1.3   Results were    investigated  at of 33 reports   and   problems
Because there were no individuals on-site who were involved in the incidents des-cribed in the reports, alternate individuals were interviewed.
    'A. total LaSalle. As a result of the investigative process described above, seven problems were evaluated as uncorrected. and had HEDs written. These findings (HEDs) are contained in Volume 2.
-These alternates were people knowledgeable with the LaSalle in the incident and included systems and/or procedures involved experienced reactor operators, shift engineers, nuclear engineers, shift foremen and operating engineers.
6.2   Operatina Experience Review 6.2.1   Objectives survey   is to obtain special, The objective of the operator pertinent knowledge that operating personnel at Commonwealth
This was the only investigative modification made.
      . Edison Company's LaSalle plant possess regarding both positive room system features which they have and negativ_e control in the course of preparing for experienced and/or observed the'mselves. As one of the operations or during operations                                survey  is DCRDR,   the   operator foundation processes    of    the 6-7
6.1.3 Results
'A.
total of 33 reports and problems were investigated at LaSalle.
As a result of the investigative process described uncorrected. and had above, seven problems were evaluated as HEDs written.
These findings (HEDs) are contained in Volume 2.
6.2 Operatina Experience Review 6.2.1 Objectives The objective of the operator survey is to obtain special, pertinent knowledge that operating personnel at Commonwealth
. Edison Company's LaSalle plant possess regarding both positive and negativ_e control room system features which they have experienced and/or observed in the course of preparing for operations or during operations the'mselves.
As one of the foundation processes of the
: DCRDR, the operator survey is 6-7


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report information   th'at   will   guide the human intended to provide factors specialists during subsequent investigative phases of.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report intended to provide information th'at will guide the human factors specialists during subsequent investigative phases of.
(i.e.,   the-   checklist     survey,     task   analysis, the    DCRDR; verification     and   validation   processes).       Aside   from   this primary function, the survey also provides an avenue for plant general   information     about   the plant management. to  gather control room design and operators' perceptions and opinions o f.
the DCRDR; (i.e.,
    - procedures.
the-checklist
6.2.2   Methods 6.2.2.1   Development of the Self-Administered Questionnaire The open-ended, self-administered questionnaire was structured to address the following nine content-topic areas as suggested in NUREG-0700:
: survey, task
e    Workspace Layout and Environment e   Panel Design e   Annunciator Warning System o   Communications e   Process Computers c
: analysis, verification and validation processes).
: e. Corrective and Preventive Maintenan'e
Aside from this primary function, the survey also provides an avenue for plant management.
to gather general information about the plant operators' perceptions and opinions o f.
control room design and
- procedures.
6.2.2 Methods 6.2.2.1 Development of the Self-Administered Questionnaire The open-ended, self-administered questionnaire was structured to address the following nine content-topic areas as suggested in NUREG-0700:
Workspace Layout and Environment e
e Panel Design e
Annunciator Warning System o
Communications e
Process Computers Corrective and Preventive Maintenan'e c
]
]
e   procedures e    Staffing and Job Design e     Training prepared     from   a pool of survey A-  draft  questionnaire was The question orienta-questions asnembled for each topic area.
e.
tion was predominantly like the critical Incident Technique to ensure that responses were as objective as possible. A . team operating,     psychometric   and consisting    of  personnel    with 1
e procedures Staffing and Job Design e
1 training expertise reviewed and evaluated the written questions.
e Training A-draft questionnaire was prepared from a
a 6-8 . _ -
pool of survey questions asnembled for each topic area.
4
The question orienta-tion was predominantly like the critical Incident Technique to ensure that responses were as objective as possible.
A. team consisting of personnel with operating, psychometric and training expertise reviewed and evaluated the written questions.
1 1
a 4
6-8.


l LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Items retained in the final questionnaire met the following criteria:
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Items retained in the final questionnaire met the following criteria:
Simplicity     -      questions   were   direct,   employed     common everyday language and were as brief as possible.
Simplicity questions were
: direct, employed common everyday language and were as brief as possible.
Clarity - questions were unamoiguous.
Clarity - questions were unamoiguous.
Objectivity    -    questions were free of emotionally charged words such as good / bad, strong / weak, etc.
questions were free of emotionally charged Objectivity words such as good / bad, strong / weak, etc.
surveys     are   susceptible     to     social Error     Free       -
surveys are susceptible to social Error Free desirability,
leniency,   central   tendency   and   halo-type desirability, errors. Retained items were those that had the minimum tendency toward these error types.
: leniency, central tendency and halo-type errors.
Retained items were those that had the minimum tendency toward these error types.
As an aid in the evaluation process, the team members used a rating scale to judge each item on each of the above criteria.
As an aid in the evaluation process, the team members used a rating scale to judge each item on each of the above criteria.
The question ratings were then averaged across the criteria to would   be   included   in   the   questionnaire.
The question ratings were then averaged across the criteria to determine which would be included in the questionnaire.
determine    which Finally, the questions were sorted into topic areas to ensure that the area was sampled adequately as to item content. ARD personnel, along with operations personnel, selected the final The resulting set of items for inclusion in the questionnaire.
Finally, the questions were sorted into topic areas to ensure that the area was sampled adequately as to item content.
accompanying   explanatory   materials,     was questionnaire,      with then distributed to the operators.             A copy of the distribution packet, including the questionnaire, is provided in Appendix E.
ARD personnel, along with operations personnel, selected the final set of items for inclusion in the questionnaire.
nine   topic   areas   was   posed   as   an Each  question      in    the open-ended question.         Operators were encouraged to describe in detail the specifics upon which their responses were based. In the cover letter, operators were reminded to consider all modes of plant operation, including start-up, hot standby, full power 6-9
The resulting questionnaire, with accompanying explanatory materials, was then distributed to the operators.
A copy of the distribution packet, including the questionnaire, is provided in Appendix E.
Each question in the nine topic areas was posed as an open-ended question.
Operators were encouraged to describe in based.
In detail the specifics upon which their responses were the cover letter, operators were reminded to consider all modes of plant operation, including start-up, hot standby, full power 6-9


r Final Summary Report                                   LaSalle County Station to    possible abnormal      or and reduced power,           in   addition conditions.       Opinions     regarding   both emergency operating
r LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report and reduced
  " problem" and beneficial design features of the control room were solicited.
: power, in addition to possible abnormal or emergency operating conditions.
Each respondent was also asked to complete a separate sheet background,     level   of   experience   and current detailing      his status at LaSalle.
Opinions regarding both
6.2.2.2     Distribution of the Self-Administered Questionnaire These questionnaires were distributed to eighty-seven person-a   list   prepared     by   CFCo. The   participants nel,    based on included non-licensed operations personnel, licensed operations personnel and licensed non-operations personnel at .the LaSalle time   of   distribution,       the   questionnaire plant.      At    the recipients received a briefing emphasizing major elements of the cover letter. The briefing included an explanation of the purpose, description of and instructions for the questionnaire, assurance of confidentiality, explanation of what will be done with the results, and a request to fill out the background /
" problem" and beneficial design features of the control room were solicited.
were  given  several biographical     information.       The operators weeks to fill out the self-administered questionnaire and to it   by   mail   to   the   Assistant       Superintendent   for return Operations in a self-addressed, stamped envelope that had been provided. He gave the unopened envelopes to ARD. Confiden-tiality was assured by assigning each questionnaire a number.
Each respondent was also asked to complete a separate sheet detailing his background, level of experience and current status at LaSalle.
The list of potential         respondents     and corresponding numbers were kept in confidence by ARD personnel.
6.2.2.2 Distribution of the Self-Administered Questionnaire These questionnaires were distributed to eighty-seven person-
Analysis     of   Responses       to     the   Self-Administered 6.2.2.3 Questionnaire ARD personnel logged the thirty-four questionnaires (39%) that were re*.urned and tallied the demographic information. Written 4-A@
: nel, based on a
list prepared by CFCo.
The participants included non-licensed operations personnel, licensed operations personnel and licensed non-operations personnel at.the LaSalle plant.
At the time of distribution, the questionnaire recipients received a briefing emphasizing major elements of the cover letter.
The briefing included an explanation of the purpose, description of and instructions for the questionnaire, assurance of confidentiality, explanation of what will be done with the results, and a request to fill out the background /
biographical information.
The operators were given several weeks to fill out the self-administered questionnaire and to return it by mail to the Assistant Superintendent for Operations in a self-addressed, stamped envelope that had been provided.
He gave the unopened envelopes to ARD.
Confiden-tiality was assured by assigning each questionnaire a number.
The list of potential respondents and corresponding numbers were kept in confidence by ARD personnel.
6.2.2.3 Analysis of Responses to the Self-Administered Questionnaire ARD personnel logged the thirty-four questionnaires (39%) that were re*.urned and tallied the demographic information.
Written 4-A@


Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report responses were reviewed for each question and then summarized on a Quest _ionnaire Item Summary Form (QISF).
'    responses were reviewed for each question and then summarized on a Quest _ionnaire Item Summary Form (QISF). A sample of this
A sample of this
    -form can be found in Appendix A. Responses which addressed the summary      statement of    the same- issue were collapsed into a concern, with an associated count of the frequency with which concern   had   been   mentioned.           An   experienced   Nuclear that Station Operator ~ (NSO) worked with the HFS to clarify any ambiguities associated 'af'.h the responses and the summaries.
-form can be found in Appendix A.
Follow-up   Work   with   Experienced           Nuclear   Station 6.2.2.4 Operator The objectives of the follow-up interviews were as follows:
Responses which addressed the same-issue were collapsed into a summary statement of the concern, with an associated count of the frequency with which that concern had been mentioned.
e    To clarify ambiguities in any written responses to the self-administered questionnaire e   To   gather   additional     details         (e.g'.,   system   or component   information)     pertaining         to   ambiguous   or incomplete responses Working together, the HFS and the experienced NSO clarified the written responses on the self-administered questionnaire. The resulting responses were recorded on the appropriate QISP.
An experienced Nuclear Station Operator ~ (NSO) worked with the HFS to clarify any ambiguities associated 'af'.h the responses and the summaries.
6.2.2.5   Integration of Interview Data with Self-Administered Questionnaire Responses The information compiled previously from the self-administered based on the follow-up                 work.
6.2.2.4 Follow-up Work with Experienced Nuclear Station Operator The objectives of the follow-up interviews were as follows:
questionnaires    was  enhanced were         resolved and,       where Ambiguities    noted    previously appropriate, specifics such as system or component names were investigated further           by   the HFS   to added. The  items were 6-11
To clarify ambiguities in any written responses to the e
self-administered questionnaire e
To gather additional details (e.g'.,
system or component information) pertaining to ambiguous or incomplete responses Working together, the HFS and the experienced NSO clarified the written responses on the self-administered questionnaire.
The resulting responses were recorded on the appropriate QISP.
6.2.2.5 Integration of Interview Data with Self-Administered Questionnaire Responses The information compiled previously from the self-administered questionnaires was enhanced based on the follow-up work.
Ambiguities noted previously were resolved
: and, where appropriate, specifics such as system or component names were added.
The items were investigated further by the HFS to 6-11


4 a4 LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report determine whether responses were in accordance with sound human engineering conventions and practices. Positive and negative responses which were in compliance were . designated as "Not an                                                   j HED" in the appropriate space on the QISF. Positive responses and negative responses deemed not in compliance were designated on the QISF.                 Some         negative responses as " potential          HED" I'   evaluated to be in compliance were designated as " Complaints" in the appropriate space on the QISF.
4 a4 LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report determine whether responses were in accordance with sound human engineering conventions and practices.
6.2.2.6     Documentation for Future Reference The data     gathered during           the Operator                 Personnel         Survey are being maintained by ARD in a form that will provide the review team with reference mate::ial for later phases of the CRDR. The stated HEDs were entered into a computerized DBMS and have been i
Positive and negative responses which were in compliance were. designated as "Not an j
presented to the Review Team which will make the final determi-nation of whether they are to be classified as HEDs.
HED" in the appropriate space on the QISF.
6.2.2.7     Biographical information i
Positive responses and negative responses deemed not in compliance were designated as
i     The biographical data information collected with the question-naires was summed and averaged by type of operator group.                                       This provided the HFS and the review team with an indication of the demographics. of the population upon which the survey response
" potential HED" on the QISF.
:      data is based. This information is provided on a Personnel i      Survey Summary Form (PSSF) (Figure 6.1).
Some negative responses I'
I-     6.2.3   Findings The evaluation of operator comments resulted in 126 potential
evaluated to be in compliance were designated as " Complaints" in the appropriate space on the QISF.
      .HEDs being designated as valid in the judgement of the HFS.
6.2.2.6 Documentation for Future Reference The data gathered during the Operator Personnel Survey are being maintained by ARD in a form that will provide the review The team with reference mate::ial for later phases of the CRDR.
HEDs   were         written         and   are         presented   in The  126  potential Appendix B of this report. The following analysis is based on
stated HEDs were entered into a computerized DBMS and have been final determi-i presented to the Review Team which will make the nation of whether they are to be classified as HEDs.
'        these potential HEDs since those finally designated as HEDs by                                                 k 1
6.2.2.7 Biographical information i
6 -._._._12                                                -wv--we-
i The biographical data information collected with the question-This naires was summed and averaged by type of operator group.
provided the HFS and the review team with an indication of the demographics. of the population upon which the survey response data is based.
This information is provided on a Personnel Survey Summary Form (PSSF) (Figure 6.1).
i I-6.2.3 Findings The evaluation of operator comments resulted in 126 potential
.HEDs being designated as valid in the judgement of the HFS.
The 126 potential HEDs were written and are presented in Appendix B of this report.
The following analysis is based on these potential HEDs since those finally designated as HEDs by k
1 6 -... 12
-wv--we-


3            5 4         5                     S S                                                RO        0       2             2 R O     0         2         3                     Y R Y R                                               S S S S 3           3 2         5                     S S                                                R O       0         2           0 RO     0         2         0                     Y R YR                                               8 8
S 4
D D                                                  R                                             ,
5 S
R                                               ,
3 5
A .                              .
R O 0
A .                                               OP j
2 2
OP                                                BX BX                                                       E             4            2 E  3         8         1                     L L                                                  OR       0         2             0 OR     1         2         0                     RE RE                                                 TP g
R O 0
TP                                                NO NO                                                 O O                                                 C
2 3
.              S           C                                           S C                                                       C I     S                                                 I           .
Y R Y R S S S S S
T    C          .
3 3
T     RP                           ~
S 2
S     I     RP                                           S     AX M             I     T     AX                                           I     EE         0         5           0 R             T     S     EE       8        1        7              T    L O            A     I    L                                            A    CR         2         8             8 F             T     T   CR       0         9         9               T     UE         1 S     A     UE     1                                   S     NP Y                   T     NP                                                       O R             D     S         O                                       N A             N                                                       A M             A     N                                                 I M                   A                                 7              D   E         0         2       '0 U             S     E     P.       7       8                         E   G                                 6 S             C     H     G       3        3        5              M     A         3         4 3           3 I
5 R O 0
l A        3         3         3 3
2 0
Y             i P
RO 0
E V             A R             R                                                             ?
2 0
U             G           T I                  "         "
Y R YR 8
8 D
D R
R A.
A.
OP OP BX j
BX E
L 3
8 1
L 4
2 E
OR 0
2 0
OR 1
2 0
RE RE TP TP NO g
NO O
O C
S C
S C
C I
S I
~
T RP T
C S
I RP S
AX M
I T
AX I
EE O
A I
L 8
1 7
T L
0 5
0 R
T S
EE A
CR 2
8 8
F T
T CR 0
9 9
T UE 1
S A
UE 1
S NP Y
T NP O
R D
S O
N A
N A
M A
N I
'0 M
A D
E 0
2 U
S E
P.
7 8
7 E
G S
C H
G M
A 3
4 6
I A
3 3
5 3
3 3
3 3
3 l
Y i
E P
V A
R R
?
U G
T "0
"8 "2
l i
l i
                                                                                          "0        "8            "2 S
I "5
O          I "5       5         4                     G             .          .
5 4
M           G           .
O G
I 0         1           1 L             E           I 7         1         1                   E           7         7           7 E               D         E I
S I
6          7         7         ,
M G
I 0
1 1
L E
I 7
1 1
E 7
7 7
E D
E 6
7 7
l l
l l
N               N I
I N
N             O O             I S                                                                                       2 R             T                   2                                         X F E             A           X F                                               E P             L           E                                                 S H       1         4             7 y           U           S H     1         4         7                                           2 2
I N
e           P l             O o           P o e                                                                         N C   l N
N O
l e a v S R
O I
e                               R                                                                                 R t     a                                                 R                              O                          O S L O                                                     T         S T                      O                             A         N                 T A         S           T                             R         O                 C R         R           C                             E         I                 U E         O           U                             P         T                 R P         T           R                             O         A           S   T O         A         S T             -
S 2
R           N   S T                                            R         N S                             D         E           O   N S                                 D         E         O N                               E         P           I   I Y                                E         P         I I                   P                                  T L:                      P                                                  U         S         O               R AN                      U        S        O        T                     O           N                     A O         N                   A R                   R           E         D         DR     O NO                      R         E         D   DR     O                               C         E         EE     T AI                                          E   EE     T                   G                              SP     A   L T                  G        C              SP     A   L                           I          S L   L SA                               I        S L   L                          L          N       NO L         N    NO                                      -        E       E-     U   A FT                                 -      E     E-   U   A                           N         C       CN     M   R l
R T
I    S                            N        C   CN     M- R                                               IO     I   E E                            O         I O        I     IO    I V                            N         L       LN     S   V
2 X F E
        . .                              N        L     LN   S                                                             O O               '
A X F E
I2
P L
      'j                        pOj                v c      2  Em   m5<0 en g3$ x mO E I
E S H 1
4 7
y U
S H 1
4 7
2 2
e P
l O
o P
o e N
C l
N l
e a v S R
e S
L O
R O
R R
t a
T S
O T
O A
N T
A S
T R
O C
R R
C E
I U
E O
U P
T R
P T
R O
A S
T T
O A
S T
R N
S R
N S
D E
O N
S D
E O
N P
E P
I I
YL:
P E
P I
I U
S O
T NO O
N A
R O
N A
R AN U
S O
T R
E D
DR O
AI R
E D
DR O
T G
C E
EE T
G C
E EE T
I S
SP A
L I
S SP A
L L
N NO L
L SA L
N NO L
L E
E-U A
FT E
E-U A
N C
CN M
R S
l N
C CN M-R O
I IO I
E O
I IO I
E I
N L
LN S
V N
L LN S
V O
O I2 2
Em m5<0 en g3$ x mO E
'j pOj v
c I


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report the assessment team include input from other phases of the control room rev iew as well.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report the assessment team include input from other phases of the control room rev iew as well.
Some of those identified as potential HEDs by the operator survey are redundant with those found in other phases, such as the checklist, and have been attributed to the checklist rather than the operator survey.
Some of those identified as potential HEDs by the operator survey are redundant with those found in other phases, such as the checklist, and have been attributed to the checklist rather than the operator survey.
Thus, in discussing the operator survey's sensitivity to human appropriate      to  analyze    the factors issues,       it seemed more initial set of potential HEDs.
Thus, in discussing the operator survey's sensitivity to human factors
An analysis of the items revealed that the largest number of potential HEDs was associated with problems room;          of: additional additional displays which would be helpful in the control controls which would be helpful in the control room; systems where controls and/or displays are not grouped together as they should be; and how the layout of the control board equipment Also,    a  large    number      of can   be   improved   for   operators.
: issues, it seemed more appropriate to analyze the initial set of potential HEDs.
potential HEDs was found for systems in the control room which are difficult or confusing to operate, and for alarm tiles that those that give the have an inappropriate set point (i.e.,
An analysis of the items revealed that the largest number of potential HEDs was associated with problems of:
operator either too much or too little time in which to respond to a plant problem).
additional room; additional displays which would be helpful in the control controls which would be helpful in the control room; systems where controls and/or displays are not grouped together as they should be; and how the layout of the control board equipment can be improved for operators.
number of potential HEDs was associated A slightly    smaller being ineffective in with:     the annunciator warning system problem;      areas    in   the  main helping operators       respond to a is difficult; control room where direct voice cc.nmunica tion alarms with multiple inputs where cc.nputer printout capability tables / checklists /
: Also, a
is not sufficient to determine the causer status boards, etc., which could be redesigned to improve their control      room    involving and   incidents   in   the usefulness; personnel for whom additional training would have been helpful.
large number of potential HEDs was found for systems in the control room which are difficult or confusing to operate, and for alarm tiles that have an inappropriate set point (i.e.,
l found for      the An   intermediate number of potential HEDs was room where      lighting following:   areas   in the main   control l
those that give the operator either too much or too little time in which to respond to a plant problem).
A slightly smaller number of potential HEDs was associated with:
the annunciator warning system being ineffective in helping operators respond to a problem; areas in the main control room where direct voice cc.nmunica tion is difficult; alarms with multiple inputs where cc.nputer printout capability tables / checklists /
is not sufficient to determine the causer status boards, etc., which could be redesigned to improve their and incidents in the control room involving usefulness; personnel for whom additional training would have been helpful.
l An intermediate number of potential HEDs was found for the following:
areas in the main control room where lighting l
l 6-14
l 6-14


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report' or other problems; alarm causes glare, reflections, dark areas,                                             or main control     room. which are confusing tile (s)    in  the information or calculations not to  understand; difficult                                                  that      would        be provided   by   the   process   computer presently useful; incidents in which a delay in computer response to a request has detracted from or interfered with job performance;                           ,
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report' or other problems; alarm causes glare, reflections, dark areas, tile (s) in the main control room. which are confusing or difficult to understand; information or calculations not presently provided by the process computer that would be useful; incidents in which a delay in computer response to a request has detracted from or interfered with job performance; any information presented on the CRTs that would be more useful if it were presented differently; and any situations in which l
any information presented on the CRTs that would be more useful                         l if it were presented differently; and any situations in which (e.g.,   fuses, bulbs, ink) was unavailable replacement equipment for corrective maintenance.
replacement equipment (e.g., fuses, bulbs, ink) was unavailable for corrective maintenance.
Decreasing numbers of potential HEDs were associated with other items as is shown in Appendix B.
Decreasing numbers of potential HEDs were associated with other items as is shown in Appendix B.
6.3     Task Analysis 6.3.1     Method The objective of the LaSalle County DCRDR Task Analysis was to determine, to the extent practical, whether system           performance instrumentation, requirements can be met by combinations of                 that          operator and   personnel   to   insure equipment,    software performance do   not exceed   operator performance     requirements emergency       operating         conditions.
6.3 Task Analysis 6.3.1 Method the LaSalle County DCRDR Task Analysis was to The objective of determine, to the extent practical, whether system performance requirements can be met by combinations of instrumentation, equipment, software and personnel to insure that operator performance requirements do not exceed operator performance capabilities under emergency operating conditions.
capabilities      under                                                            '
Specifically, the goal of the analysis was to identify and delineate the discrete tasks required to be performed by the control room staf f during emergency scenarios and to identify the instruments and controls required by the staff and document to accomplish the objectives of the tasks identified.
Specifically,   the goal of the analysis was to identify and delineate the discrete tasks required to be performed by the                       '
The foundation and basis of the analysis was the BWR Owners Group EPGs.
control room staf f during emergency scenarios and to identify and document the instruments and controls required by the staff The to accomplish     the objectives of the tasks identified.                           '
The BWR Owners Group EPGs Rev. 3 outlines the steps necessary to mitigate abnormal or transient symptoms associated with 6-15
foundation and basis of the analysis was the BWR Owners Group EPGs.
The BWR Owners Group EPGs Rev. 3 outlines the steps necessary                 with to mitigate   abnormal   or transient symptoms associated
  '                                    6-15


Ef n
Ef n
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report reactor control, primary and secondary containment integrity It is a generic control, as well as radioactivity release.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report reactor control, primary and secondary containment integrity control, as well as radioactivity release.
document that directs the operator to follow various steps in sequence and/or concurrently in a success path toward symptom unsuccessful     attempts     at with    contingencies    for mitigation symptom alleviation.           Because of their comprehensiveness           in of nymptoms -associated with such a wide variety outlining events and exercising all af fected system modes, the EPGs were task    development.
It is a generic document that directs the operator to follow various steps in sequence and/or concurrently in a success path toward symptom mitigation with contingencies for unsuccessful attempts at symptom alleviation.
selected as the source document for Developing task statenents f rom the EPGs takes full advantage of   the multidisciplinary efforts directed towards discerning system and subsystem functions and man-machine interactions.
Because of their comprehensiveness in outlining nymptoms -associated with such a
enhancements     made   in   later   generation In    addition,    system plants were taken into account during the development of the review    team  to    take  full EPGs,   v n ic), enabled     the   DCRDR advantage of the opportunity to review functions possibly not considered when LaSalle was designed and constructed.
wide variety of events and exercising all af fected system modes, the EPGs were selected as the source document for task development.
6.3.2   Site-Specific EPG Development At the outset of the LaSalle County DCRDR Task Analysis, SMEs and HFSs met to review the generic EPG document in order to Each make the document specific to LaSalle County station.
Developing task statenents f rom the EPGs takes full advantage of the multidisciplinary efforts directed towards discerning system and subsystem functions and man-machine interactions.
evaluated    to  identify    the section of       the generic     EPGs was in systems that should be used to address the functions covered a given situation.           In addition, site-specific- parameter set point  values were inserted where required to ensure that the EPG document being developed was specific to the LaSalle County in operating specifications and limits, and to ensure that, the   task   analysis,   the   requir ed   level   of later  stages of instrument and control precision for task accomplishment would be obtained.
In
Once the site-specific EPG document was developed, the process Each section of site-specific task identification was begun.
: addition, system enhancements made in later generation plants were taken into account during the development of the
bl6
: EPGs, v n ic),
enabled the DCRDR review team to take full advantage of the opportunity to review functions possibly not considered when LaSalle was designed and constructed.
6.3.2 Site-Specific EPG Development At the outset of the LaSalle County DCRDR Task Analysis, SMEs and HFSs met to review the generic EPG document in order to make the document specific to LaSalle County station.
Each section of the generic EPGs was evaluated to identify the in systems that should be used to address the functions covered a given situation.
In addition, site-specific-parameter set values were inserted where required to ensure that the point EPG document being developed was specific to the LaSalle County operating specifications and limits, and to ensure that, in later stages of the task
: analysis, the requir ed level of instrument and control precision for task accomplishment would be obtained.
Once the site-specific EPG document was developed, the process of site-specific task identification was begun.
Each section bl6


J Final Summary Report
J Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station of the site-specific EPGs was reviewed in context by the SMEs and HFSs to identify the discrete operator actions both implied and explicitly stated for each step in the document.
* LaSalle County Station of the site-specific EPGs was reviewed in context by the SMEs and HFSs to identify the discrete operator actions both implied and explicitly stated for each step in the document. Operator actions were operationally defined at a level at which the                                     .
Operator actions were operationally defined at a level at which the action possessed a definite beginning and end, was accomplished by an individual, and had a
action possessed a definite beginning and end, was accomplished by   an   individual,   and   had         a single         identifiable goal or Tasks   defined           at   this     level     of   specificity
single identifiable goal or objective.
:  objective.
Tasks defined at this level of specificity permitted the analysis to identify elemental or-basic operator activities, and subsequently their associated instrument and control requirements, that could. stand alone in terms of basic goal. orientation, or be combined with other elemental tasks in terms of~
permitted the analysis to identify elemental or-basic operator activities, and subsequently their associated instrument and control requirements, that could. stand alone in terms of basic goal. orientation, or be combined with other elemental tasks in of~   more   complex           goal       orientation.       The     entire terms 7
more complex goal orientation.
site-specific EPG document was examined and all unique operator actions or tasks were identified, coded with a task number, and grouped into system task lists predicated upon a prevailing f                                                                    ~
The entire 7
system being exercised or acted upon by the EPG. The tasks were also cross-referenced to the EPG by placing the task number next to the paragraph or EPG stateqent from which the task was derived. This created a direct link between the DCRDR J
site-specific EPG document was examined and all unique operator actions or tasks were identified, coded with a task number, and f
which  could      be task   listings     and the EPG source document utilized in the task development process.
grouped into system task lists predicated upon a prevailing system being exercised or acted upon by the EPG.
6.3.3   Task Development i
The tasks
Once identified, the tasks were documented on the Control Room Review Task Development Form (a blank copy is contained in Appendix A) along with its task number. SMEs and HFSs then met to complete the form by developing each task. The first item of information documented on the form was the job title of the I   individual who should perform the task together with the names developing               the task.     Next,   the     HFS of  the    individuals questioned the SME concerning the conditions under which the i
~
task could be performed. Both normal and abnormal or emergency during this process
were also cross-referenced to the EPG by placing the task number next to the paragraph or EPG stateqent from which the task was derived.
!    situations were included and documented i
This created a direct link between the DCRDR J
                                  --- m m
task listings and the EPG source document which could be utilized in the task development process.
6.3.3 Task Development i
Once identified, the tasks were documented on the Control Room Review Task Development Form (a blank copy is contained in SMEs and HFSs then met Appendix A) along with its task number.
to complete the form by developing each task.
The first item of information documented on the form was the job title of the I
individual who should perform the task together with the names of the individuals developing the task.
: Next, the HFS questioned the SME concerning the conditions under which the i
task could be performed.
Both normal and abnormal or emergency situations were included and documented during this process i
--- m m


r i
r i
LaSal'le County Station Final Summary Report the                 tasks   were   generated     from   the because,              although' site-specific EPGs, many were at such an elemental level that they are typically performed daily,                                           e.g., " determine reactor important to    the water             level". These task conditions were determined    the   level    of analysis             because       they,                       in part, precision required in th'e task, as well as the general time criticality under which the task may be performed, especially conditions.                         Information   was   also obtained during            transient concerning the f requency with which the task is performed, the 1 cues that alert the task performer that                                           the task is to be performed, and the performance criteria and/or goal that each task sought to accomplish. This preliminary information about each task gave the HFS analysts and the SME a contextual base from which to discern the precise sequence of steps that must be performed in order to accomplish each task.
LaSal'le County Station Final Summary Report
The final             information collected during the task development process was the actual step-by-step listing of the action steps necessary to accomplish each task. The questioning in this phase of the process by the HFS analysts to the SMEs was from the perspective of what should be done versus that of what is done. This perspective was vital to the success of the DCRDR Task Analysis because                                     it kept the focus off what currently exists and placed it on what should exist, thereby ensuring the objectivity of the analysis and preventing a "self-fulfilling For example, in collecting prophecy" loop f rom being entered.                                                                   that the sequential step-by-step data, care was taken to ensure action steps that needed to be performed outside the control room, were in f act written as being performed f rom the control room. That is, if a valve should be operable f rom the control the action step room but currently is a locally operated valve, f
: because, although' the tasks were generated from the site-specific EPGs, many were at such an elemental level that they are typically performed daily, e.g.,
would have been written as; 'open the xxx valve", as opposed to; " dispatch an equipme it attendant to manually open the xxx In a parallel manner, non-existent annunciators were valve".
" determine reactor water level".
6-18
These task conditions were important to the analysis because
: they, in
: part, determined the level of precision required in th'e task, as well as the general time criticality under which the task may be performed, especially during transient conditions.
Information was also obtained concerning the f requency with which the task is performed, the 1 cues that alert the task performer that the task is to be performed, and the performance criteria and/or goal that each task sought to accomplish.
This preliminary information about each task gave the HFS analysts and the SME a contextual base from which to discern the precise sequence of steps that must be performed in order to accomplish each task.
The final information collected during the task development the actual step-by-step listing of the action steps process was necessary to accomplish each task.
The questioning in this phase of the process by the HFS analysts to the SMEs was from the perspective of what should be done versus that of what is done.
This perspective was vital to the success of the DCRDR Task Analysis because it kept the focus off what currently exists and placed it on what should exist, thereby ensuring the objectivity of the analysis and preventing a "self-fulfilling prophecy" loop f rom being entered.
For example, in collecting that the sequential step-by-step data, care was taken to ensure action steps that needed to be performed outside the control in f act written as being performed f rom the control room, were if a valve should be operable f rom the control room.
That is, the action step room but currently is a locally operated valve, would have been written as; 'open the xxx valve", as opposed f
to; " dispatch an equipme it attendant to manually open the xxx valve".
In a parallel manner, non-existent annunciators were 6-18


r-r~
r-r~
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report created if the HFS and SME felt they should exist, as well as positive indication of critical plant functions required, such as ampere indication on important pumps.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report created if the HFS and SME felt they should exist, as well as positive indication of critical plant functions required, such as ampere indication on important pumps.
task development processes Both the cask identification and room via a table-top review were performed outside the control However,    to ensure a comprehensive review, copies of approach.                                             normal, abnormal and the station's Technical Specifications, up-to-date     P& ids     and   electrical emergency         procedures, schematics were made available to the HFS analysts and SMEs and were referenced on an as-needed basis.
Both the cask identification and task development processes room via a table-top review were performed outside the control to ensure a comprehensive review, copies of approach.
The information obtained during the task development process After an independent was collected on task development forms.
: However, the station's Technical Specifications, normal, abnormal and procedures, up-to-date P& ids and electrical emergency schematics were made available to the HFS analysts and SMEs and were referenced on an as-needed basis.
review for completeness and accuracy by an SME who did not provide the original information, the information contained on
The information obtained during the task development process was collected on task development forms.
                    '      entered into the DCRDR DBMS for LaSalle County the form station.
After an independent review for completeness and accuracy by an SME who did not provide the original information, the information contained on entered into the DCRDR DBMS for LaSalle County the form station.
This data base was sorted by task number and proof It was then output and a completed read for data entry errors.
This data base was sorted by task number and proof was then output and a completed It read for data entry errors.
task development book resulted. This book contains all task statements identified and analyzed at LaSalle County station, initiating cues, frequency of to include their task conditions, and list of sequential steps
task development book resulted.
                      ~
This book contains all task statements identified and analyzed at LaSalle County station,
performance, performance criteria, for task completion. An excerpt from the book is presented in Figure 6.2.
~
6.3.4   Instrument and Control Requirements Following the completion of the Task Development process,task.              the was   collected     for   each instrument and control data                      most    of  the    variables Unique   codes     were   established   for to    facilitate data pertinent       to   the   DCRDR Task Analysis analysis.       As   required, and  subsequent computer collection                                              collected for each information for the following variables was 6-19
initiating cues, frequency of to include their task conditions, and list of sequential steps performance, performance criteria, for task completion.
An excerpt from the book is presented in Figure 6.2.
6.3.4 Instrument and Control Requirements Following the completion of the Task Development process, the instrument and control data was collected for each task.
Unique codes were established for most of the variables pertinent to the DCRDR Task Analysis to facilitate data collection and subsequent computer analysis.
As
: required, collected for each information for the following variables was 6-19


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report LASALLE COUNTY STATION STA. NO.- 1 JOB TITLE: NSC         TASK NO. CN-12 PREPARED BY: SNE - HFS ACTION:
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report LASALLE COUNTY STATION STA. NO.-
1 JOB TITLE: NSC TASK NO. CN-12 PREPARED BY: SNE - HFS ACTION:
CONFIRM AUTO INITIATICN OF THE POST LO A HYOR0 GEN /0XYG SYSTEM TASK CON 0!TICNS: (Givens. Denials, Environment)
CONFIRM AUTO INITIATICN OF THE POST LO A HYOR0 GEN /0XYG SYSTEM TASK CON 0!TICNS: (Givens. Denials, Environment)
GROUP 2 ISCLATICN HAD OCURRE0 FREQUENCY: Once a OTHER PER EVENT INITIATING CUES: (When does the task start)
GROUP 2 ISCLATICN HAD OCURRE0 FREQUENCY: Once a OTHER PER EVENT INITIATING CUES: (When does the task start)
Line 1,533: Line 2,791:
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA:
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA:
TO OBTAIN AN ACEGUATE ASSESSMENT OF ORYWELL HYORCGEN A CONCENTRATI0hS.
TO OBTAIN AN ACEGUATE ASSESSMENT OF ORYWELL HYORCGEN A CONCENTRATI0hS.
(Steps of what must be done to accomplish ACTIONS)
ACTION STEPS:
ACTION STEPS:
(Steps of what must be done to accomplish ACTIONS)
I.00 CONFIRM THAT THE SUCTION VALVE FROM THE CRYWELL IS OPEN.
I                          I.00 CONFIRM THAT THE SUCTION VALVE FROM THE CRYWELL IS OPEN.
I 2.00 CONFIRM THAT THE RETURN VALVE TO THE SUPPRESSION CHAMB 2
2.00 2
3.00 CONFIRM THAT THE MONITCR ANALYIER LIGHT IS ILLUMINATED.
CONFIRM THAT THE RETURN VALVE TO THE SUPPRESSION CHAMB 3.00 3
3 4.00 4
CONFIRM THAT THE MONITCR ANALYIER LIGHT IS ILLUMINATED.
CSSERVE THE H2 AND 02 CONCENTRATICN TREN05.
4 4.00 CSSERVE THE H2 AND 02 CONCENTRATICN TREN05.
5.00 5
5.00 5
RESPCND TO ANNUNCIATORS.
RESPCND TO ANNUNCIATORS.
FLgure 6.2 6-20
FLgure 6.2 6-20


F LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report not   obvious, a brief of  each    task. Where action        step description of each variable is included.
F LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report action step of each task.
: 1.                Relational Number - this was a sequential whole number used to uniquely number each task's action steps.
Where not
: obvious, a
brief description of each variable is included.
Relational Number - this was a sequential whole number 1.
used to uniquely number each task's action steps.
2.
2.
Sequential Number - any given action step could have number  was  used    to sub-steps. This several sequentially track those sub-steps.
Sequential Number - any given action step could have several sub-steps.
This number was used to sequentially track those sub-steps.
3.
3.
Label Name - what the label content should say was written here, as opposed to what the current content said.
Label Name - what the label content should say was written here, as opposed to what the current content said.
Location - where the equipment should be located.
4.
4.
Location - where the equipment should be located.
Communication With others - if an action step entailed 5.
5.
communication with others, a code was entered for the type of individual being communicated to, e.g.,
Communication With others - if an action step entailed communication with others, a code was entered       for the to, e.g., an type of individual being communicated in the plant.
an in the plant.
equipment attendant out
equipment attendant out 6.
: 6.               Display Requirements:
Display Requirements:
: a.      Condition  -  generally used for indicator lights to denote whether it should be energized or de-energized.
generally used for indicator lights a.
: b. Color
Condition to denote whether it should be energized or de-energized.
: c. Type of Display
b.
: d. What Measured
Color Type of Display c.
: e.      Units of Measurement
d.
: f. Required Range of Measurement
What Measured Units of Measurement e.
: g. Divisions
f.
: h. Zone Banding Range and Color 6-21
Required Range of Measurement g.
Divisions Zone Banding Range and Color h.
6-21


7 LaSalle County Station     ;
7 LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 7 ',
Final Summary Report 7 ',   -Control Requirements:
-Control Requirements:
: a.      Type of Switch                                         .
Type of Switch a.
Eb.      Type of Valve Control
Type of Valve Control Eb.
: c.      Type of Switch Action
Type of Switch Action c.
: d.      Names of Switch Positions
Names of Switch Positions d.
            '8.      Controller Requirements:
Controller Requirements:
: a.       Type of Controller
'8.
: b.      Control Transfer Switch Type
Type of Controller a.
: c. Control Transfer Switch Position
Control Transfer Switch Type b.
: d. Type of controller Switch Control
Control Transfer Switch Position c.
: e. Parameter Controlled
Type of controller Switch Control d.
: f. What Measured
Parameter Controlled e.
: g. Units of Measurement
f.
: h. Required' Range of Measurement i.
What Measured Units of Measurement g.
Zone Banding Range and Color
Required' Range of Measurement h.
: j. Divisions
Zone Banding Range and Color i.
: 9.      Equipment  Identification Number (EID) e.g.,  hand Sub-Number
j.
                                        -  when a piece of equipment,
Divisions Identification Number (EID) 9.
: 10.                                                   e.g., position control switch,     had related components, the related components were given indicator lights, the same EID number as the piece of equipment they were related to and then uniquely identified via a sub-number.
Equipment when a piece of equipment, e.g.,
related
hand 10.
: 11.      Sub-Name - the label content which a component to a piece of equipment should have, as opposed to what its current content was.
Sub-Number had related components, e.g.,
position control switch, indicator
: lights, the related components were given the same EID number as the piece of equipment they were related to and then uniquely identified via a sub-number.
related Sub-Name - the label content which a component 11.
to a piece of equipment should have, as opposed to what its current content was.
6-22
6-22


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report a field used to " flag" a piece of equipment 12.
: 12. Match    -  a field used to " flag" a piece of equipment did  NOT whose     Instrument and Control         requirements match those identified in the task analysis as being                   .
Match whose Instrument and Control requirements did NOT match those identified in the task analysis as being required.
required.
I&C data was collected on an action step-by-action step basis for each task.
I&C data was collected on an action step-by-action step basis for each task. The HFS analysts would question the SMEsthat                  for each relevant variable about the characteristics which As the SMEs identified the appropriate variable should have.                            entered via specific codes equipment variable values, they were on the Task Analysis Instrument and control Requirements Form.
The HFS analysts would question the SMEs for each relevant variable about the characteristics which that variable should have.
This process was accomplished in the control room,.but off to Data on the side,    out of the immediate primary operating area.
As the SMEs identified the appropriate entered via specific codes equipment variable values, they were on the Task Analysis Instrument and control Requirements Form.
variables numbered         1 tl'ough   8 were collected and recorded first.
This process was accomplished in the control room,.but off to Data on out of the immediate primary operating area.
These are the v riables that delineate the unique I&C l
the side, variables numbered 1
requirements that a piece of equipment should possess                   for the Once collected, particular task action step being analyzed.
tl'ough 8 were collected and recorded l
this data was compared to the characteristics of the piece of equipment that exists in the control room to accomplish the function under investigation, in order to ascertain the degree             does what   should exist   and   what of  compatibility      between of  the  piece    of this     point,   the   EID   number exist.      At was equipment, and any sub-number and sub-name as appropriate, entered on the I&C form. If the current characteristics inidentified of the the piece of     equipment     EXACTLY matched those "yes" was placed in analysis as being required, the code for the space for the variable ' match'. If any             current character-istic of the piece of equipment did not exactly match                     that "no" was placed identified in the task analysis, the code for These compatibility in the spaca for         the variable ' match'.
first.
in the comparisons were done within the primary operating area control room. However , ef f orts were made       as to minimize the time well  as to be as spent   in   the   primary   operating area L                                            6-23
These are the v riables that delineate the unique I&C requirements that a piece of equipment should possess for the particular task action step being analyzed.
Once collected, this data was compared to the characteristics of the piece of equipment that exists in the control room to accomplish the function under investigation, in order to ascertain the degree of compatibility between what should exist and what does exist.
At this
: point, the EID number of the piece of and any sub-number and sub-name as appropriate, was equipment, If the current characteristics of the entered on the I&C form.
piece of equipment EXACTLY matched those identified in the analysis as being required, the code for "yes" was placed in the space for the variable ' match'.
If any current character-istic of the piece of equipment did not exactly match that identified in the task analysis, the code for "no" was placed in the spaca for the variable
' match'.
These compatibility in the comparisons were done within the primary operating area However, ef f orts were made to minimize the time control room.
spent in the primary operating area as well as to be as 6-23 L


  \
\\
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report unit     operator     as     possible. This non-distracting        to    the approach permitted a preliminary verification. of availability to be accomplished concurrently . with the task analysis, and provided the DCRDR. review team with a means to independently verify the accuracy of the computer-generated results < of the comparison of the task analysis a,nd inventory data baser. It data   concerning       the   I&C should      be  emphasized        that    the characteristics required for each action step were collected and recorded prior to any compatibility comparison                       in order to and   objective       analysis,     unbiased by ensure    an  independent current characteristics.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report non-distracting to the unit operator as possible.
Once th'e I&C requirements were identified and recorded for each was  entered    onto    the  DBMS, task's action       steps,     the   data printed out and compared to tQe original hard copy to ensure data entry accuracy.           The original.bhrd copy was retained and A blank -copy of the Task Analysis filed for future reference.                                                found Requirements        Form    can    be          in Ins t r umen't and   Control Appendix A.
This approach permitted a preliminary verification. of availability with the task analysis, and to be accomplished concurrently.
6.4   control Room Inventory The objective of the control room inventory for the LaSalle a     reference     set   of   data which station    was  to      establish identified all instrumentation, controls and equipment within displays,       controls,       controllers, the    control    room.        All annunciators and other equipment on the control boards, with which the operators interact, were included in this inventory.
provided the DCRDR. review team with a means to independently verify the accuracy of the computer-generated results < of the comparison of the task analysis a,nd inventory data baser.
Based on the guidance of NUREG-0700, HFSs from ARE Corporation and NSOs from Commonwealth Edison completed an inventory of the In
It should be emphasized that the data concerning the I&C characteristics required for each action step were collected in order to and recorded prior to any compatibility comparison ensure an independent and objective
'      control room for Units J1 and 2 at the LaSalle station.
: analysis, unbiased by current characteristics.
      -order to ensure that an up-to-date inventory was generated, the approach taken was that of direct observation in the control room.
Once th'e I&C requirements were identified and recorded for each task's action
I?urRA .
: steps, the data was entered onto the
: DBMS, printed out and compared to tQe original hard copy to ensure data entry accuracy.
The original.bhrd copy was retained and filed for future reference.
A blank -copy of the Task Analysis Ins t r umen't and Control Requirements Form can be found in Appendix A.
6.4 control Room Inventory The objective of the control room inventory for the LaSalle station was to establish a
reference set of data which identified all instrumentation, controls and equipment within the control room.
All
: displays, controls, controllers, annunciators and other equipment on the control boards, with which the operators interact, were included in this inventory.
Based on the guidance of NUREG-0700, HFSs from ARE Corporation and NSOs from Commonwealth Edison completed an inventory of the control room for Units J1 and 2 at the LaSalle station.
In
-order to ensure that an up-to-date inventory was generated, the approach taken was that of direct observation in the control room.
I?urRA.


LaSalle County Station Final-Summary Report Each piece of equipment on the control boards was identified by
LaSalle County Station Final-Summary Report Each piece of equipment on the control boards was identified by
                                  ~
~
the specific needs of a unique code which was developed to meet the DCRDR project. This code served to identify the sectionwas              of the specific control panel in which each piece of equipment located, as well as equipment components that were functionally related. The relevant physical characteristics of each piece of . equipment, a r,   they appeared from the front of the control panels, were then coded. The characteristics noted were those               the which would determine,         from a human   factors   standpoint, in monitoring and usefulness of the equipment to the operators                                    ,
the specific needs of a unique code which was developed to meet This code served to identify the section of the DCRDR project.
controlling the plant.
the specific control panel in which each piece of equipment was located, as well as equipment components that were functionally related.
The relevant physical characteristics of each piece of. equipment, a r, they appeared from the front of the control panels, were then coded.
The characteristics noted were those which would determine, from a human factors standpoint, the in monitoring and to the operators usefulness of the equipment controlling the plant.
The data was stored in the computerized DBMS developed by ARD for Commonwealth Edison's DCRDRs.
The data was stored in the computerized DBMS developed by ARD for Commonwealth Edison's DCRDRs.
6.4.1     Methods front panels, back panels and common All equipment on the                                          The Unit      1 panels     for   LaSalle   Unit 1 was inventoried.
6.4.1 Methods All equipment on the front panels, back panels and common panels for LaSalle Unit 1
was inventoried.
The Unit 1
2 because there are only minor
2 because there are only minor
  -inventory can be applied to Unit These differences have been differences between the two units.                           The following documented and are included with the inventory.
-inventory can be applied to Unit These differences have been differences between the two units.
f     i g the inventory:
documented and are included with the inventory.
  . steps summarize the approach taken in per orm n 1.
The following f
The most recent set of the simulator controlcompared      panel obtained.       An HFS drawings  was elevation                                                  their component   by     component,   to these  prints, the   control   room   and control panels    in respective noted any discrepancies on the prints.
i g the inventory:
: 2. The prints from the simulator were used because of the actual panels and their accurate reflection - of because there was already a numbering scheme imposed 6-25
. steps summarize the approach taken in per orm n 1.
The most recent set of the simulator control panel elevation drawings was obtained.
An HFS compared these
: prints, component by component, to their respective control panels in the control room and noted any discrepancies on the prints.
2.
The prints from the simulator were used because of their accurate reflection - of the actual panels and because there was already a numbering scheme imposed 6-25


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report upon them which was tied to a data base containing station equipment piece nu'mbers and system informa-       used by tion.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report upon them which was tied to a data base containing station equipment piece nu'mbers and system informa-used by This data base was integrated into that tion.
This data base was integrated into that the DCRDR team so that this The          information   would not have numbering scheme was to be collected redundantly.
the DCRDR team so that this information would not have The numbering scheme was to be collected redundantly.
that the prints and also adopted by the DCRDR team so Any changes made due to the data base.could be used.
that the prints and also adopted by the DCRDR team so the data base.could be used.
the actual configuration of the boards were also made Any new identifi-on the prints and in the data base.
Any changes made due to the actual configuration of the boards were also made Any new identifi-on the prints and in the data base.
with those already cation numbers were made consistent in place.
with those already cation numbers were made consistent in place.
There was a      sub-identification number (Sub-ID) scheme used to designate components that were functionallyA related and did not have a number of their own.
sub-identification number (Sub-ID) scheme There was a used to designate components that were functionally related and did not have a number of their own.
typical example of the use of this scheme concerns               a lights.
A typical example of the use of this scheme concerns a control switch and its associated indicator lights.
control switch and its associated indicator The control switch was assigned an EID toindicating      show its location     on   the   boards.     Its relative lights were given the same EID to show assigned       functionalto relationship, but a sequential number was each as a Sub-ID. The control switch had a Sub-ID of   distinguish were    also    used  to 000.       Sub-numbers between points on multiple-point recorders, different and control and display components on a controller, different components on a vendor-supplied panel inset.
The control switch was assigned an EID to show its relative location on the boards.
Its indicating lights were given the same EID to show functional assigned to relationship, but a sequential number was The control switch had a Sub-ID of each as a Sub-ID.
000.
Sub-numbers were also used to distinguish multiple-point recorders, different between points on control and display components on a controller, and different components on a vendor-supplied panel inset.
3.
3.
The inventory was originally taken by video taping each c'omponent as an HFS and an NSO described items functions and positions which were not such as switch                                             An HFS evident from simply looking at the component.
The inventory was originally taken by video taping each c'omponent as an HFS and an NSO described items not functions and positions which were such as switch evident from simply looking at the component.
then entered the da'ta from the video tape directly Equipment was inventoried directly into the     DBMS.
An HFS then entered the da'ta from the video tape directly inventoried directly into the DBMS.
from the control boards when there was any question about the accuracy of the information on the video tape.
Equipment was from the control boards when there was any question about the accuracy of the information on the video tape.
($-26
($-26


Final Summary Report                                       LaSalle County Station
Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station 4.
-    4. The   inventory was accomplished panel. by panel.                       As each   piece of equipment .was                   inventoried,     it was checked off on the appropriate print.
The inventory was accomplished panel. by panel.
: 5. The Inventory form (shown in Appendix A) was used to inventory - equipment other than - controllers. The data in with numerical          :
As each piece of equipment.was inventoried, it was checked off on the appropriate print.
fields on     this form were filled codes as summarized in Appendix                 D. By utilizing these codes,   data   entry     into   the         computerized DBMS was and     consistency               in   terminology   was facilitated achieved among the various HFSs and NSOs collecting the   inventor 1   data.       The   following           summarizes   the information recorded on the inventory forms:
5.
e The EID and SUB-NUMBER were entered on the Inventory Form for each piece of equipment.
The Inventory form (shown in Appendix A) was used to inventory - equipment other than - controllers.
e The LABEL name was             taken verbatim from the control panel, o The     SUB-NAME       was         used     for     legends   on indicating         lights,           names     of     points   on multi-point       recorders,           names   of   pens for dual-pen or multi-pen recorders, or. labels for components that were sub-numbered.
The data fields on this form were filled in with numerical codes as summarized in Appendix D.
Detailed     information             about   each piece of equipment (i.e.,       that         which   had been assigned a sequence or sub-number)                   was then entered with reference to the                     lists of codes       in Appendix D. Some fields were appropriate for displays     and others were appropriate                     for controls.       Note (refer to the Inventory forms) that there could be multiple entries in some fields in the detailed record of information about a given piece of equipment, e The COLOR field was used for several purposes
By utilizing these
                        -- to identify the color of indicating lights, targets   on breaker               controls,     or   pens on multi-pen recorders.
: codes, data entry into the computerized DBMS was facilitated and consistency in terminology was achieved among the various HFSs and NSOs collecting the inventor 1 data.
The following summarizes the information recorded on the inventory forms:
e The EID and SUB-NUMBER were entered on the Inventory Form for each piece of equipment.
e The LABEL name was taken verbatim from the control panel, o
The SUB-NAME was used for legends on indicating
: lights, names of points on multi-point recorders, names of pens for dual-pen or multi-pen recorders, or. labels for components that were sub-numbered.
Detailed information about each piece of equipment (i.e.,
that which had been assigned a
sequence or sub-number) was then entered with reference to the lists of codes in Appendix D.
Some fields were appropriate for displays and others were appropriate for controls.
Note (refer to the Inventory forms) that there could be multiple entries in some fields in the detailed record of information about a given piece of equipment, e
The COLOR field was used for several purposes
-- to identify the color of indicating lights, targets on breaker
: controls, or pens on multi-pen recorders.
a 6-27
a 6-27


n LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report DISPLAY ' field referred to anything gauges or presents information e     The TYPE OF that meters,                               switch position.
n LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report DISPLAY ' field referred to anything e
                .      other than There       coulda label be onlyname oneortype a of display per detail   record.     Instruments that had more than one    scale or point would have had these coded in separate sub-numbered records.
The TYPE OF that meters, gauges or presents information switch position.
the   parameter (s)
other than a label name or a There could be only one type of display per detail record.
WHAT MEASURED referred to e                                            physical scale was    or being displayed on one           collection,      this continuum.         In   data                                 in the    display assumed       or   inferred     from if  the units were question.       For instance,
Instruments that had more than scale or point would have had these coded one in separate sub-numbered records.
                        " gallons per minute," flow             was postulated to If more than one scale be the WHAT MEASURED.                      (e.g.,   dual-pen existed      on   an    instrument recorder), each scale was inventoried on a record     (and   appropriately separate      detail subnumbered).
e WHAT MEASURED referred to the parameter (s) being displayed on one physical scale or continuum.
directly to        WHAT e     The     UNITS   field     related taken    directly     from MEASURED field, but was the scale shown on the display.
In data collection, this was assumed or inferred from the display in question.
e     The RANGE of a meter or gauge wasAny                  directly one observable       from     the   instrument.            range.
For
than one instrument could have         more
: instance, if the units were
                                                      " DIVISIONS"     on the meter Any change in the range.                 Some   scales     had indicated a new multipliers generally increasing     x10; the range x100;        by x1000; of   10   (e.g.,
" gallons per minute," flow was postulated to be the WHAT MEASURED.
a    factor Some meters conveyed this multiplier x10E3).                                gpm x 100). This as part of the UNITS (e.g.,       the boards ~ were       not was one case in which      The multiplier was           always copied verbatim.
If more than one scale existed on an instrument (e.g.,
assumed to be associated with the RANGE.
dual-pen inventoried on a recorder),
the meter or gauge were e    The DIVISIONS of                        the   instrument.
each scale was separate detail record (and appropriately subnumbered).
directly      observable from      derived;     they   were were     always DIVISIONS                                      the smallest defined as the absolute valite of                   Any one gradation on the scale       have to be read.
e The UNITS field related directly to WHAT MEASURED field, but was taken directly from the scale shown on the display.
several     different instrument      could divisions.
e The RANGE of a meter or gauge was directly observable from the instrument.
Whenever there was a change in the number of minor scale marksinbetween              the major divisions       was marks,     a   change scale          For ease of coding, divisions           were indicated.              no multiplier.         For scales assumed to have            it was only necessary to with multipliers, code the multipliers for the range fields.
Any one instrument could have more than one range.
Any change in the
" DIVISIONS" on the meter indicated a
new range.
Some scales had multipliers generally increasing the range by a
factor of 10 (e.g.,
x10; x100; x1000; x10E3).
Some meters conveyed this multiplier as part of the UNITS (e.g., gpm x 100).
This was one case in which the boards ~ were not verbatim.
The multiplier was always copied assumed to be associated with the RANGE.
e The DIVISIONS of the meter or gauge were directly observable from the instrument.
DIVISIONS were always derived; they were the smallest defined as the absolute valite of gradation on the scale to be read.
Any one instrument could have several different in the Whenever there was a change number of minor scale marks between the major divisions.
scale
: marks, a
change in divisions was indicated.
For ease of coding, divisions were assumed to have no multiplier.
For scales with multipliers, it was only necessary to code the multipliers for the range fields.
w
w


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report ZONE BANDING and the COLOR                   used for each zone e
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report e
were     directly observed from the instrument.
ZONE BANDING and the COLOR used for each zone were directly observed from the instrument.
The range marked with each color was recorded in the zone banding field and the code             thefor. the color respective       color     was   recorded   in field for zone banding.                                               ~
The range marked with each color was recorded in the zone banding field and the code for. the respective color was recorded in the color field for zone banding.
e     TYPE OF SWITCH referred to any control except controllers.
~
                                              " Shape" was the most         important being      con-with   "what   was characteristic, trolled" ranked           second. Examples would be a           or J-handle valve control or a pushbutton                 test a keylock selector control switch. There                     was in the only one type of switch per detail line inventory.
e TYPE OF SWITCH referred to any control except controllers.
VALVE CONTROL referred to a specific type                       of This e
" Shape" was the most important characteristic, with "what was being con-trolled" ranked second.
switch    --    those     that   control valves.
Examples would be a J-handle valve control or a pushbutton test or a keylock selector control switch.
field was valve    wasused      to delineate seal-in               whether (valve travels           or notor full open         a closed) or       throttleable     (valve is able to be mid-position of travel). For stopped     in a     there were only four possible this . parameter ,                                       close, throttle     open,   throttle variables --
There was in the only one type of switch per detail line inventory.
seal-in open,      seal-in closed.       If a switch is throttle open but has an as-is function         travel full (see SWITCH ACTION), the valve will         operator        action, open without any further features.                      On    the therefore       having     seal-in inventory, it was documented as both throttle open and seal-in open, to what       a   control o    SWITCH      ACTION    referred              been      reposi-do after it         has switch' will      either stays       where it         is   put tioned.      It to its mid-positio'n (spring (as-is) or returns It is possible     that one       switch is return).                                  (e.g., a . pump both as-is and spring return                                  but control     that is   able normally is spring return).
e VALVE CONTROL referred to a specific type of those that control valves.
to  be  locked      "off" verbatim      position POSITION     was   the e    SWITCH labels taken from the escutcheon plate of a control.     Switch functions and position names               by pushbuttons        were     established for                                 inventory      form was knowledgeable NSOs. The               than     one switch designed to handle more position on one detail record.
This switch field was used to delineate whether or not a valve was seal-in (valve travels full open or throttleable (valve is able to be closed) or mid-position of travel).
__ 6-29                                     --            . _ _
For stopped in a there were only four possible this. parameter,
throttle
: close, throttle
: open, variables seal-in closed.
If a switch is seal-in open, throttle open but has an as-is function (see SWITCH ACTION),
the valve will travel full open without any further operator
: action, therefore having seal-in features.
On the inventory, it was documented as both throttle open and seal-in open, o
SWITCH ACTION referred to what a
control switch' will do after it has been reposi-tioned.
It either stays where it is put to its mid-positio'n (spring (as-is) or returns return).
It is possible that one switch is both as-is and spring return (e.g.,
a. pump control that is able to be locked "off" but normally is spring return).
e SWITCH POSITION was the verbatim position labels taken from the escutcheon plate of a control.
Switch functions and position names established by were for pushbuttons knowledgeable NSOs.
The inventory form was to handle more than one switch designed position on one detail record.
6-29


LaSalle County Statior.
LaSalle County Statior.
Final Summary Report pieces of           equipment           that typically
Final Summary Report 6.
: 6. Controllers are                                              functions.              The contain both       display and               control controller received the EID' number and ~ all .. components were sub-numbered. A(e.g.,   typical controller may take two flow         and pressure)                 to different      signals the parameters and, therefore, directly control one the other indirectly.
Controllers are pieces of equipment that typically contain both display and control functions.
ofThe        display may show the actual demand to the parameter, or it may                        meter the response To inventory control-of the controlled parameter.
The controller received the EID' number and ~ all.. components were sub-numbered.
1ers, a Controller Inventory form was developed (see Appendix A for the form and Appendix D for codes).
A typical controller may take two different signals (e.g.,
flow and pressure) to the parameters and, therefore, directly control one ofThe display may show the actual the other indirectly.
it may meter the response demand to the parameter, or of the controlled parameter.
To inventory control-1ers, a Controller Inventory form was developed (see Appendix A for the form and Appendix D for codes).
The following summarizes the information collected on the Controller Inventory Form:
The following summarizes the information collected on the Controller Inventory Form:
e   TYPE OF CONTROLLER               Thereferred code for    to the thecontroller type of unit   as a whole.
e TYPE OF CONTROLLER referred to the controller unit as a whole.
controller     was entered on every detail record that was sub-numbered for the controller.
The code for the type of controller was entered on every detail record that was sub-numbered for the controller.
e   CONTROLLER       PARAMETER           also       referred to the controller unit as a whole. The formats were                                 It chosen from the WHAT ME.\SURED format list.
e CONTROLLER PARAMETER also referred to the controller unit as a whole.
was possible to have more than one parameter controlled.       The inventory form was designed to handle this contingency.
The formats were chosen from the WHAT ME.\\SURED format list.
TYPE OF CONTROL referred to a specific control on the controller. This variable was always e
It was possible to have more than one parameter controlled.
sub-numbered so there was never more than one per detail line.
The inventory form was designed to handle this contingency.
e   For every ~ type of control there was a WHAT CONTROLLED entry. 'These were taken from                   and the included MEASURED           list   of       codes WHAT                                        level and position, parameters such as flow, o   SWITCH POSITIONS were taken from the switch positions list but generally     Balance, were Auto, one or of      the 0-100.
referred to a specific control e
following: Manual,                                                    to    the These entries referred specifically control listed in TYPE OF CONTROL.
TYPE OF CONTROL on the controller.
(COLOR, TYPE OF e    The display characteristicsUMITS,                              RANGE        and DISPLAY,     WHAT         MEASURED, synonymous                with         their DIVISIONS)         were
This variable was always sub-numbered so there was never more than one per detail line.
                            ~co'nterparts u              in the standard inventory form.
e For every ~ type of control there was a WHAT CONTROLLED entry.
6 6-30
'These were taken from the WHAT MEASURED list of codes and included level and position, parameters such as flow, o
SWITCH POSITIONS were taken from the switch positions list but generally were one of the following:
: Manual, Balance,
: Auto, or 0-100.
These entries referred specifically to the control listed in TYPE OF CONTROL.
e The display characteristics (COLOR, TYPE OF
: DISPLAY, WHAT
: MEASURED, UMITS, RANGE and with their DIVISIONS) were synonymous
~co'nterparts in the standard inventory form.
u 6
6-30


g'                                                                                       l LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.5 Verification of Equipment Availability and Suitability 6.5.1     Objective _
g' l
The objective of the DCRDR verification process was to assure that .. operator tasks can be performed in the existing control room at the LaSalle station with minimum potential for human error.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Verification of Equipment Availability and Suitability 6.5 6.5.1 Objective _
The focus was on instruments and equipment, not on The   verification     was
The objective of the DCRDR verification process was to assure that.. operator tasks can be performed in the existing control room at the LaSalle station with minimum potential for human error.
                ~
The focus was on instruments and equipment, not on operator skills and knowledge.
and    knowledge.
The verification was
operator      skills accomplished by comparing-the operators' perceived. requirements during emergency information     and   control capabilities for                                                                          the DCRDR   task analysis, with operations derived        from    the equipment present in the LaSalle control room identified by the '
~
control room inventory.
accomplished by comparing-the operators' perceived. requirements for information and control capabilities during emergency from the DCRDR task
this verification process.         First it
: analysis, with the operations derivedin the LaSalle control room identified by the '
      ' There were two aspects .to                                     equipment was l
equipment present control room inventory.
whether     or   not   appropriate was     determined available in the control room to perform each functional task Second, for equipment that required by emergency operations.
First it this verification process.
available, it was determined whether or had bee'n identified as                                                       it not the characteristics of each piece of equipment made i.e., whether it offered the operator suitable for the task, and   display   capab'ilities to efficiently
' There were two aspects.to was determined whether or not appropriate equipment was l
  ,    sufficient control accomplish the task. The characteristics addressed were those physical aspects of the equipment that were apparent from the
available in the control room to perform each functional task required by emergency operations.
        -front of the control panels and which, from a human factors l      . perspective, determined the equipment's usability by the plant operators.
Second, for equipment that available, it was determined whether or had bee'n identified as not the characteristics of each piece of equipment made it suitable for the task, i.e., whether it offered the operator sufficient control and display capab'ilities to efficiently accomplish the task.
LaSalle  control  room summary    of    the As   detailed   in   the relevant  equipment inventory,     a   thorough     compilation       of displays,   controls, completed      for    all characteristics      was the front,      back and common
The characteristics addressed were those physical aspects of the equipment that were apparent from the
        . controllers and annunciators- on panels at LaSalle Units 1-and 2.
-front of the control panels and which, from a human factors
. perspective, determined the equipment's usability by the plant l
operators.
As detailed in the summary of the LaSalle control room inventory, a
thorough compilation of relevant equipment characteristics was completed for all
: displays, controls,
. controllers and annunciators-on the
: front, back and common panels at LaSalle Units 1-and 2.
6-EL
6-EL


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report with a unique The ' inventory identified each piece of equipment           number,   so    that Equipment   Identification     (EID) code,       the could be referenced during the-task analysis specific equipmen,t and all pertinent characteristics of each piece of equipment could be retrieved from a computerized data base.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report with a unique The ' inventory identified each piece of equipment
As detailed in the summary of the LaSalle task analysis of emergency procedures, the operators' need for specific display identified at each step information or control capabilities was The tasks to be throughout sequences 'of emergency operations.
: code, the Equipment Identification (EID)
: number, so that could be referenced during the-task analysis specific equipmen,t and all pertinent characteristics of each piece of equipment could be retrieved from a computerized data base.
As detailed in the summary of the LaSalle task analysis of the operators' need for specific display emergency procedures, identified at each step information or control capabilities was The tasks to be throughout sequences 'of emergency operations.
performed during emergency operations were derived from the Procedure Guidelines.
performed during emergency operations were derived from the Procedure Guidelines.
General Electric Owner 's Group Emergency                           tasks    were implied     by   these The    equipment      requirements categorized in terms of the characteristics described for the control room inventory.
General Electric Owner 's Group Emergency The equipment requirements implied by these tasks were categorized in terms of the characteristics described for the control room inventory.
The verification process           involved the collaboration of HFSs The from ARD Corporation and NSOs from the LaSalle station.                           .
The verification process involved the collaboration of HFSs from ARD Corporation and NSOs from the LaSalle station.
    ~
The
      . availability and suitability of appropriate emergency    equipment     in the task was control room to meet the needs of each of the task analysis
~
        -judged by.SMEs, and noted by HFSs, as part                     the  ' equipment To    ensure    that data     collection     effort.
. availability and suitability of appropriate equipment in the control room to meet the needs of each emergency task was of the task analysis
did  not  place requirements     determined   from different       tasks of equipment, the HFS, conflicting demands on specific pieces                               analysis, base   from   the   task computerized    data using    the that had been grouped all references to each piece of equipment in consultation with the SMEs, judged to be unsuitable and,                                              HEDs the   oesirable     equipment characteristics.
-judged by.SMEs, and noted by HFSs, as part data collection effort.
determined                                                  perceived to be documented the incidents where equipment was required but was      unavailable or unsuitable. The HEDAT review requirements were in finally determined whether these perceived fact required, u                                              6-32
To ensure that the
' equipment requirements determined from different tasks did not place of equipment, the HFS, conflicting demands on specific pieces using the computerized data base from the task
: analysis, that had been grouped all references to each piece of equipment judged to be unsuitable and, in consultation with the SMEs, determined the oesirable equipment characteristics.
HEDs perceived to be documented the incidents where equipment was unavailable or unsuitable.
The HEDAT review required but was in requirements were finally determined whether these perceived fact required, 6-32 u


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Method _                                                                  !
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.5.2 Method _
6.5.2 The'following approach was used for conducting the~ verification   emergency and   suitability       for equipment      availability of operations:
The'following approach was used for conducting the~ verification of equipment availability and suitability for emergency operations:
: 1. After the equipment requirements for a given task were identified during the task analysis process, the SME if any, control room made a judgement as to which, used to perform that instrumentation was presently task, and whether or not t aat piece of equipment was suitable in each of its relevant characteristics.
1.
After the equipment requirements for a given task were identified during the task analysis process, the SME made a judgement as to which, if any, control room instrumentation was presently used to perform that task, and whether or not t aat piece of equipment was suitable in each of its relevant characteristics.
The HFS noted on the Task Analysis Instrument / Control Requirement Form the EID number of the equipment that was available for the operator to perform each task.
The HFS noted on the Task Analysis Instrument / Control Requirement Form the EID number of the equipment that was available for the operator to perform each task.
If the equipment was not available, a distinctive EID number was created for it which           identified Also,          it as an if the piece   of unavailable piece of equipment.
If the equipment was not available, a distinctive EID number was created for it which identified it as an Also, if the piece of unavailable piece of equipment.
redundant piece was equipment was available, but a needed in another location, it was coded as unavail-able. Whether or not this piece of equipment was suitable for the task (i.e., had characteristics that matched those specified on the task analysis form for that task), was also indicated on the form in the If this needed equipment was column labeled " Match".
equipment was available, but a redundant piece was needed in another location, it was coded as unavail-able.
unavailable or unsuitable, a "no-match" was designated on this form.
Whether or not this piece of equipment was suitable for the task (i.e., had characteristics that matched those specified on the task analysis form for that task), was also indicated on the form in the column labeled " Match".
digital      displays, meters,     recorders     and For                                                      of  the basis was determined on the suitability following criteria:
If this needed equipment was unavailable or unsuitable, a "no-match" was designated on this form.
                                        -  Does   the display provide       the e     What measured operator with the needed information in the form does   not   require   mental of  a  parameter  that m
For
: meters, recorders and digital
: displays, determined on the basis of the suitability was following criteria:
Does the display provide the e
What measured operator with the needed information in the form of a
parameter that does not require mental m


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report                                                                         '
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report transformation?
if        the      difference      in transformation? (e.g.,
(e.g.,
is needed, a delta temperature between two points separate T display would be suitable; whereas, two      absolute            temperature
if the difference in is needed, a delta temperature between two points T display would be suitable; whereas, separate
                  . displays     for     the readings would not be suitable.)
. displays for the two absolute temperature readings would not be suitable.)
e        Units  --  Do the units in which the display is correspond         to   that           expected       by   the scaled operator?    (e.g., temperature in degrees F) e       Range -- Does the range of the available display by            operator    to span   the   range   required                   the perform the task?
Do the units in which the display is e
                                    --  Do     the   divisions             in   which   the e         Divisions display is graded allow the operator to read the display with the level of precision required by the task?                                                       display Is       tbe     type     of e       Type   of   display     --
Units scaled correspond to that expected by the (e.g., temperature in degrees F) operator?
if trend appropriate for the task at hand (e.g.,
e Range -- Does the range of the available display span the range required by the operator to perform the task?
information is needed, a chart recorder should be available) lights     (including           those that provide For      indicator the   operator       regarding control switch feedback      to suitability was implied actuation) and annunciators, by availability.
Do the divisions in which the Divisions e
display is graded allow the operator to read the display with the level of precision required by the task?
Is tbe type of display e
Type of display appropriate for the task at hand (e.g.,
if trend information is needed, a chart recorder should be available)
For indicator lights (including those that provide feedback to the operator regarding control switch actuation) and annunciators, suitability was implied by availability.
There were no separate criteria for the suitability of these types of displays.
There were no separate criteria for the suitability of these types of displays.
                  ~
~
For controls, suitability was determined on the basis of the following criteria:
For controls, suitability was determined on the basis of the following criteria:
Type of switch        -    Does the type of switch used e
Does the type of switch used e
allow the control task to be performed in an unanbiguous manner? For example, a continuously adjustable rotary switch would be unsuitable for an on-off control function.
Type of switch allow the control task to be performed in an unanbiguous manner?
                                                            ~'*r   'm   n.
For example, a continuously adjustable rotary switch would be unsuitable for an on-off control function.
~'*r
'm n.


I LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Do    the  switch e     Name     of   switch     positions     --
I LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report e
positions labeled on the escutcheon plate include the control function that is to be performed?
Name of switch positions Do the switch include positions labeled on the escutcheon plate the control function that is to be performed?
Is the type of valve e     Type of valve control           --
Is the type of valve e
consistent with the degree of control required by                   ,
Type of valve control consistent with the degree of control required by the operator?
the operator?           For example, if graded control of valve position. is required, a throttleable valve would be suitable; whereas, a seal-in valve would not be suitable, e     Type of switch action -- Does the control switch to   perform       the   control allow      the  operator unambiguously       and   in     a   reasonable function duration of time?           For example, if the task calls for a switch to remain in the actuated position an    "as-is"  switch for a     long . period of       time, than   one     that spring would    be    more    suitable returns.
For example, if graded control of valve position. is required, a throttleable valve would be suitable; whereas, a seal-in valve would not be suitable, e
controllers,         suitability was     determined on       the For basis of the following criteria, which were applied similarly to the corresponding criteria for displays and controls listed above:
Type of switch action -- Does the control switch allow the operator to perform the control function unambiguously and in a
e      Type of switch for the control function (s) e     Range of setpoint (demand) display e     Divisions of setpoint (demand) display e     What measured by status (response) display e     Units of status (response) display e     Range of status (response) display e     Divisions of status (response) display a comment was flagged as a       "no match",
reasonable duration of time?
If the record was included which briefly described the nature of the "no match" for ease of later reference.
For example, if the task calls for a switch to remain in the actuated position for a long. period of
: time, an "as-is" switch would be more suitable than one that spring returns.
For controllers, suitability was determined on the basis of the following criteria, which were applied similarly to the corresponding criteria for displays and controls listed above:
Type of switch for the control function (s) e Range of setpoint (demand) display e
Divisions of setpoint (demand) display e
What measured by status (response) display e
Units of status (response) display e
Range of status (response) display e
Divisions of status (response) display e
If the record was flagged as a "no match",
a comment was included which briefly described the nature of the "no match" for ease of later reference.
6-35
6-35


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report
: 2. The EIDs of available equipment and the " match" or "no match" designation for each' task was entered as part of the task analysis data into the computerized DBMS developed by' ARD, for     Commonwealth   Edison's   DCRDRs.
" match" or "no The EIDs of available equipment and the 2.
The "no matches" were then selected out of the Task Analysis DBMS and sorted by EID number. The nature of unavailable the numbers that were created for the equipment resulted in them being grouped together upon sorting. The sorting also resulted in the grouping of all the discrepancies of a single piece of equipment.
match" designation for each' task was entered as part of the task analysis data into the computerized DBMS developed by' ARD, for Commonwealth Edison's DCRDRs.
Computer printouts of these selected data were then to   further   investigate   apparent used    by  the  HFS discrepancies between the equipment requirements from the task analysis and the actual equipment character-istics.
The "no matches" were then selected out of the Task The nature of Analysis DBMS and sorted by EID number.
: 3. Required but unavailable equipment, as identified from those records in the task analysis data base that had been given a created EID number, were evaluated first by having   SMEs confirm the validity of         these dis-crepancies. The HFS then documented them as HEDs.
the numbers that were created for the unavailable equipment resulted in them being grouped together upon sorting.
: 4. Unsuitable equipment, as     identified from those records in the task analysis data base for which "no match" had been specified, but for which an actual EID number existed, were then evaluated. "No match" records were sorted .by EID number, in order to group all of the tasks which had referenced a given piece of equipment as being unsuitable.       The equipment might have been judged unsuitable for different reasons in different tasks. Moreover, conflicting requirements for a given piece of equi'pment might have been generated across to  changes  being tasks, implying   that   in. addition required in some aspect of the available equipment, a new piece of equipment might be needed.
The sorting also resulted in the grouping of all the discrepancies of a single piece of equipment.
Computer printouts of these selected data were then used by the HFS to further investigate apparent discrepancies between the equipment requirements from the task analysis and the actual equipment character-istics.
3.
Required but unavailable equipment, as identified from those records in the task analysis data base that had been given a created EID number, were evaluated first by having SMEs confirm the validity of these dis-crepancies.
The HFS then documented them as HEDs.
identified from those records 4.
Unsuitable equipment, as in the task analysis data base for which "no match" had been specified, but for which an actual EID number existed, were then evaluated.
"No match" records were sorted.by EID number, in order to group all of the tasks which had referenced a given piece of equipment as being unsuitable.
The equipment might have been judged unsuitable for different reasons in different tasks.
Moreover, conflicting requirements for a given piece of equi'pment might have been generated across
: tasks, implying that in. addition to changes being required in some aspect of the available equipment, a new piece of equipment might be needed.
6-36
6-36


LaSalle County Sta' tion Final Summary Report 5.
LaSalle County Sta' tion Final Summary Report 5.
The validity of the "no mat-ch" items was confirmed by an HFS by checking the requirements specified during the   actual     piece   of the     task  analysis    against room. Any   conflicting equipment    in    the  control piece   of   equipment   were requirements      for  a  given resolved with input from SMEs. An HFS then documented the valid discrepancies as HEDs.
The validity of the "no mat-ch" items was confirmed by an HFS by checking the requirements specified during the task analysis against the actual piece of equipment in the control room.
6.5.3     Findings Forty-eight       HEDs   resulted from the LaSalle verification process.       These HEDs were given to the HEDAT for resolution.
Any conflicting requirements for a
missing equipment was in           fact This team        assessed    whether Similarly,    they and,   if so,   what   was required.
given piece of equipment were resolved with input from SMEs.
required was     necessary   to     resolve     " unsuitable" determined        what equipment.
An HFS then documented the valid discrepancies as HEDs.
6.6    Validation of control Room Functions 6.6.1   Introduction The objective of the validation review was to determine whether room operating crew the   functions allocated to the control                 the structure of could be accomplished ef fectively within both                           the the established emergency procedures and the design of control room as it exists.
6.5.3 Findings Forty-eight HEDs resulted from the LaSalle verification process.
6.6.2   Methodology LaSalle The following paragraphs describe the processes used at                 used, County Station to determine the validation approach to             be validation, assist    with  the secure   operating   personnel   to implement the approach selected, record the data, and evaluate the data collected.
These HEDs were given to the HEDAT for resolution.
'                                            6-37
This team assessed whether missing equipment was in fact required
: and, if so, what was required.
Similarly, they determined what was necessary to resolve
" unsuitable" equipment.
Validation of control Room Functions 6.6 6.6.1 Introduction The objective of the validation review was to determine whether the functions allocated to the control room operating crew the structure of be accomplished ef fectively within both could the established emergency procedures and the design of the control room as it exists.
6.6.2 Methodology LaSalle The following paragraphs describe the processes used at
: used, County Station to determine the validation approach to be secure operating personnel to assist with the validation, implement the approach selected, record the data, and evaluate the data collected.
6-37


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.6.2.1   Determining the Validation Approach approaches   to conducting   a validation The_  three    possible presented in the Commonwealth Edison Generic DCRDR Program Plan were available to the         review team to implement at LaSalle County Station.     These approaches were:
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.6.2.1 Determining the Validation Approach The_
room walk-through   using   the appropriate a)  A    control procedures; run-through of a simulation of the event     on a real-b)   A time simulator; c)   A talk-through on a control room mockup using uniform of the control room scale, architectural drawings panels.
three possible approaches to conducting a
considered to be the optimal approach to Approach    "b"  was implement for the LaSalle County validation. At the outset of the LaSalle County DCRDR, the DCRDR Coordinator approached the LaSalle County simulator manager at the Commonwealth Edison determine the feasibility of Production Trainino Center to using the LaSalle County simulator for the station's valida-1985 was picked to tion. The week of April 29, 1985 to May 3, conduct real-time run-through simulations.
validation presented in the Commonwealth Edison Generic DCRDR Program Plan were available to the review team to implement at LaSalle County Station.
6.6.2.2     Securing Operating Personnel After securing the simulator, the DCRDR Coordinator approached the Assistant Superintendent ~for Operations at LaSalle . County to request two reactor operators, a shift foreman and a shift I
These approaches were:
a)
A control room walk-through using the appropriate procedures; on a real-run-through of a simulation of the event b)
A time simulator; c)
A talk-through on a control room mockup using uniform
: scale, architectural drawings of the control room panels.
Approach "b"
was considered to be the optimal approach to implement for the LaSalle County validation.
At the outset of the LaSalle County DCRDR, the DCRDR Coordinator approached the LaSalle County simulator manager at the Commonwealth Edison Production Trainino Center to determine the feasibility of using the LaSalle County simulator for the station's valida-tion.
The week of April 29, 1985 to May 3, 1985 was picked to conduct real-time run-through simulations.
6.6.2.2 Securing Operating Personnel After securing the simulator, the DCRDR Coordinator approached the Assistant Superintendent ~for Operations at LaSalle. County to request two reactor operators, a shift foreman and a shift I
6-38
6-38
<--                                                                          )
)


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report This engineer to assist the review team with the validation.                                           the minimal considered        to        be complement                 of   personnel     is staffing crew according to the station's Technical Specifica-                                                 of The                  Assistant          Superintendent tions             for       operations.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report engineer to assist the review team with the validation.
Operations was also given an overview of what would                                                     be expected he agreed to and request'ed of the crews during the validation;                                                     Ilowever, provide the review team with the personnel requested.                                                         SRO in lieu of a shift engineer, he proposed providing an licensed Shift Control Room Engineer (SCRE) because he was not certain that because of the limited number of shift engineers                                           reserved at the station,                    one would be available the week we had the simulator.
This complement of personnel is considered to be the minimal staffing crew according to the station's Technical Specifica-tions for operations.
6.6.2.3 Validation Events The following emergency events were selected for simulation for In the estimation of operating the LaSalle County validation.
The Assistant Superintendent of Operations was also given an overview of what would be expected he agreed to the crews during the validation; and request'ed of provide the review team with the personnel requested.
: Ilowever, in lieu of a shift engineer, he proposed providing an SRO licensed Shift Control Room Engineer (SCRE) because he was not certain that because of the limited number of shift engineers reserved one would be available the week we had at the station, the simulator.
6.6.2.3 Validation Events selected for simulation for The following emergency events were In the estimation of operating the LaSalle County validation.
SMEs, they provided f.or the exercise of all major unit systems and every control room workstation:
SMEs, they provided f.or the exercise of all major unit systems and every control room workstation:
e        normal reactor startup e         normal reactor shutdown (LOCA) e        small break loss of coolant accident e       large LOCA inside the drywell e       medium LOCA inside the drywell e       LOCA outside the drywell e       inadequate core cooling:
normal reactor startup e
                                -    due to feedwater problems
normal reactor shutdown e
                                -    due to loss of shutdown cooling
(LOCA) small break loss of coolant accident e
                                -    due to loss of recirculation flow without     reactor     scram   (ATWS) e       anticipated        transient following the loss of offsite power e        reactor scram 6-39
large LOCA inside the drywell e
medium LOCA inside the drywell e
LOCA outside the drywell e
inadequate core cooling:
e due to feedwater problems due to loss of shutdown cooling due to loss of recirculation flow anticipated transient without reactor scram (ATWS) e following the loss of offsite power reactor scram e
6-39


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.6.2.4    Implementing the Real-Time Simulator Run-Through Three video tape machines and color cameras were obtained for validation. In   addition,   a   time-code the    LaSalle  County two generator was used on the two main cameras that tracked the This equipment reactor. operators    (Unit RO and Center Desk RO).
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Implementing the Real-Time Simulator Run-Through 6.6.2.4 Three video tape machines and color cameras were obtained for the LaSalle County validation.
was brought to the LaSalle simulator in Braidwood, set up and tested prior to the conduct of the validation events.
In
Before the validation started, the DCRDR Coordinator selected the' order of the events to be simulated from the above list and insured that up-to-date copies of the applicable LaSalle County An HFS developed a floor diagram of procedures were available.                                           unit and   numerically     identified the    unit   workspace
: addition, a
. workstations. These numbers were written on pieces of paper and placed on the vertical sections of the control           panels in In addition, the upper left-hand portion of each workstation.
time-code two generator was used on the two main cameras that tracked the (Unit RO and Center Desk RO).
the DCRDR Coordinator conferred with the SROs ' assisting with the validation, and the simulator operator, to devise realistic scenarios to envelope the events to be validated, to make the simulation as realistic as possible. For example',
This equipment reactor. operators was brought to the LaSalle simulator in Braidwood, set up and tested prior to the conduct of the validation events.
Before the validation started, the DCRDR Coordinator selected the' order of the events to be simulated from the above list and insured that up-to-date copies of the applicable LaSalle County An HFS developed a floor diagram of procedures were available.
the unit workspace and numerically identified unit
. workstations.
These numbers were written on pieces of paper and placed on the vertical sections of the control panels in In addition, the upper left-hand portion of each workstation.
the DCRDR Coordinator conferred with the SROs ' assisting with to devise realistic the validation, and the simulator operator, scenarios to envelope the events to be validated, to make the simulation as realistic as possible.
For example',
sutveil-lances were being run when the official valid-tion event's symptoms were first introduced.
sutveil-lances were being run when the official valid-tion event's symptoms were first introduced.
At the start of each day's validation,them    the DCRDR Coordinator on the purpose and assembled all participants and briefed simulation,   identified any specific objectives of the event        situation,   and   gave   the assumptions  about  the   operating operating crew . time to review any procedures they felt a need to review.
At the start of each day's validation, the DCRDR Coordinator them on the purpose and assembled all participants and briefed specific objectives of the event simulation, identified any assumptions about the operating situation, and gave the operating crew. time to review any procedures they felt a need to review.
In order to maximize realism, the crews were not informed of the specific event to be simulated; however, they Each were informed of the overall events to bea validated.
In order to maximize realism, the crews were not informed of the specific event to be simulated; however, they were informed of the overall events to be validated.
microphone    with of the   crew   was provided   with member 6-40                                   .
Each member of the crew was provided with a
microphone with 6-40


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report sufficient cable to allow him f reedom of movement around the entire primary operating area.           Finally,   the operators were the   event   simulation,   the instructed to call out, during direction   of   the action's actions they were taking,           the to which   they   referred   (to ,
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report sufficient cable to allow him f reedom of movement around the entire primary operating area.
movement,    the  display / indicator verify system response to the actions taken), and what that response indication is or must be before subsequent action can take place.
: Finally, the operators were instructed to call
from the DCRDR Coordinator,         all cameras,     video At a signal simulator   were started.       One camera was recorders    and  the devoted   to the   unit   operator and followed his activities.
: out, during the event simulation, the actions they were
desk operator and Another   camera was devoted to the center followed his activities.         Occasionally, camera assignment was switched between the two to facilitate coverage.             When this was it was coordinated by the camera operators.               A third
: taking, the direction of the action's
.done, camera was positioned to encompass the entire primary operating area. The cameras were operated by HFSs, technical assistants under the direction of HFSs, or the DCRDR Coordinator's assistant under the direction of an HFS.
: movement, the display / indicator to which they referred (to verify system response to the actions taken), and what that response indication is or must be before subsequent action can take place.
The role of the SME narratot was assumed by the SCRE, an SRO licenced individual provided by LaSalle County station. This individual had nine years of nuclear experience, six of which were in operations.       He has held his license for one year.
At a signal from the DCRDR Coordinator, all cameras, video recorders and the simulator were started.
During the validation event, he conveyed what was transpiring, what the operators should be attempting and why, and what the operators should be anticipating. The members of the review team did not of f er ~any assistance during the event scenarios.
One camera was devoted to the unit operator and followed his activities.
When, in the opinion of the DCRDR Coordinator, the crew had the   simulated   event,   the event   and successfully    mitigated recordings were terminated. At the conclusion of each event, the equipment operators recorded the tape counter readings, the event recorded, the date and time, and any unusual circum-stances surrounding the event.
Another camera was devoted to the center desk operator and followed his activities.
Occasionally, camera assignment was When this was switched between the two to facilitate coverage.
.done, it was coordinated by the camera operators.
A third camera was positioned to encompass the entire primary operating area.
The cameras were operated by HFSs, technical assistants under the direction of
: HFSs, or the DCRDR Coordinator's assistant under the direction of an HFS.
The role of the SME narratot was assumed by the SCRE, an SRO licenced individual provided by LaSalle County station.
This individual had nine years of nuclear experience, six of which were in operations.
He has held his license for one year.
During the validation event, he conveyed what was transpiring, what the operators should be attempting and why, and what the operators should be anticipating.
The members of the review team did not of f er ~any assistance during the event scenarios.
When, in the opinion of the DCRDR Coordinator, the crew had successfully mitigated the simulated
: event, the event and recordings were terminated.
At the conclusion of each event, the equipment operators recorded the tape counter readings, the event recorded, the date and time, and any unusual circum-stances surrounding the event.
6-41
6-41


            -            . .= .-        .__      -    .                  ..      - --
h_
h_
..=.-
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Repor.t i
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Repor.t i
The above process was followed for each of the events presented earlier in this summary.
The above process was followed for each of the events presented To the extent possible, the personnel earlier in this summary.
To the extent possible, the personnel assigned to assist the review team with the validation                   were The two given. dif ferent roles to play for different events.
assigned to assist the review team with the validation were given. dif ferent roles to play for different events.
reactor operators who assisted the validation had seven                   and which, six   and   nine   of nine years of      nuclear    experience, They held their RO respectively, were in nuclear operations.                       Foreman who The    Shift
The two reactor operators who assisted the validation had seven and nine years of nuclear experience, six and nine of
  ' licenses for four and eight years.                                   exper-assisted the validation had fifteen years of nuclear He held his SRO ience, ten of which had been in operations.
: which, respectively, were in nuclear operations.
license for four years.
They held their RO
6.6.2.5'   Data Recording and Analysis The video tapes generated in the LaSalle County validation                 this simulation serve as the primary means of documentation for review, and are available             for phase of the LaSalle County review. . Shortly after the even' simulation was coriple ted , an and   analyze    the    data and  SME met     to   jointly- review HFS                                                                  LaSalle Copies  of  the     applicable collected on   the   tapes.
' licenses for four and eight years.
County normal, abnormal and emergency procedures were available.
The Shift Foreman who assisted the validation had fifteen years of nuclear exper-ience, ten of which had been in operations.
The review and analysis were and referenced during the review.
He held his SRO license for four years.
basis, with the HFS attending to performed on an event-by-event                               the    control compared      to the   operators' performance as board / control room design utilizing the criteria identified DCRDR -Program and specified in the Commonwealth Edison Generic Plan.
6.6.2.5' Data Recording and Analysis The video tapes generated in the LaSalle County validation this simulation serve as the primary means of documentation for phase of the LaSalle County
: review, and are available for review..
Shortly after the even' simulation was coriple ted, an HFS and SME met to jointly-review and analyze the data collected on the tapes.
Copies of the applicable LaSalle County normal, abnormal and emergency procedures were available.
The review and analysis were and referenced during the review.basis, with the HFS attending to performed on an event-by-event the operators' performance as compared to the control criteria identified and board / control room design utilizing the specified in the Commonwealth Edison Generic DCRDR -Program Plan.
The tapes were reviewed on as close to a procedural the HFS stopping the tapes step-by-step basis as possible with
The tapes were reviewed on as close to a procedural the HFS stopping the tapes step-by-step basis as possible with
      .as necessary to question the SME and obtain clarification on 1
.as necessary to question the SME and obtain clarification on 1
l I                                         GM2
I GM2


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report in the opinion of the E the operator actions observed. When, HFS, an ' instance was observed in which equipment availability, suitability or location could be enhanced, or in which operator                i uncertainty due to procedural ambiguity could be minimized, a documented     on   a   validation   review l suitable    ~ comment    was worksheet (VRW).
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report E
The comment would contain the tape number,           l counter reading, event title, procedure number and step, and a This process continued
the operator actions observed.
  . description of the observed problem.
: When, in the opinion of the observed in which equipment availability, HFS, an ' instance was or in which operator suitability or location could be enhanced, uncertainty due to procedural ambiguity could be minimized, a suitable
until each simulated event had been reviewed and analyzed.
~ comment was documented on a
the validation Subsequent ~ to     the   validation data analysic, compared to existing observation     comments on the VRW were If an HED concerning the observed problem control room HEDs.
validation review worksheet (VRW).
had been previously written, its number was written in the recording each comments' HED space provided on the VRW for number. If the observation represented a new discrepancy, an HED was ' generated and its number placed in the appropriate column on the VRW.
The comment would contain the tape number, counter reading, event title, procedure number and step, and a
  -6.6.3   Results From the analyses
. description of the observed problem.
    ' Eleven events were simulated and evaluated.                         found twenty-four       HEDs were   generated   that were performed, solely during the validation.           If an HED that was discovered and documented as a result of another review phase was also observed during the validation, a comment was added to the existing HED that it was also observed during the validation.
This process continued until each simulated event had been reviewed and analyzed.
Copies of the In these cases, a duplicate HED was not written.
Subsequent ~ to the validation data
in Volume 2 and HEDs written from the validation are contained are kept on file at Commonwealth Edison.
: analysic, the validation observation comments on the VRW were compared to existing control room HEDs.
6.7   Control Room Survey This survey considered the extent to which equipment and the environment in the control room are designed to accommodate 6-43
If an HED concerning the observed problem had been previously written, its number was written in the space provided on the VRW for recording each comments' HED number.
If the observation represented a new discrepancy, an HED was ' generated and its number placed in the appropriate column on the VRW.
-6.6.3 Results
' Eleven events were simulated and evaluated.
From the analyses performed, twenty-four HEDs were generated that were found solely during the validation.
If an HED that was discovered and documented as a result of another review phase was also observed during the validation, a comment was added to the existing HED that it was also observed during the validation.
written.
Copies of the In these cases, a duplicate HED was not in Volume 2 and HEDs written from the validation are contained are kept on file at Commonwealth Edison.
6.7 Control Room Survey This survey considered the extent to which equipment and the environment in the control room are designed to accommodate 6-43


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report such     as   physical         size     and basic    human    characteristics p'erceptual-motor capabi.tities.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report basic human characteristics such as physical size and p'erceptual-motor capabi.tities.
Human Factors Specialists, in concert with experienced Common-knowledgeable     of   plant   systems and wealth    Edison personnel and     equipment,     and       operations control    room    instruments personnel, observed and measured control room featurea.
Human Factors Specialists, in concert with experienced Common-wealth Edison personnel knowledgeable of plant systems and control room instruments and equipment, and operations personnel, observed and measured control room featurea.
and   other   equipment       items     were Instrumentation,      controls engineering     acceptability       as     components examined    for  human without reference to their specific uses in task performance.
Instrumentation, controls and other equipment items were examined for human engineering acceptability as components without reference to their specific uses in task performance.
Discrepancies were based on design incompatibility with human perceptual,     motor,     psychological or size characteristics.
Discrepancies were based on design incompatibility with human perceptual,
Examples included controls too closely spaced for easy manipu-lation, meters with markings too small to be distinguishable at displays     too   high   to     be   read.
: motor, psychological or size characteristics.
a  practical    distance,    and Environmenta.1 conditions were surveyed independently.
Examples included controls too closely spaced for easy manipu-lation, meters with markings too small to be distinguishable at a
included principles or         explanatory statements The guidelines followed by specific categorical or numeric statements. The procedure was to observe or measure, as required, and check statement.
practical
compliance with each categorical or numerical The review team members conducting the checklist survey placed in   the   "Yes"   box     to   indicate their   initials   and the date in   the   "No"       box   to compliance, or placed          their    initials indicate noncompliance.       "Yes" was checked only if there was of the item was total compliance (i.e., only if every instance fully consistent with the provisions of the checklist).
: distance, and displays too high to be read.
If instance of noncompliance,           the   "No"       box was there was any made   as   to   where   noncompliance checked    and  a    reference occurred. A CR HED form (Appendix A) was filled out for each non-compliant item and a photograph of at least one instance of each. type of discrepancy was taken.
Environmenta.1 conditions were surveyed independently.
6-44                         __
The guidelines included principles or explanatory statements followed by specific categorical or numeric statements.
The procedure was to observe or measure, as required, and check statement.
compliance with each categorical or numerical The review team members conducting the checklist survey placed their initials and the date in the "Yes" box to indicate compliance, or placed their initials in the "No" box to indicate noncompliance.
"Yes" was checked only if there was of the item was total compliance (i.e.,
only if every instance fully consistent with the provisions of the checklist).
If there was any instance of noncompliance, the "No" box was checked and a
reference made as to where noncompliance occurred.
A CR HED form (Appendix A) was filled out for each non-compliant item and a photograph of at least one instance of each. type of discrepancy was taken.
6-44


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.7.1   Human Factors Engineering Checklist for the nine Human Factors Engineering guidelines were applied topic areas listed below:
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.7.1 Human Factors Engineering Checklist for the nine Engineering guidelines were applied Human Factors topic areas listed below:
1.
1.
Control Room Workspace addressed the- general layout, availt' ility and accessibility of operating equipment and materials; the anthropometric suitability of work-stations;       coordination and     separation in multi-unit rooms;   availability     and accessibility of control emergency equipment; and enviro.nmental factors.
Control Room Workspace addressed the-general layout, availt' ility and accessibility of operating equipment the anthropometric suitability of work-and materials; stations; coordination and separation in multi-unit control rooms; availability and accessibility of emergency equipment; and enviro.nmental factors.
Compliance with most of the workspace guidelines was determined by inspection. Certain sets of guidelines required simple measurements,. including measurements and of   distance,       heigh't and span; viewing angles; In addition,     assessment of climate
Compliance with most of the workspace guidelines was determined by inspection.
'                    reach radius.
Certain sets of guidelines required simple measurements,. including measurements of
'                    control, lighting adequacy and the auditory environ-ment required more specialized measurements or tests of temperature, humidity and air flow; luminance and reflectance; noise and reverberation; and audibility of speech and signals.             These measures are explained in section 6.7.2.
: distance, heigh't and span; viewing angles; and reach radius.
In
: addition, assessment of climate
: control, lighting adequacy and the auditory environ-ment required more specialized measurements or tests of temperature, humidity and air flow; luminance and reflectance; noise and reverberation; and audibility of speech and signals.
These measures are explained in section 6.7.2.
2.
2.
Panel - Design Section addressed allocation of controls areas;      grouping of and displays to preferred panel 1
Panel - Design Section addressed allocation of controls and displays to preferred panel areas; grouping of cor.crols and displays; spacing, demarcation and color 1
cor.crols and displays; spacing, demarcation and color recognizability       of     individual shading        to  enhance components and of groupings; ordering of components within groupings; layout consistency within and among panels; and strings, clusters, or matrices of similar
shading to enhance recognizability of individual components and of groupings; ordering of components within groupings; layout consistency within and among panels; and strings, clusters, or matrices of similar components.
'                      components.
E 6-45
E 6-45


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 3.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 3.
Annunciator Warning System Section addressed overall concerns such as . alarm parameter selection and set and    prioritization;        and points,     first-out         alarms design features of the auditory alert, visual alarm It was necessary to and operator response subsystem.
Annunciator Warning System Section addressed overall concerns such as. alarm parameter selection and set
assess the annunciator system on both a general or control    room-wide basis and a panel-by-panel basis.
: points, first-out alarms and prioritization; and design features of the auditory alert, visual alarm and operator response subsystem.
Guidelines concerning such design features as auditory alert signal intensity, automatic reset after silence, were applied labeling of visual alarm tiles,                             etc.,
It was necessary to assess the annunciator system on both a general or panel-by-panel basis.
equally throughout the control room.
control room-wide basis and a Guidelines concerning such design features as auditory alert signal intensity, automatic reset after silence, labeling of visual alarm tiles, etc.,
Compliance with many of the guidelines was determined by inspection, review of annunciator system specifica-                         The tions and questions asked of operating personnel.
were applied equally throughout the control room.
annunciator system was tested so that its performance Assessment  of could     be observed.
Compliance with many of the guidelines was determined review of annunciator system specifica-by inspection, The tions and questions asked of operating personnel.
characteristics                                      discriminability          and auditory       signal       audibility, localizability were based on perfcrmance tests with there was any uncertainty sound measurements where (Section 6.7.2).
annunciator system was tested so that its performance characteristics could be observed.
Communications Section addressed auditory communica-4.
Assessment of auditory signal audibility, discriminability and localizability were based on perfcrmance tests with sound measurements where there was any uncertainty (Section 6.7.2).
Communica-tions equipment used in the control room.
4.
which   was   treated tions   is     a   specialized              topic on-   a       control   room-wide relatively      independently, basis.
Communications Section addressed auditory communica-tions equipment used in the control room.
Communica-specialized topic which was treated tions is a
relatively independently, on-a control room-wide basis.
Individual workstations were considered only incidentally.
Individual workstations were considered only incidentally.
: 5.       Process Computer Section addressed software security (dialogue / command           language, and    characteristics prompting, structuring); procedures and other aids to computer use; keyboard arrangement, function controls 1
5.
j 6-46
Process Computer Section addressed software security and characteristics (dialogue / command
: language, prompting, structuring); procedures and other aids to computer use; keyboard arrangement, function controls 1
6-46 j


l J
J LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report and other controls: computer response time; and design characteristics of displays and printers / printer messages.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report               ,      ,
The guidelines addressed generic qualities in a manner that did not require knowledge of specific uses.
and other controls: computer response time; and design characteristics of displays and printers / printer messages. The guidelines addressed generic qualities in a manner that did not require knowledge of specific guidelines              was                              -
Compliance with most of the guidelines was determined by inspection in the control room and review of software and hardware specifications.
uses. Compliance with most         of   the inspection     in   the   control       room         and determined    by review of software and hardware specifications. It was necessary to question control room operators or supervisors to make determinations about some of the criteria.
It was necessary to question control room operators or supervisors to make determinations about some of the criteria.
'          Measurements were necessary to assess response times, keyboard   key   dimensions     and   separation and certain including     character         size           and readability    factors angle,-     luminance           contrast, separation      viewing geometric distortion and resolution of CRT displays.
Measurements were necessary to assess response times, keyboard key dimensions and separation and certain readability factors including character size and separation viewing angle,-
selection, Controls Section addressed principles of 6.
luminance
and     specifications                   for protection    and    designs controls.     The   guidelines             were different    types    of applied on a control room-wide basis and called for dimensions,         spacing               and measurements      of  control of   displacement         of         key-resistance.      Measurement operated controls was also included.               Dimensions and were     checked on the           panels       themselves.
: contrast, geometric distortion and resolution of CRT displays.
spacing with        different Resistance measurements were made devices depending on the type of control.
6.
principles        of      displays
Controls Section addressed principles of selection, protection and designs and specifications for different types of controls.
: 7.   . Displays Section     addressed including   information to be displayed, usability of displayed values, readability, printing, markings and given      as    to    design coding. Guidelines     were   also of      displays characteristics of particular types including meters, light indicators, graphic recorders 6-47                                 -  - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
The guidelines were applied on a control room-wide basis and called for measurements of control dimensions, spacing and resistance.
Measurement of displacement of key-operated controls was also included.
Dimensions and spacing were checked on the panels themselves.
Resistance measurements were made with different devices depending on the type of control.
7.
. Displays Section addressed principles of displays including information to be displayed, usability of displayed values, readability, printing, markings and coding.
Guidelines were also given as to design characteristics of particular types of displays including meters, light indicators, graphic recorders 6-47


l .-
l.-
LaSalle County Station
LaSalle County Station
    ~ Final Summary Report and counters.
~ Final Summary Report and counters.
Each display was checked for confor-After every mance tc       the applicable . guidelines.
Each display was checked for confor-mance tc the applicable. guidelines.
displsy had been checked, they were considered from a system perspective to assure appropriate consistenvy in labels, markings and coding.
After every displsy had been checked, they were considered from a system perspective to assure appropriate consistenvy in labels, markings and coding.
8 '.
8 '.
Labels and Location Aids _ Section addressed labeling, lettering;   use of   temporary location,    content  and labels; and use of location aids such as demarcation, color and mimics. Each label was checked for accuracy A system / panel-and    conformance to guidelines.                  labeling oriented check was used to examine the hierarchy and consistency of terms and abbreviations used to refer to system components.
Labels and Location Aids _ Section addressed labeling,
: location, content and lettering; use of temporary labels; and use of location aids such as demarcation, Each label was checked for accuracy color and mimics.
and conformance to guidelines.
A system / panel-oriented check was used to examine the labeling hierarchy and consistency of terms and abbreviations used to refer to system components.
Labeling and color coding was considered from a total control room perspective to assure consistency.
Labeling and color coding was considered from a total control room perspective to assure consistency.
9.
9.
control-Display Integration Section addressed relative positioning of single control and display pairs and multiple controls and displays; function and sequence-of-use relationships; movement relationship and other controls   and   displays of  compatibility  of aspects which are used together. The control-display integra-tion survey was conducted panel-by-panel.
control-Display Integration Section addressed relative positioning of single control and display pairs and function and sequence-multiple controls and displays; of-use relationships; movement relationship and other aspects of compatibility of controls and displays which are used together.
6.7.2   Environmental Measurement Pro _cedures 6.7.2.1     Sound Survey Procedures Using a control room layout drawing, locations were selected   Measure-
The control-display integra-tion survey was conducted panel-by-panel.
        -and marked where sound measurements were to be taken.
Environmental Measurement Pro _cedures 6.7.2 6.7.2.1 Sound Survey Procedures Using a control room layout drawing, locations were selected Measure-
ments were taken at each operator position that requiredsignal. verbal a
-and marked where sound measurements were to be taken.
and/or auditory discrimination of communication 6-48
ments were taken at each operator position that required verbal communication and/or auditory discrimination of a
signal.
6-48


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report the center of the Measurements were made with the microphone at The microphone was located 5 ft. above the head location.                  the operator stands and 4 ft. above floor at positions _ where           Measurement positions included:
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report the center of the Measurements were made with the microphone at head location.
The microphone was located 5 ft.
above the the operator stands and 4 ft. above floor at positions _ where Measurement positions included:
the floor at seated positions.
the floor at seated positions.
e      Senior reactor operator's desk e     Reactor operator's desk the center of e     Operator workstation or points near each panel or console                             the e     Back panel areas requiring communication with primary operating area at grazing having an   essentially flat response Microphones                                    microphone   was -placed-were  used. The incidence    (90")                                          sensitive the   measurement location with the vertically    at element up.
Senior reactor operator's desk e
noise levels (where ambient These measurements were for ambient                   noise without the noise is defined as background control       room communications equipment).
Reactor operator's desk the center of e
contribution of alarms, printers or Integrated "A" weighted db(A) measurements were taken for all of the above positions. Octave measurements were also taken center frequencies from about 31.5 Hz to about and included Measure 3nents were recorded on the Sound Survey Record 8000 Hz.
near Operator workstation or points e
(Appendix A) that specifies both location and direction.
each panel or console the requiring communication with e
A second set    of measurements was taken for the annunciators a alarms using equipment and personnel from the CECO Operations and - Analysis. Department (OAD).
Back panel areas primary operating area essentially flat response at grazing Microphones having an incidence (90")
These were taken at the seated head level       for the unit desk for each unit and at the cen A real-time integrating spectrum analyzer was useu co desk.
were used.
obtain the sound levels corresponding to one-third and full ith frequencies, octave bans e ao                               __
The microphone was
-placed-vertically at the measurement location with the sensitive element up.
noise levels (where ambient These measurements were for ambient noise without the noise is defined as background control room communications equipment).
contribution of alarms, printers or Integrated "A" weighted db(A) measurements were taken for all of the above positions.
Octave measurements were also taken center frequencies from about 31.5 Hz to about and included Measure 3nents were recorded on the Sound Survey Record 8000 Hz.
that specifies both location and direction.
(Appendix A) of measurements was taken for the annunciators a A second set alarms using equipment and personnel from the CECO Operations and - Analysis. Department (OAD).
These were taken at the seated head level for the unit desk for each unit and at the cen desk.
A real-time integrating spectrum analyzer was useu co obtain the sound levels corresponding to one-third and full ith frequencies, octave bans e ao


c LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report each  location  previously A set of     tests   was performed   at described. First, the control room ambient sound levels were measured. The measurements were taken while each annunciator, Finally a corresponding to the unit location, was activated.
c LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report A set of tests was performed at each location previously described.
measurement was taken while all annunciators were activated simultaneously.
First, the control room ambient sound levels were measured.
The following Section 6 checklist items were analyzed using the sound level measurements:
The measurements were taken while each annunciator, corresponding to the unit location, was activated.
e    Ambient Noise (6.1.5.5) e     Communications (6.2.2.3, 6.2.2.5, 6.2.2.6) e     Annunciator (6.3.2.1) e      Computers (6.7.3.2) 6.7.2.2   Lighting Survey Procedures Using a control room layout drawing, locations were selected to be taken and marked where the illumination measurements were Readings were taken: in for normal and emergency lighting.                           in the front of each front panel; at operator workstations control room; and in front of each back panel.
Finally a measurement was taken while all annunciators were activated simultaneously.
items were analyzed using the The following Section 6 checklist sound level measurements:
Ambient Noise (6.1.5.5) e Communications (6.2.2.3, 6.2.2.5, 6.2.2.6) e e
Annunciator (6.3.2.1)
Computers (6.7.3.2) e 6.7.2.2 Lighting Survey Procedures Using a control room layout drawing, locations were selected to be taken and marked where the illumination measurements were for normal and emergency lighting.
Readings were taken:
in front of each front panel; at operator workstations in the control room; and in front of each back panel.
At each position, the following were measured:
At each position, the following were measured:
e    Full AC ambient e     Full DC emergency For determining the variance in illumination levels across the boards under normal lighting, measures were taken at 1-foot       so intervals  horizontally, intervals vertically,     and 2-foot
Full AC ambient e
    -that a matrix of the levels across the boards was developed.
Full DC emergency e
For determining the variance in illumination levels across the boards under normal lighting, measures were taken at 1-foot intervals vertically, and 2-foot intervals horizontally, so
-that a matrix of the levels across the boards was developed.
Readings were recorded on the Lighting Survey - Illuminance Record Form (Appendix A).
Readings were recorded on the Lighting Survey - Illuminance Record Form (Appendix A).


Final Summary Report                                               LaSalle County Station The determination of         the                 luminance and     reflectance   ratios, followed these procedures:
Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station The determination of the luminance and reflectance
e    The object was covered with a " perfect reflector" pad, with care taken not to block light.
: ratios, followed these procedures:
e   The luminance reading on the pad was taken and recorded.-
The object was covered with a " perfect reflector" e
e   The reflector pad was removad.
pad, with care taken not to block light.
e   The' luminance reading of                           the   object was then taken and recorded.
e The luminance reading on the pad was taken and recorded.-
e The reflector pad was removad.
e The' luminance reading of the object was then taken and recorded.
At each panel, measurements were taken of:
At each panel, measurements were taken of:
e   Reflectance of pad on panel e   Panel       background                     (where   reflectance   pad   was placed) e    Meter faces (with and without glare) e   other display faces (with and without glare) e   Lights Readings were recorded on the Lighting Survey Luminance and Reflectance Record (Appendix A).
e Reflectance of pad on panel e
6.7.2.3   Humidity / Temperature Procedures Humidity and temperature were measured by setting up meters in an area where they were not disturbed.                             The locations of the meters were marked on a control room layout drawing.                               Readings were taken at floor level and at 6 ft. above floor level for at
Panel background (where reflectance pad was placed)
        +    least a 24-hour period.                         The graph of the recording for the period was kept.as a permanent record.
Meter faces (with and without glare) e other display faces (with and without glare) e e
6-51 r -       - -
Lights Readings were recorded on the Lighting Survey Luminance and Reflectance Record (Appendix A).
: y.   ._
6.7.2.3 Humidity / Temperature Procedures Humidity and temperature were measured by setting up meters in an area where they were not disturbed.
The locations of the meters were marked on a control room layout drawing.
Readings were taken at floor level and at 6 ft. above floor level for at least a 24-hour period.
The graph of the recording for the
+
period was kept.as a permanent record.
6-51 r -
 
y.
7_
7_
w l
w
  ,e LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.7.2.4   Air Velocity Survey Procedures Using: a ' control ~ room layoutf ! drawing, locations were selected             Measure-and' marked where air velocity readings were taken.
,e LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.7.2.4 Air Velocity Survey Procedures Using: a ' control ~
Measure-ments were taken at principal ~ operator workstations.                           standing
layout ! drawing, locations were selected room f
          .ments 'were   taken   at   an   elevation                 of   6 ft. .for for sitting positions.                     Measurements positions,   and at 4 ft.
and' marked where air velocity readings were taken.
were recorded on the Air Velocity Survey Record (Appendix A).
Measure-ments were taken at principal ~ operator workstations.
Measure-
.ments 'were taken at an elevation of 6
ft..for standing and at 4 ft.
for sitting positions.
Measurements positions, were recorded on the Air Velocity Survey Record (Appendix A).
1 g
1 g
E t
E t
i.;.
i.;.
O s
O s
(                           ,
(
5 1
5 1
1
1
                                                                                      \
\\
      ,                                                                          i f.
i f.
6-52
6-52


V LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 5
V LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 5
7.0   HED ASSESSMENT The assessment- of HEDs for, impact on plant safety and oper-ability was accomplished by the HED Assessment Team (HEDAT).
7.0 HED ASSESSMENT The assessment-of HEDs for, impact on plant safety and oper-ability was accomplished by the HED Assessment Team (HEDAT).
At-a minimum, the HEDAT consisted of the Lead                 Human Factors the DCRDR Coordinator, the I&C Engineers, Specialist (LHFS),                                          (SNED)    Station Engineeri[ig . Department Station Nuclear and the Station Assistant
At-a minimum, the HEDAT consisted of the Lead Human Factors Specialist (LHFS),
    'the Engineer   or     designate, Project                                                          Each member their designate.
the DCRDR Coordinator, the I&C Engineers, Engineeri[ig. Department (SNED)
Superintendent for Operaticns or meets or exceeds the minimum requirements committed _to in the
Station
( Appendix 'C   provides a list of all DCRDR CECO Program Plan.                                                          and and  their   qualifications.) The team met The participants the   DCRDR   process.
'the Station Nuclear Project Engineer or designate, and the Station Assistant their designate.
the  HEDs    generated    in reviewed                                        in regards to the relative objective was to categorize each HED importance as it. pertbins to safe and productive                   operation classified   into of Based on team consensus, HEDs were the plant.                                                      the ' level of one of three categories (I, II or III) based question. on             Three of   the   equipment     in safety    relatedness categories were identified as follows:
Each member Superintendent for Operaticns or meets or exceeds the minimum requirements committed _to in the CECO Program Plan.
engineered    safe-
( Appendix 'C provides a list of all DCRDR and their qualifications.)
      . Category I:
The team met and participants The reviewed the HEDs generated in the DCRDR process.
Discrepancies associated' with guard systems or engineered safety features Category II:
in regards to the relative objective was to categorize each HED importance as it. pertbins to safe and productive operation of classified into HEDs were Based on team consensus, the ' level of the plant.
Discrepancies associated with plant systems not included in Category I Category III:
one of three categories (I, II or III) based on safety relatedness of the equipment in question.
Discrepancies falling in neither Category I or II 7-1
Three categories were identified as follows:
. Category I:
Discrepancies associated' with engineered safe-guard systems or engineered safety features Category II:
Discrepancies associated with plant systems not included in Category I Discrepancies falling in neither Category I or II Category III:
7-1


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Second, the HEDAT reviewed each HED to determine at what level of severity.each HED should be assigned within the categories, based on the following criteria:
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Second, the HEDAT reviewed each HED to determine at what level of severity.each HED should be assigned within the categories, based on the following criteria:
A). Includes HEDs with documented errors, documented control-based problems or, in the judgement of the HEDAT, may have a significant impact on plant safety and/or productivity.
A). Includes HEDs with documented errors, documented control-based problems or, in the judgement of the HEDAT, may have a significant impact on plant safety and/or productivity.
B)   Includes HEDs which may have a moderate -influence on plant "C"   category   HEDs that   have been performance- and    any documented in' more than one phase of the DCRDR (conse-but not significantly, the quences may' delay or impact, efficient operation of the plant).
B)
c)   Includes HEDs with a relatively minimal impact on plant performance (consequence of human error will not lead to degraded plant safety system).
Includes HEDs which may have a moderate -influence on plant performance-and any "C"
Level assignment-was the determining factor in the recommenda-tion to correct HEDs. The HEDs in level A should be corrected because they have been documented to have caused errors and/or The HEDs in level B or C may performance problems in the past.
category HEDs that have been documented in' more than one phase of the DCRDR (conse-quences may' delay or
or may not be corrected, depending on their relative opera-tional significance.       While it is desirable from sound human engineering practices to rectify every discrepancy discerned, it is recognized that the . potential
: impact, but not significantly, the efficient operation of the plant).
* benefit to be gained may not offset the expected short- and long-term considerations entailed, particularly in light of the fact that these HEDs potential   for   impact   on operating have    merely  a  moderate performance and/or plant safety.
c)
The ultimate responsibility for addressing tne HEDs discovered in the DCRDR process rested with the Station Operations and The DCRDRs  Review Station   Nuclear ' Engineering Departments.
Includes HEDs with a relatively minimal impact on plant performance (consequence of human error will not lead to degraded plant safety system).
Team performed the review, documented the results and made recommendations to the aforementioned responsible departments.
Level assignment-was the determining factor in the recommenda-tion to correct HEDs.
The HEDs in level A should be corrected because they have been documented to have caused errors and/or The HEDs in level B or C may performance problems in the past.
or may not be corrected, depending on their relative opera-tional significance.
While it is desirable from sound human engineering practices to rectify every discrepancy discerned, it is recognized that the. potential
* benefit to be gained may not offset the expected short-and long-term considerations entailed, particularly in light of the fact that these HEDs have merely a
moderate potential for impact on operating performance and/or plant safety.
The ultimate responsibility for addressing tne HEDs discovered in the DCRDR process rested with the Station Operations and Station Nuclear ' Engineering Departments.
The DCRDRs Review Team performed the
: review, documented the results and made recommendations to the aforementioned responsible departments.
7-2
=-
=-
7-2


                                    ._ .        ~ . .                        .  . .            - -. .
~..
LaSalle County Station
LaSalle County Station
  . Final. Summary Report Station Operations            and Responsible       representatives from- the                             the LHFS,       the Station Nuclear Engineering Departments met' with
. Final. Summary Report Responsible representatives from-the Station Operations and the LHFS, the Station Nuclear Engineering Departments met' with
:I&C Engineer and - DCRDR Coordinator to review the assessed HEDs During these meetings, the LHFS land : decide which to correct.                               ensure .that the HED's and .the DCRDR Coor6inator worked to given proper weight in potential- for       negative impact was benefit     of   the     recommended comparison        to    the    overall differentiated correction.         Those HEDs to be corrected were be corrected.               The LHFS and the DCRDR from those :not          to Station Operations the     assistance         of the Coordinator,        with Department and/or the Station Nuclear Engineering Department, have written a justification for those HEDs which warrant no The justifications are recorded in Volume 2.
:I&C Engineer and - DCRDR Coordinator to review the assessed HEDs land : decide which to correct.
During these meetings, the LHFS and.the DCRDR Coor6inator worked to ensure.that the HED's potential-for negative impact was given proper weight in comparison to the overall benefit of the recommended differentiated correction.
Those HEDs to be corrected were from those :not to be corrected.
The LHFS and the DCRDR Coordinator, with the assistance of the Station Operations Department and/or the Station Nuclear Engineering Department, justification for those HEDs which warrant no have written a The justifications are recorded in Volume 2.
further action.
further action.
The HEDs from.all phases of the DCRDR were reviewed in sequence                         HEDs according to the Ceco checklist guideline , organization.
The HEDs from.all phases of the DCRDR were reviewed in sequence HEDs checklist guideline, organization.
assessment       (PDA)     were the ' preliminary              design relating      to evaluated first.
according to the Ceco relating to the ' preliminary design assessment (PDA) were evaluated first.
Differences from Program Plan The assessment process exercised for the LaSalle DCRDR. differed                     Edison
Differences from Program Plan The assessment process exercised for the LaSalle DCRDR. differed
      -from   the methodology           identified in the Commonwealth Program Plan. These differences described herein were                             a direct of several conduct result of the experience gained in the the  overall        review DCRDRs and were         designed       to       facilitate
-from the methodology identified in the Commonwealth Edison These differences described herein were a direct Program Plan.
result of the experience gained in the conduct of several DCRDRs and were designed to facilitate the overall review The integrity of the assessment process was
+
+
integrity        of        the  assessment process was process.       The maintained and each HED was _ evaluated to determine the extent to which the HED af fects the potential for operating crew error and its potential impact on safety.
process.
reviewed and evaluated During theLAssessment, each HEDAT member                                      operational influencing each    'HED     on     several       . factors performance.      T ae swicch to a consensus format facilitated the the impact each HED may have on practical understanding of                                                          unique performance.          Each         member   contributed         a operator.
and each HED was _ evaluated to determine the extent maintained to which the HED af fects the potential for operating crew error and its potential impact on safety.
reviewed and evaluated each HEDAT member During theLAssessment, each
'HED on several
. factors influencing operational T ae swicch to a consensus format facilitated the performance.
practical understanding of the impact each HED may have on Each member contributed a
unique operator.
performance.
7-3
7-3


_                                        ...~
...~
_LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report perception to the HED which helped shape- the opinion of the group. In this process, each member had equal opportunity to influence the final decision on every HED. This switch also Pre-Assessment   form   originally negated            the        need        for    the that  the  human  factors discussed in the program plan in component was well represented in the HEDAT.
_LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report perception to the HED which helped shape-the opinion of the group.
A further change to the program plan involved a switch from a four-tier rating to a three-tier rating. This was accomplished in the program plan to by collapsing Level A and B as described Level A, with the remaining levels moving up a notch.
In this process, each member had equal opportunity to influence the final decision on every HED.
1 7-4                                     .
This switch also negated the need for the Pre-Assessment form originally discussed in the program plan in that the human factors component was well represented in the HEDAT.
A further change to the program plan involved a switch from a four-tier rating to a three-tier rating.
This was accomplished in the program plan to by collapsing Level A and B as described Level A, with the remaining levels moving up a notch.
1 7-4


,      ev LaSalle County Station Final Summa'ry: Report 4
ev LaSalle County Station Final Summa'ry: Report 4
.f 8.0   HED IMPLEMENTATION t
.f 8.0 HED IMPLEMENTATION t
8.1     General _
8.1 General _
r
r
            -In . conjunction with the assessments, the HEDAT reviewed the selected recommendations suggested corrective actionsNo and/or   accepted recommendation will be for the appropriate HEDs.
-In. conjunction with the assessments, the HEDAT reviewed the suggested corrective actions and/or selected recommendations for the appropriate HEDs.
E implemented until the Commonwealthcomments.        Edison Company       (CECd) has concerning it, and received the NRC's reactions following the submittal of each station's DCRDR                 final report.
No accepted recommendation will be implemented until the Commonwealth Edison Company (CECd) has received the NRC's reactions and comments. concerning it, E
regarding    HED      l from  the    NRC l
following the submittal of each station's DCRDR final report.
              .Upon . receiving       confirmation resolve  the- HED   corrective    actions I               resolutions, CECO will accordingly.
.Upon
. receiving confirmation from the NRC regarding HED l
l I
resolutions, CECO will resolve the-HED corrective actions accordingly.
the 1)
the 1)
The HEDs to be corrected will be ordered according 'to
The HEDs to be corrected will be ordered according 'to priorities set forth in the-Implementation Schedule except
{                      priorities set forth in the- Implementation Schedule except associated - with- enhance-where noted (Figure 8.1). HEDs                   corrected by the procedures may    be
{
                      'ments,   labeling   or                                             of regardless
associated - with-enhance-where noted (Figure 8.1).
;                                              first refueling outage completion of-'the category.
HEDs
'ments, labeling or procedures may be corrected by the completion of-'the first refueling outage regardless of category.
[
2 )-
2 )-
Equipment necessary to correct HEDs for Prompt and - Near-
Equipment necessary to correct HEDs for Prompt and - Near-an HFS has reviewed
[                                                                      an HFS has reviewed
. Term Correction will be ordered af ter to ensure that the equipment
                        . Term Correction will be ordered     af ter to ensure that the equipment
. their design-specifications
                        . their design- specifications                   fact correct the
. meets applicable ~ criteria 'and will in fact correct the (This assumes that the equipment is available discrepancy.
                        . meets applicable ~ criteria 'and will in discrepancy.
on an "off-the-shelf" basis.)
(This assumes that the equipment is available on an "off-the-shelf" basis.)
8-1
8-1


D LaSalle County Station Final' Summary Report LEVEL _
D LaSalle County Station Final' Summary Report LEVEL _
B         C A
A B
CATEGORY First     .Second**
C CATEGORY First*
First*
First
1 Second     Second First 2
.Second**
Second     Second Second 3
1 First Second Second 2
Second Second Second 3
Estimated refueling outage dates:
Estimated refueling outage dates:
Unit One         Unit Two June 1987       December 1988
Unit One Unit Two June 1987 December 1988
                *First refueling outage                                             September 1989 May 1988
*First refueling outage September 1989 May 1988
              **Second refueling outage Figure 8.1. Suggested Planned Plant Refueling Outages HED Corrective Actions Impicmentation l- . .- --
**Second refueling outage Suggested Planned Plant Refueling Outages Figure 8.1.
HED Corrective Actions Impicmentation l-


o LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report               ,
o LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report For.one-of-a-kind, "special or' der" pieces of necessary equipment, CECO will select a vendor and supply them with the pertinent design. specification criteria.
                                  "special   or' der" pieces   of   necessary For .one-of-a-kind, equipment, CECO will select a vendor and supply them with the pertinent design. specification criteria.
3)
and/or   Station     Nuclear   Engineering
Station Operations and/or Station Nuclear Engineering Departments will review the station's upcoming outage work schedules and arrange manpower and time, as necessary, to implement the corrections according to plant schedules.
: 3)    Station    Operations Departments will review the station's upcoming outage work schedules and arrange manpower and time, as necessary, to implement the corrections according to plant schedules.
4)
: 4)   The Station Operations and/or Station Nuclear Engineering Departments will deliver copies of each HED and supporting information to the DCRDR Coordinator for inclusion in the station's permanent DCRDR records file. An HFS will review and/or assist in the resolution of HEDs, as required.
The Station Operations and/or Station Nuclear Engineering Departments will deliver copies of each HED and supporting information to the DCRDR Coordinator for inclusion in the station's permanent DCRDR records file.
: 5)   Upon completion of each HED's recommended correction, the responsible department will notify the DCRDR Coordinator who, in turn, will arrange for the corrections reviewed by an HFS.
An HFS will review and/or assist in the resolution of HEDs, as required.
: 6)   An HFS will review the correction for compliance to sound principles     and verify     that   additional human  engineering discrepancies were not created. Should the correction ' not be satisfactory,_the HFS will complete a new HED form to be assessed via the procedure set forth above.
5)
scale, as   identified     in the   program   plan   for The    rating It was not supporting the assessment process, was not used.
Upon completion of each HED's recommended correction, the responsible department will notify the DCRDR Coordinator who, in turn, will arrange for the corrections reviewed by an HFS.
necessary to utilize this technique' in that a consensus was reached through discussion of each of the team members.
6)
8.2     Labeling A detailed,     coordinated labeling       standard has been designed       ,
An HFS will review the correction for compliance to sound human engineering principles and verify that additional discrepancies were not created.
(Appendix F) and will be implemented for all future labels.
Should the correction ' not form to be be satisfactory,_the HFS will complete a new HED assessed via the procedure set forth above.
The rating
: scale, as identified in the program plan for supporting the assessment process, was not used.
It was not necessary to utilize this technique' in that a consensus was reached through discussion of each of the team members.
8.2 Labeling A detailed, coordinated labeling standard has been designed (Appendix F) and will be implemented for all future labels.
8-3
8-3


LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report This labeling package has been developed, based on an _ extensive Labeling review of labeling requirements in the control room.
LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report This labeling package has been developed, based on an _ extensive review of labeling requirements in the control room.
requirements have been developed to be consistent in size and The use of labeling, as style throughout the control room.                                reduce needed,   will- reduce   the wordiness of the labeling, relationships between reading time, and enhance functional controls and displays, thereby reducing search time.
Labeling requirements have been developed to be consistent in size and style throughout the control room.
8.3- Annunciators An annunciator standard (Appendix G) has been developed and all   future legends on annunciator tiles.
The use of labeling, as
will be used for                                                    human Appropriate     plant   personnel, operations experts and closely   reviewed   the requirements factors    specialists    have placed on the plant annunciator system.
: needed, will-reduce the wordiness of the
8.4   Enhancements Several enhancement techniques may be used for implementation         be techniques will of corrective action.       These enhancement reviewed closely by plant personnel, operations experts, and         the on   this   review, factors    specialists. Based human enhancement package will be coordinated over the entire control room so as -to ensure that all enhancement techniques will be mutually    supportive    of  one consistent,     interactive,   and important to ensure     that an another. This  coordination is enhancement technique used in one area of the control room does not conflict with or degrade the effectiveness of enhancement techniques used in other areas of the control room.
: labeling, reduce reading
may .be   used based   on   the Several methods of enhancement           These methods may include:
: time, and enhance functional relationships between controls and displays, thereby reducing search time.
enhancement requirements review.
8.3-Annunciators An annunciator standard (Appendix G) has been developed and will be used for all future legends on annunciator tiles.
lines,   background color shading, color codina demarcation shape coding, re-labeling (coordinated with labeling package),
Appropriate plant personnel, operations experts and human factors specialists have closely reviewed the requirements placed on the plant annunciator system.
8.4 Enhancements Several enhancement techniques may be used for implementation of corrective action.
These enhancement techniques will be reviewed closely by plant personnel, operations experts, and human factors specialists.
Based on this
: review, the the entire control enhancement package will be coordinated over room so as -to ensure that all enhancement techniques will be consistent, interactive, and mutually supportive of one another.
This coordination is important to ensure that an enhancement technique used in one area of the control room does not conflict with or degrade the effectiveness of enhancement techniques used in other areas of the control room.
Several methods of enhancement may.be used based on the enhancement requirements review.
These methods may include:
demarcation
: lines, background color
: shading, color codina shape coding, re-labeling (coordinated with labeling package),
re-sealing (of displays, mimics) and/or other location aids and enhancements.
re-sealing (of displays, mimics) and/or other location aids and enhancements.
                                    %-_f
%- f


              -.          .                                  .          =-
=-
LaSalle County Station Final Summary-Report Any, or all, of these methods used will. be coordinated ~on a
LaSalle County Station Final Summary-Report Any, or all, of these methods used will. be coordinated ~on a
      ~ control room-wide basis, and will be implemented to conform with good human engineering principles.
~ control room-wide basis, and will be implemented to conform with good human engineering principles.
8.5  Verification of Corrective Actions Corrective. Actions being implemented will be reviewed to verify                       This their ef fectiveness f rom a human ' engineering perspective.                      methods.
Verification of Corrective Actions 8.5 Corrective. Actions being implemented will be reviewed to verify This their ef fectiveness f rom a human ' engineering perspective.
utilize   sound human engineering verification          will Verification will be performed using panel mock-ups incorpora -
verification will utilize sound human engineering methods.
consultation with operators and ting the corrective actions,                                   reviews, and possible systems experts, human factors specialist If the result of the use- of the control           room   simulator.
Verification will be performed using panel mock-ups incorpora -
result in verification determines that a corrective                     action will room operations,               then   the negative        effec +  on  control a-suggested corrective action will be altered or cancelled                           to as be appropriate.           If   a   corrective action is verified effective it may then be implemented in the control room.
ting the corrective actions, consultation with operators and reviews, and possible systems experts, human factors specialist use-of the control room simulator.
If the result of the result in verification determines that a corrective action will a-negative effec +
on control room operations, then the suggested corrective action will be altered or cancelled as appropriate.
If a
corrective action is verified to be effective it may then be implemented in the control room.
8-5
8-5


APPENDIX A Forms Control Room Human Engineering Discrepancy Record A-la/b/c/d A-2        Questionnaire Item Summary Form A-3 Personnel Survey Summary Form A-4 Index of Reviewed Reports Historical Report Review Error Analysis Problem A-5.
APPENDIX A Forms Control Room Human Engineering Discrepancy Record A-la/b/c/d Questionnaire Item Summary Form A-2 Personnel Survey Summary Form A-3 Index of Reviewed Reports A-4 Historical Report Review Error Analysis Problem A-5.
Analysis Report Control Room Review Task Development A-6 A-7      -Validation Review Worksheet A-8 Sound Survey Record A-9 Lighting Survey - Illuminance Record
Analysis Report Control Room Review Task Development A-6
      -A-10 Lighting Survey - Luminance and Reflectance Record A-11        Lighting Survey - CRT A-12 Air Velocity Survey Record
-Validation Review Worksheet A-7 Sound Survey Record A-8 Lighting Survey - Illuminance Record A-9 Lighting Survey - Luminance and Reflectance Record
      -A-13       Photographic Log A-14 Task Analysis Instrument / Control Requirement Form A-15 Task Analysis Controller Requirement Form A-16       Inventory Form A-37 Controller Inventory Form
-A-10 Lighting Survey - CRT A-11 Air Velocity Survey Record A-12
                                                                        .}}
-A-13 Photographic Log Task Analysis Instrument / Control Requirement Form A-14 Task Analysis Controller Requirement Form A-15 A-16 Inventory Form Controller Inventory Form A-37
.}}

Latest revision as of 18:36, 11 December 2024

Forwards Dcrdr Final Summary Rept.Vol 1 Summarizes How Each Phase of Review Performed & Identifies Personnel Involved. Vol 2 Includes Human Engineering Discrepancy Findings & Proposed Schedules for Corrective Actions
ML20138N500
Person / Time
Site: LaSalle  
Issue date: 10/29/1985
From: Massin H
COMMONWEALTH EDISON CO.
To: Harold Denton
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML20138N503 List:
References
0830K, 830K, NUDOCS 8511050209
Download: ML20138N500 (637)


Text

_ _ _

._~

^

/*

/

\\ Commonwealth Edison

,e

) one First NationIl Pl72a. Chic"go. Illmois

(

O 7 Address Reply to: Post Office Box 767

/ Chicago Illinois 60690 Detober 29, 1985 Mr. Harold R. Denton, Director Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Comission Washington, DC 20555

Subject:

LaSalle County Station Units 1 and 2 Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) Final Sumary Reports NRC Docket Nos. 50-373 and 50-374 References (a): License NPF-18, Attachment 2, Condition 2.

(b): Supplement 1 to NUREG-0737 dated December 17, 1982.

(c): Cordell Reed letter to H. R. Denton dated April 14, 1983.

(d): Cordell Reed letter to H. R. Denton dated August 25, 1983.

(e): Cordell Reed letter to H. R. Denton dated November 15, 1983.

l l

(f):

A. Schwencer letter to D. L. Farrar dated February 21, 1984.

(g):

J. G. Marshall letter to H. R. Denton dated April 23, 1984.

(h):

J. G. Marshall letter to H. R. Denton dated April 15, 1985.

Dear Mr. Denton:

Enclosed please find the Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR)

Final Summary Report for comonwealth Edison Company's (CECO) LaSalle County Station (Reference (a)). This report meets the Section 9, Item 2 CECO commitment in Reference (c) ano the regulatory requirements of Item 2 in 1

Reference '( f).

/

f 0D 9l ynn W@

9 t i

F i

Y

.P H. R. Denton October 29, 1985 Volume 1 of this report suanarizes how each phase of the review was performed, who was involved in the review and their respective qualifica-tions. Volume 2 of this report includes all Human Engineering Discrepancy (KD) findings, responses, and proposed schedules for implementation of the respective corrective actions. This proposed schedule, as noted in Section 3, Item 5.3 of Reference (c) is predicated upon NRC approval of CECO's disposition of each of the HEDs included in Volume 2..

Also, as noted in the same Reference (c), this schedule is subject to the availability of equip-ment, outage time availability at the applicable station, and engineering design lead time. As indicated in References (c) and (b), some problems affecting more than one emergency response activity will require an.

evaluation to assure that an integrated corrective action is taken. These activities will also affect the proposed schedule.

The schedule for completion of the corrective actions has been designated as the completion of the first refueling outage (1st R.F.) or the second refueling outage (2nd R.F.).

In accordance with this definition, the corresponding outage schedule for LaSalle is:

Unit I lst R.F.

June, 1987 2nd R.F.

December, 1988 Unit 2 1st R.F.

May, 1988 2nd R.F.

September, 1989 If you have any questions, please contact this office.

One signed original and five (5) copies of this transmittal and its attachments are included for your use. Please note that seven volumes of photographs have only been sent to Dr. A. Bournia.

Very truly yours, l

H. L. Massin Nuclear Licensing Administrator im Attachments t

cc: Dr. A. Bournia Resident Inspector - LSCS 0830K

-. - -.. - - -. -. ~,.

y-HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY FORM f

Stations

!' Guideline No.

Series Unit Index No.

'Date i

01 02 10 Description 4

f 1

~

Photo Log No.

Comments a

A-la

I 4

1 a

Reviewers Recommendations j

i

=

1 4

1 I

i i

Specific Problems 4

Consequences Potential

. Documented HED Category I.

II.

III.

A-lb

(_

l l

of Page HED#

COMMENTS LADEL EID#

SUB#-

a O

i e

a 1

a f

a 9

I E

I I

e i

a a

a i

f I

I I

I a

a i

a n

a i

e r

e e

t a

e a

3 n

a e

i a

8 i

I e

i j a

a e

a e

t 0

I I

n n

.1 f

I I

i 1

a a

e e

a e

_a A-1c

?

LASALLE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS STATION GUIDE NUMBER INDEX NUMBER LEVEL CATEGORY FINDING A - Id

N O

ITA G

ITSEVN I

T E )s S C

(

N R IL E E K R B C E M E F U

H E N

C R

/E T M

S N E

R N

M O

O E

P F

s P

I C

S U N Y

+

E QE R

E R E R E A

C YC F M

N RI E F

E AI R M

R M C U

E E

M P S

FE U S M

R S

E T

T S

I IL E

K R

C I

E A

H N

C 4

O I

T;

^

?

EU 8k Q

+Y g

v 6

A Ap 4

4 q

A 0

4 T E D6 S R

  • Y A N N L T 4

A N O O I

I N E T T A T S S S N E E F OU U l

H CQ Q F

,m l

ll

! 8 E 8 l

l e

e n

.. n 4

i5

r g

! ! i

! is g

I l i 1 61 l

I l i l 8

g 3

2 8

I i

d 8

i i

t I

u i

s a -

t

g 2

li Il I

is.

8 a-I.

H E.a I.

1 a n.

e8 8 i o

Es

?

B B?

5 3

?

B li j

o Issl! !

15 si C

O MN A-3

l INDEX OF REVIEWED REPORTS i

Index Problem Title Priority

  • Report Report Disposition ***

Type Number Number D OC L

Z BY BR i

i O

I 4

H = high, L = low

  • Priority C = Problem deemed CORRECTED, (no additional
    • Disposition e

investigation warranted)

UC = Problem deemed UNCORRECTED, (additional investigation warranted)

I A-4

HISTORICAL REPORT REVIEW ERROR ANAYSIS PPOBLEM ANALYSIS REPORT Name(s) of Investigator (s)

Date Station Index Number Unit Report Type and Number Date of Incident Unit Operating Status Docum'ented Problem

~

1 Sequence of Events hrs hrs Unit Shutdown _

Effect on Unit Unit Dera'ed,,_

__ h r s Unit Trip (Scram)

Corrective Action Taken or Proposed Subsequent Action Taken of a " Corrective

  • Nature Yes No _

Problem Identified and Corrected:

Control Room Human Engineering Discrepancy Index/ Log Number A. O A

1 CONTROL ROOM REVIEW TASK DEVELOPMENT Task Number Job Title Station Number Prepared By TASK DESCRIPTION ACTION ACTION STEPS (Sequence of what must be done to accomplish ACTIONS)

TASK CONDITIONS (Givens, Denials, Environment)

FREQUENCY Shift Day Wk Mo Bi Quar 6 Mos Year Cycle Other Mo Once A INITIATING CUES (When does the task start)

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (What does Job Incumbant have to accomplish)

A-6

r VALIDATIOt1 REVIEW WORKSHEET Event Operator Human Factors Specialist Procedure (s)

Procedure Step Yes No Comment HED Index Number

&-7

l' 4

SOUND SURVEY RECORD PAGE O?

NAME UNIT DATE CONDITIONS PEOPLE FREQUENCIES PANEL LOCATION dB(A) 10 CONTROL 31.5 63 125 250 500 1k2k4k8k feet ROOM 9

^ ^ - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _, _ _ _

l l

LIGHTING SURVtY - ILLUMINANCE RECORD Page OF NAME UhIT DATE CONDITIONS ELEVATION s

PANEL LOCATION-A B

C D

E F

G A-9

n =_. -.

+

1 LIGHTING SURVEY - LUMINANCE AND REFLECTANCE RECORD Page _ of Name Date Station Contrast ratio w/ panel Surface w/o Pad w/ Pad Percent a

j.

w 4~-

8 - 10

LIGHTING SUKJFV CRT Page of I

(.-

Name _

Dcte Station Luminance Feature CRT 9

4 4

M

i r

AIR VELOCITY SURVEY RECORD Plant _

Date Time Measurements made by Sheet number of Equipment / Instrument used Serial number Calibration date Location 6 feet 4 feet y

A - 12

u v. -,,,,, zn 2

PHOTOGRAPHIC LOG Station Photographer Unit Date Slide F'

Shutter HED Location Photo Description Sequence Stop Speed Index Code Caption Caption Number Number Code i

e iI a

1 V

4 I

J t

E A - 13

~

g

~

no nig o,

~

ro

~

Y" o

~

Su t

1

~

cA f,

P

~

" a,

'g r n.

I I

l I

c I

o s

F E

G N

N O

A Z

R sn is I

I I

l I

o iv

[

I ic I

I tcane S

T I

I

[

I N

E I

s M

j f

i I

I I

t n

R u

I i

I j

I U

Q g

I l

I E

l-R I"

I Y

m A

l I

l I

L a

P i

I I

I l

I c

S s

S I

i I

s l

D I

I I

Y I

L l

I S

so I

L a

c I

l I

A I

m l

N i

i i_

r A

i l

l en K

o 2

_ ~

~ _

E S

I A

N

_ ~ _

T I

l I

I I

I l

I I

I I

I l

I L(M i

A l

A I

A E

[

E M

M M

I m.

R i

L_Atj I

8 l

S I

B N

N M

U R

I 8

8 0

U 5

f U

1 s

R R

ui p

R

(

E

,F

[

C l

M I

B i

8 r

m i

h e

I I

8 M

I M

M U

u I

n u

N at I

u M

l l

I S

I 8

I S

l S

I I

I U

U S

U 0

U 5

s R

Ja l

Lt R

R R

E I

l i

I I

B I

I E

B I

B E

t M

M t

M U

U t

U N

N u

R U.

h N

I L

L I

I 1

E i

I l

1 L

I I

L A

l F A

ll A

l 1

i i

I i

M l

u l

I I

i A

l N

J I

1,,

l 1

i N

E U

t T U

h N

N

[

(

j o

(Q7 I E Q

I Q u

U l

E

[

K Q

l S

c I

1 I

I A

s

- S S

T 7%

J_

G ENE NI G F

ODN O

ZAAER R

sno E

i I

I I

I I

G iv s

A a

P n

I I

I I

tc u

a S

T N

E I

l I

I M

s E

t R

i I

I I

I I

u I

n UQ I

I I

I E

R I

L I

I I

1 Y

A L

P I

I I

S I

n I

I I

I I

i D

s I

I I

I n

oi l

I I

I I

a o

I I

L c

1 I

o l

L_

L_

I L_

r S

ir S

m c

Y L

A j

"g N

L A

O R

T g

K N ', T L

I I

I S

O L

I I

A E

T R

n.

l l

l I

I_

E i

I_

L L

O eky R

T L_

l l

I l

N

=$*

O n

E+-

C E

L L

A L

i L_

L I

I L_

S ri n

A A

L I

l cn L

L_

IL_

I L_

e rc A

M E

M A

N L

E B

A l

LE I

A I

A 1

A l

N

(

[

M M

M M

- [

M A

A l

L_$

I I

S l

B I

0 N

N N

N T P.

8 8

NE U

0 U

U EB 5

S S

5 MM rt iN R

R R

R l

QD I

B

(

E

[

l I

II t

1 I

I I

B l

l M

I I

B l

B t

t N

N M

M u

l U

U N

N l

~

I l

I 8

i l

8 I

1 B

l I_

B U

0 0

U U

5 5

S fMT L,.F I

9 I

l I

I I

[

l

[ ~

R R

R i

E B

- R L

A I

L t

M V

M lM R

NR i

,3 U

U E

O[

I NT I

3<

I T

l l

T I

I I

l N

i f

l N

H M

I B L

I L

l L

I I

4 l

B l

TM lF I

,N A

A I

l A

, 1 I

Nt AU I

i tH N

N N

N UT l

,Q1 I

Q l

l E

l 1

t E

I I

I t

U U

U u

l K

R Q

Q Q

S I

[

S 5

F5 5

A 5

T P ;r i

l u=

4.J L3 Ca r

-s la:f e

SJ z

=

en-

=

e

=

=

=, f se g

e

=

-a c= ~ i li ll I I II I I I l l l l l 1 1 I l r

WE 22 IE o

g g

Z E

W>

- i.

2 e

=

W

>=

I l

1 2

g E

o =.

l

=

8 U

2 si 3

W E

'l l

.J J

E l

l Ess i

l US

~3 I

J E

e

.l

~

5e=

-E d

=

=

=.

5 5

5 E

5' w 5

E E

w e

I e

5

- e 5

. t 5

^

E E

i E

a i

I I

5 y

y 5

"3 A-16

e=0 m

a 825

~mm E

i l

me G-V Z

=

4u I

s E

E 5

i a

='i a

i e

C l

c Eas l

a 8,

q Il l l

,iII I' I IIl l l l l l I l l l g

.s O

I III I II I il l I I I II I IIi l

l l l l l 1

'

  • _ l 1II II I I IIII l

l W

g g

jg 25 8

m r L_

l W

=a "gl l

.J w

o I I I

I I

_J

.u.

a:

n:2.....xs i i i

b 1

2 l

l O

esit..exs o

3.c f

W

.J

.J<

M<

aw

=U E

a Y

Y

=

E 2

E

_ =

E E

e E

=

a a

e Z

cg

=

e e

E 5

E 5

5 5

5

~

~

- I a,

- I z

- E, m

s

=

m m

e

=

e y

a a

a w

A-17

J-i APPENDIX B s

f..

Frequency with Which Potential HEDs were Associated with Each Operator Survey Questionnaire Item 1

7 T

1-7.

.g.

J 4

m

--"7 y'

N W mv4w-rg -- + syw

-ascog.-

nep --yyy,p w ew -qzg.qq tq q.gmry p q y

-g-g

-.e w-.gg--73m-_

y 9 g.--

y=g4ym7 gy-e-.-q--,----

py..rsmm.,

4

-em pp p-g 7 gpg-gy--g

Frequency with Which Potential HEDs were Associated with Each Operator Survey Questionnaire Item Question Frequency Questionnaire Item A.2 14 Identify any additional displays which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.

A.1 12 Identify any additional controls which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.

B.3 8

Identify the system (s) in which controls and/or displays are not grouped together but should be.

B.4 8

Describe how the layout of the control board equipment can be improved to allow operators to perform more effectively.

B.8 7

Describe any system (s) in the control room which you feel are difficult or confusing to operate.

Describe any incident (s) in which these have affected operator job performance.

C.3 7

Identify and describe those alarm tiles that have an inappropriate set point, that is those that give the operator either too much or too little time in which to respond to a plant problem.

C.2 5

Describe any incident (s) in which the annunciator warning systen was ineffective in helping operators respond to a problem.

A.3 4

Identify the area (s) in the main control room where direct voice communication is difficult.

C.4 4

For alarms with multiple inputs, is the conputer printout capability sufficient for you to determine the cause? If not, which alarms should be split into single inputs?

)

G.2 4

Identify tables / checklists / status boards etc.

which could be redesigned to improve their usefulness. Explain.

I.3 4

Describe any incident (s) involving control room personnel in which additional training would have been helpful.

A.5 3

Describe areas in the main control room where lighting causes glare, reflections, dark areas, or other problems.

C.5 3

Identify any alarm tile (s) in the main control room which are confusing or difficult to understand. Explain why.

B-1

Question Frequency Questionnaire Item E.1 3

Identify any information or calculations not presently provided by the process computer that would be useful.

E.4 3

Describe any incident (s) in which a delay in computer response to a request has detracted from or interfered with job performance.

E.5 3

Is there any information presented on the CRT's that would be more useful if it was presented differently? Explain.

F.4 3

Describe any situation (s) in which replacement equipment such as fuses, bulbs, ink, etc. were unavailable for corrective maintenance.

A.4 2

Identify any area (s) in the main control roam where the air quality (temperature, humidity, air flow) makes it uncomfortable or distracting to work.

B.1 2

Identify any control device (s) that should be operated manually instead of automatically or vice versa. Why?

E.3 Identify any words or symbols used on the computer that are difficult to understand or interpret.

Suggest improvements.

E.7 2

Identify any information presented on the computer printer that is not useful to control room operations and explain why.

Describe any situation (s) in which presentation of this information interfered with main control room personnel receiving information from the printer.

F.5 2

Describe the method used to determine lamp failure on the control panels. Describe a method that you feel would be more effective. Explain.

H.4 2

Describe how the shif t turnover process can be improved.

H.5 2

Describe any incident (s) in which the operating crew staffing structure affected control room operations. How can this be improved?

A.6 1

Identify any obstacle (s)-in the main control room that interfere with movement.

B.2 1

Identify any throttleable valve (s) that would potentially ' restrict your time to respond during emergency operations because of their throttleability.

B-2

Question Frequency

~ Questionnaire Item B.5 1

Identify areas on the main control boards where your use of a control is interfered with by other equipment surrounding it (eg. controls,' displays, telephones, radios, etc. ).

B.6 1

Identify equipment (controls, displays) in the main control room which are difficult to reach or monitor. Describe any incident (s) in which this difficulty has had an impact on operator job performance.

B.7' 1

Identify any-control (s) on back panels that should be on front panels or vice-versa. Please explain why and be specific.

B.9 1

Describe any incident (s) in which controls located in the control room were accidently activated.

Why?

C.1 1

Identify and describe those areas in the main control room where background noise levels interfere with annunciator alarms. Describe any incident (s) in which the background noise delayed an operator in detecting an annunciator alarm in a timely manner.

D.2 1

Identify any area (s) in the main control room where messages presented over the PA or radio systems can not be heard clearly.

D.3 1

Describe any instance (s) in which the use of the PA or radio systems by non-operating personnel interfered with control room use of the system.

D.5 Describe any incident (s) in which use of walkie-talkies have interfered with plant instrumentation.

E.6 1

Identify any CRT's located in the control room which are difficult to use from normal operating positions because of their placement in the control room.

F.1 1

Describe any incident (s) in which maintenance activities contributed to an operational problem.

G.1 1

Identify any procedure (s) which are unclear or difficult to use.

E:cplain. Describe any incident (s) in which this led to an operational problem?

'G.5 1

Identify the testing procedure (s) that should be performed more or less frequently (daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, etc.) than they are now.

For each, state why.

B-3

Question Frequency Questionnaire Item H.2 1

Describe any individual responsibilities which are not clearly understood. How could they be improved?

I.1 1

Describe any inconsistencies between training and actual control room operations. What can be done to make the two more consistent?

I.2 1

Describe any emergency situation (s) for which you feel you have not received enough training.

D.1 0

Identify any auditory signal (s) presented in the control room which are confusing.

D.4 0

Describe any situation (s) in which problems with the PA or radio systems prevented or interfered with an operators ability to communicate with individuals in other areas.

E.2 0

Describe any feature (s) of the computer system that you feel are helpful.

E.8 0

Identify any computer system procedures which are difficult to understand.

Describe any incident (s) in which this had caused a problem.

E.9 0

Identify any key (s) on the keyboard for the computer which are not used by main control room personnel. Describe any incident (s) in which these keys have caused problems in using the computer.

F.2 0

Describe any incident (s) in which the station maintenance program was particularly helpful in preventing an operational problem.

F.3 0

Identify and describe any characteristic (s) of the main control room preventative maintenance program, or corrective maintenance procedures that are a) very effective b) not effective.

G.3 0

Identify the log (s) that you feel are difficult to update or maintain. Explain why.

G.4 0

Identify any mathematical calculation (s) that are time consuming and/or difficult to perform.

Explain.

H.1 0

Are there any job duties which are performed by others in which you feel main control room personnel should be more directly involved or vice versa? Explain.

B-4

Question Frequency Questionnaire Item H.3 0

Describe any instance (s) in which distractions, in the form of unnecessary personnel, traffic, etc.,

interfered with-your main control room duties.

B-5

APPENDIX C~

Management and Staffing:

Personnel O

1.0 INTRODUCTION

The management and administration of the LaSalle Station Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) was the responsibility of the Technical Services Nuclear Department.

Within this department, the DCRDR Program Administrator reports to.the Technical Services Nuclear Department Manager who reports directly to an Assistant Vice President and hence to a CECO Executive Vice President.

The DCRDR activities were implemented by experienced Operating,

' Engineering and ' Human Factors Engineering personnel.

These individuals performed the DCRDR with input from other CECO

' studies, analyses and concerns involving human factors engi-neering considerations.

The DCRDR review team consisted of a select group of profes-sionals with the wide range of skills necessary for the performance of the design review and included:

e An I&C-engineer e

An engineer / architect with control room design experience e

A senior reactor operator or operations technical advisor with operating experience e

A human factors specialist Subject Matter Experts (SMEs) participated in every phase of

~

the review.

They worked closely with all review team members to provide the appropriate level of plant design and opera-tional knowledge.

The following sections summarize the qualifications of each of the LaSalle Station DCRDR review team participants.

Two cate-gories of involvement are listed:

DCRDR review team partici-pants (Section 2.0), and SME Support Personnel (Section 3.0).

C-1

2.0 DCRDR REVIEW TEAM PARTICIPANTS The qualifications of the DCRDR review team members are summarized below.

The responsibilities and duties of each member is discussed in Section 3.0, of Volume 1 of the LaSalle Station DCRDR Final Summary Report.

The Program Administrator position was originally filled by Mr.

Gary Abrell.

During the second half of the LaSalle DCRDR, the Program Administrator position was filled by Mr. Larry Davis.

Both, men were CECO employees.

Mr. Abrell qualifications are as follows:

Education:

B.S.,

U.C.

Naval

Academy, Annapolis,
Maryland, 1961.

. Experience:

Mr.

Abrell has served as. the Supervisor of Station Support Services for the past 11 months.

Prior to.that he was the Director of Quality Assurance for Operations for 6-1/2 years.

He has 23 years of engineering experience which includes 20 in the nuclear field.

He has held positions in Nuclear Licensing and Nuclear Station opera-tions at Commonwealth Edison.

He has had 3-1/2 years - in the Navy Nuclear Power Program.

He has held an SRO license for Dresden Station since 1970 and has been a

Registered Professional Engineer.in Illinois since 1978.

In the Human Factors area, Mr. Abrell adopted the

" Green Board" for Dresden Station in 1973 and was responsible for its implementation.

This concept is in use at

LaSalle, Byron, and Braidwood stations.

C-2

y Mr. Davis' qualifications are as follows:

Education:

M.B.A.,

Illinois Institute of Technology, 1978.

B.S.,

Engineering, University of Illinois, 1970.

Experience:

For the past six months, Mr. Davis has served as the Supervisor of Station Support Services including the duty as the CECO Human Factors Program Administrator.

He has approximately 14 years of nuclear power plant experience, was SRO licensed at the Dresden Station (BWR) and was license certified at the Braidwood Station (PWR).

Prior to his present assignment, he held various positions at a

newly established Production Training Center including the Acting Training D. nager position.

Prior experience included duties at both an operational and pre-operational nuclear generating station.

C-3

The position of DCRDR Program Coordinator was filled by Mr.

Robert G.

Howard of CECO.

Mr. Howard's qualifications are as follows:

Education:

B.S.,

Electrical Engineering, University

~of Wisconsin, 1955.

Experience:

For the past four years, Mr. Howard has assisted in the Human Factors Reviews of CECO's

Zion, LaSalle, Byron, Braidwood, Dresden, and LaSalle nuclear stations.

For the past three years he was Coordinator of the Byron /Braidwood Prelimina'ry Design Assessment (PDA) and for the past two years assisted Mr. Squires and Mr. Lau in the development and implementation cf the DCRDR Generic Program Plan for CECO nuclear plants.

For the past seven years Mr. Howard was assigned as Staff Engineer in the Control and Instrument group of the Station Electrical Engineering Department and as of September 3,

1984, is a Staff Engineer in Technical Services Nuclear Department.

For eight years prior to that he was Operating-Engineer at the Zion Station (SRO license from 1973 to 1979).

Twenty-three of his 40 years experience with power plants have been in the nuclear power area,

' including assignments in operation, maintenance, construction and engineering.

C-4

.The position of Senior Subject Matter Expert was filled by Mr.

William R.

Huntington (Assistant Superintendent-Operations) of CECO.

Mr. Huntington's qualifications are as follows:

Education:

B.S.,

Electrical Engineering, M.I.T.,

1965.

Experience:

Mr.

Huntington is now Assistant Superintendent-Operations.

March 1984 to April 1985 Technical Staff Supervisor at LaSalle Station.

In this capacity, Mr. Huntington's responsibilities included Tech-nical Support of Operations, including Technical Specification

changes, procedure revisions and plant modifications.

Lead Engineer /

January 1976 to March 1984 Assistant Technical Supervisor /Preoperational Test Coordinator in the Technical Staff.

In this position, his primary function was to supervise the development, performance, and evaluation of the pre-operationa.

testing of both LaSalle County Station reactors.

July 1965 to July 1975 - Officer, United States Navy.

Served in various capacities in nuclear submarines during construction, operation and overhaul phases.

C-5

The position of Human Factors Management Assistant is being filled by Kathleen A.

Hesse of CECO.

Ms. Hesse's qualifica-tions are as follows:

Education:

B.S.,

Psychology, Minor in Engineering Manage-ment, University of Missouri-Rolla, 1984.

Associate of Science in General

Studies, Specialization in Pre-Engineering, Belleville Area College, 1980.

Diploma in Drafting, Specialization in Electrical Drafting, St. Louis Tech, 1976.

Experience:

Since joining Commonwealth Edison Company in January of 1985, Ms. Hesse has supported projects under Commonwealth Edison Company's human factors engineering program.

Her main task is working closely with the Detailed Control Room Design Review Coordinator, offering additional support.

Ms. Hesse also works on.the technical aspects of the project where and when help is needed.

Other power plant experience includes employment with another utility company.

Ms.

Hesse has been totally involved in all aspects of the Detailed Control Room Design Review for the Commonwealth Edison nuclear stations.

C-6

The individuals filling the Human Factors Engineering pcaitions were made up of individuals from outside contractors.

The position of Lead Human Factors Specialist (LHFS) was filled by Mr. Robert L.

Kershner from Advanced Resource Development (ARD)

Corporation.

Mr.

Kershner's qualifications are as follows:

Education:.

M.A.,

Human Factors Psychology, the Catholic University of America, Washington, D.C.,

1977.

B.A.,

Applied Psychology, cum laude, University of Baltimore, Baltimore, Maryland, 1975.

Experience:

For the past five years Mr.

Kershner, Vice President of Human Factors Technology Division for ARD Corporation, has worked in the nuclear utility industry providing support in a number of human factors areas including Lead Human Factors Engineer for over 8 DCRDRs, program plan develop-
ment, SPDS design and evaluation, control room design
reviews, and EOP validation.

Prior to that

time, he spent six years designing, conducting and evaluating human factors research in vibrotactile codes, traffic management, driver information
systems, low-fidelity simulation
aids, information presentation to time critical materials, visual searen patterns, and military systems
design, analysis and improvement.

In addition, Mr.-Kershner participated in underwater acoustical testing of nuclear submarines serving as assistant trial director.

C-7

~

Dr.

Eugene B.

Silverman, president of Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation, acted in a quality assurance capacity.

Dr. Silverman's qualifications are as follows:

Education:

Ph.D.,

Applied Experimental Psychology, Computer Science and Electrical Engineering, The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC, 1976.

M.A.,

Human Factors, The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC, 1975.

B.S.,

Physiological Psychology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 1969.

Experience:

Dr. Silverman~has developed an organization which is highly responsive to the current needs of business and technology.

He has managed the comprehensive human factors engineering reviews of Pressurized Water Reactor and Boiling Water Reactor nuclear power plant control rooms.

The reviews were conducted within the operational, cost and schedule constraints of the plant and were implemented,

jointly, with utility engi-neering and operations personnel.

Design issues addreised included control board

layout, contr al/ display design and functional
grouping, environmental conditions, process computer performance, procedure (normal, emergency, and abnormal) effectiveness, maintainability and annunciator system design.

Supporting consulta-tion was provided in the areas of operator

training, task
analysis, human fatigue and stress, and personnel error analysis.

C-8

T The Human Factors. Specialist positions are being filled by ARD -

Corporation personnal, the names, affiliations, and educational and experimental qualifications for these individuals are as follows:

Individual:

Mr. Stephen H. Cooley

' Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:

M.A.,

Industrial / Organizational Psychology, Uni-versity of Illinois at Chicago, Illinois, 1980.

B.A.,

Psychology with minors in Business Admini-stration and Statistics, George Washington University, Washington, D.C., 1976.

Experience:

For the past four years, Mr.

Cooley, a Senior Human Factors Specialist for ARD, has worked in the nuclear power industry.

Ha has provided support in a number of human factors areas that include:

program plan development, control room design reviews, procedure writing and evaluation, training, and human error as a result of inade-quate man-machine interfaces.

Prior to his work in the nuclear

industry, he worked for three years in designing, conducting and evaluating both applied and theoretical research in leader-ship emergence, personnel selection, personnel staffing
patterns, stress management, group dynamics, market research, management assessment, and the psychological factors associated with addiction.

C-9

Individual:

Mr. Joseph B. Winter Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:

M.S.,

Psychology, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, Virginia, 1979.

B.S.,

Psychology, Virginia Commonwealth s

University, Richmond, Virginia, 1974.

Experience:

Mr. Winter has over two years experience in the power industry conducting task analyses on nuclear jobs for training purposes.

In addition to utility employment, he has three additional years of human factors experience utilizing a

variety of analytic techniques in the areas of test validation, selection, classification, compensation, performance appraisal and multi-purpose job analysis.

He is an accomplished SAS programmer and has used task analysis approaches to create computerized classification

systems, tying them to human resource development projects which factor geographic differences in pay.

He has experience developing job evaluation systems and has worked extensively as a job analyst.

l l

1 l

C - 10

Individual:

Mr. Michael A. Boggi Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:

M.S.,

Industrial Engineering, North Carolina State University,

Raleigh, North
Carolina, expected completion:

December 1985.

B.A.,

Psychology, LaSalle College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1981.

Experience:

In 1982 Mr.

Boggi supervised a

group of researchers conducting a noise control project for the regional headquarters of the Amoco Oil company of Raleigh, North Carolina.

In addition, Mr. Boggi worked on a team that evaluated aspects of

safety, biomechanics, and the man-machine interface at specific work locations at the ITT plant in Raleigh, North Carolina.

Besides his applied experience, Mr.

Boggi has conducted observational research in freight management and traffic control.

Presently he is applying his training and experience to complex man-machine interface issues in the nuclear industry.

C - 11

Individual:

Mr. Christopher C.

Plott Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:

M.S.,

Industrial Engineering, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas, 1983.

B.S.,

Kinesiological

Sciences, University of Maryland,' College Park, Maryland, 1981.

Experience:

Presently, and for the last year and one-half, Mr. Plott has been involved in the evaluation of the complex man-machine interface issues in the nuclcir industry as well as in the development of the computerized data base management system being used for a DCRDR.

For the previous two and one-half years, he was involved in various applied research projects conducted at Texas Tech.

These included work in the areas of work physiology, biomechanics, anthropometry, task analysis and work load measurement while under contract to the Bureau of

Mines, the State of
Texas, and the McDonnel Douglas Corp.

His responsibilities included the design, conduct and analysis of various aspects of these projects.

Mr. Plott has also worked in the areas of human-computer interface and sofware development.

C - 12

Individual:

Ms. Kimberly R.

Siler i

Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:

B.S.,

Human Factors Psychology, Wright State University, Ohio, 1982.

Experience:

Since joining the ARD Corporation in October of 1984, Miss Siler-has been involved in the conduct of nuclear power plant CRDRs.

During the previous two years Ms.

Siler was a

research psychologist responsible for the

design, implementation and analysis of applied research in the areas of Behavioral Workload Assessment and Biomagnetism in the Visual Evoked Response Laboratory of the Air Force Aerospace Medical Research Laboratories / Human Engineering at Wright-Patterson Air Force
Base, Dayton, Ohio.

In addition to her research activities, Ms.

Siler was continuing her education in the' Graduate Program in Human Factors at the Psychology Department at Wright State University.

l C - 13 I

.m Individual:

Mrs. Cynthia F. Weiss /Parr Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:

M. S.'E.,

Industrial Engineering.

(Occupational Safety and Health), NIOSH Graduate Traineeship, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1982.

B.S.E.,.

Industrial Engineering (Human Factors),

University ^of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1981.

?

Experience:

Mrs. Parr has over three years experience in the nuclear power industry and, as a project engineer in the Human Factors Technology Group, she has provided human factors engineering support to a variety of ARD programs.

Her expertise in the control room is in the design and retrofit of annunciator reviews for several nuclear stations a

and has published and presented a paper on this subject.

In addition, she has designed work-stations for control room operators to ensure that computers, hardcopy records, and spare parts were easily accessible, and performed environ-mental evaluations on light,. ventilation, and auditory design to numerous stations.

)

I C - 14

Individual:

Mr. Vincent J. Fortunato III

-Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:

M.A.,

Experimental Psychology, State University of New York, Binghampton, New York, 1982.

B.S.,

Psychology, State University.

College, Oswego, New York, 1979.

Experience:

Mr.

Fortunato has provided both research and consulting support to a variety of-ARD programs.

His research activities have included NASA-funded projects involving psychophysiological measures of workload and computer graphic displays of system status.

His support of ARD's nuclear clients has included control room I&C inventories;

and, human factors reviews of computer graphic display
systems, emergency response computer
c. 'shics
systems, radiation monitor graphic

( fr* ys, and quadrex safety assessment syste.:c.

C - 15

Individual:

Mr. Robert Klein Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:

M.S.,

Industrial Psychology, California State University at Long Beach, Long Beach, California, 1978.

B.S.,

Psychology, St.

Joseph's

College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1973.

Experience:

Mr.

Klein has been involved with human engineering in the design and evaluation of complex control and display systems for over four years.

He prepared an overall assessment of cruise missile weapon control system hardware and.

software components, reporting on human factors engineering, operability, maintainability, safety, and nuclear security.

He was the human factors member of a

multidiscipline maintainability demonstration team to verify system compliance with Navy maintenance standards.

He participated in experimental design execution, and analysis on Coast Guarc and DOD related projects.

Mr. Klein's experience in military applications of process control and integrated display systems is now utilized in support of nuclear power plant control room design reviews as a Staff-Engineer in ARD's Human Factors Technology Group.

1 C - 16

Individual:

Dr. Linda A. Cosgrove Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation

' Education:

Ph.D.,

Experimental Psychology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia, 1979.

M.A.,

Experimental Psychology, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia, 1976.

B.A.,

George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia, 1974, summa cum laude.

Experience:

As a Project Scientist, Dr.

Cosgrove has been responsible for several curriculum development, industrial and computer

training, and human factors engineering studies.

Her support of ARD clients has included the development of an industrial training program and a task analysis of emergency operating procedures.

s 1

C - 17

Individual:

Dr.

E. Ralph Dusek Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Development (ARD) Corporation Education:

Ph.D.,

Experimental Psychology, Statistics, State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa, 1951.

M.A.,

Experimental Psychology, Statistics, State University of. Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa, 1949.

B.A.,

Psychology, Mathematics, University of Missouri, Columbia, Mis sou r'i, 1947.

Experience:

Dr. -Dusek has over 30 years of experience in applied experimental psychology and human-f actors engineering.

During that period he held a

succession of responsible positions all involving applied research in experimental psychology and human factors engineering.

In addition, he has extensive management experience in directing the activities of laboratories and contractors conducting work for which he was responsible.

.Dr.

Dusek has participated in human factors evaluations in nuclear plant control room design reviews at seven different stations.

He has also written human factors manuals for use in future modifications of specific control rooms.

1 C - 18 J

Individual:

Mr. Donald F. Taylor Affiliation:

Advanced Resource Devel.opment (ARD) Corporation Education:

M.S.,

Industrial Engineering and Operations Research (Human Factors),

Virginia Polytechnic Institute and

. State University, Blacksburg, Virginia, 1975.

B.S.,

Industrial Engineering and Operations

Research, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and

-State University,.Blacksburg, Virginia, 1972.

Experience:

Mr. Taylor has been active in human factors for a period of over ten years.

He has applied experience in mechanical and fluids engineering as well as in nuclear maintenance and operations.

As a

senior engineer in the Human -Factors Technology

Group, Mr.

Taylor provides human engineering support to the ARD nuclear programs.

Mr.

Taylor has extensive experience in the

design, evaluation, and enhancement of the man-machine interface in process control appli-cations.

He developed human factors guidelines for the design of nuclear power

plants, the preparation of emergency procedures, and the development of maintenance procedures and docu-mentation.

He has participated in all phases of Control Room Design Reviews (CRDRs),

including over 75 interviews with licensed nuclear operators and ' surveys of 15 control rooms.

Mr.

Taylor developed criteria, methods and procedures for the

analysis, verification, and validation of control room tasks, and surveys of control room equipment.

C - 19

Other Review Team Members The position of System Design Engineer was filled by Mr. Edward L.

Seckinger of CECO.

Mr. Seckinger's qualifications are as follows:

Education:

B.S.,

Engineering, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, Illinois, June 1972.

M.S.,

Electrical Engineering, University of Illinois at Urbana, Illinois, December 1973.

Experience:

Mr. Seckinger has over 11 years of experience in the nuclear power area.

Between 1974 and 1977 he worked in the Tech Staff at Dresden Station performing modification and Tech Spec

tests, investigating deviations and incidents, etc.

From 1977 to 1980 he worked in the Dresden/ Quad Cities group of the Station Nuclear Engineering Department providing support in the

planning, design and installation of plant modifications.

From 1980 to 1983 he worked in the LaSalle Project Engineering Department providing support in the

design, construction and licensing of LaSalle Station and reviewing pre-operational test procedures and results.

From 1983 to the present he has worked in the LaSalle group of SNED.

Some of his current duties are the review of modifications, NRC notices and bulletins, etc.

C - 20

The Instrument.and Control Engineer position was filled by Mr.

James J.

Krass (assisted by Robert Howard) of CECO.

Mr. Krass' qualifications are as follows:

Education:

B.S.,

Electrical Engineering, Technology from Purdue University, 1968.

Experience:

Presently Mr. Krass is assigned to the Control and Instrument section in the Station Electrical Engineering Department of CECO.

From February 1979 to April of this year he was assigned to the Electrical Instrumentation and Control Branch of the Clinch River Breeder Reactor Project at Oak Ridge Tennessee.

And, for the ten years prior to

that, Mr.

Krass was in CECO's Operational Analysis Department working on Instrument and Control Systems in both fossil and nuclear plants.

C - 21

z 3.0 SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS (SMEs)

Sixteen SMEs participated during various phases of the LaSalle Station DCRDR; they. include:

Don

Crowl, Andy
Ruger, Al Magnafici, Jay
Houston, Tom
Carr, Dennis
Cornish, Bob McConnaughay, Chuck
Maney, Mark
Dowd, Larry
Nickles, Paul
Nelson, Roger
Armitage, Bill Kirchikoff, Ken
Wolf, Joe

' Williams, and -Ken Rauch.

Qualifications of each of these individuals are summarized in Table C-1.

l 1

C - 22

Years of Years of Senior React'or Reactor Years of Years of Operator Operator Nuclear SME Education Experience Experience Experience R.

Armitage 12 3

1 12.5 T.

Carr 14 4

15 D. Cornish 12 3

13 D.-Crowl 12 3

1 9.5 M.

Dowd 16 2.5 8.5 J.

Houston 12 4

8 W.

Kirchikoff 18 2

9 Al Magnafici 12 4

12.5 C.

Maney 14 4

11 B.

McConnaughay 14 2

2 9.5

+

P.-Nelson 12 3

1 15 L.

Nickles 14 4

16 K..Rauch 12 2.5 6

A.

Ruger 12 3.5 7

J.

Williams 16 1.5 15 W.

Wolf 14 4

10 Total 216 28 27 177.5 Mean 13.5, 3.1 2.5 11.1 Mean for holding license (SRO/RO)

- 3.4 years i

Table C-1.

LaSalle DCRDR SME Participant Qualifications 4

e s

C - 23

1

(

l APPENDIX D Codes i

~-,, - - -......

r,.--

-,,.n.,

-..-..--,-,-~_,..,,_.....,,_,.,n---..

+

CONTROLLER TYPE 1 POT SETPOINT POTENTIOMETER 2 MAN MANUAL CONTROLLER 3 M/ATS MANUAL / AUTO TRANSFER' STATION 4 ANSP AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER W/O SETPOINT ADJUST 5 MASP' M/A TRANSFER STATION WITH SETPOINT ADJUST 6 ANM AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER W/O MANUAL FUNCTION 7 EGCC' EGC CONTROLLER LOCATION 1 OPM08J 24 1N62-P600 47 2H13-P610 2 OPM11J 25 1N62-P601 48 2H13-P611 3 OPM12J 26 1PM01J 49 2H13-P614 4 OPM14J 27 IPM02J 50 2H13-P624 5 OPM17J 28 1PM03J 51 2H13-P632 6 1D21-P600 29 IPM04J 52 2H13-P635 7 1H13-P600 30 1PM05J 53 2H13-P636 8 1H13-P601 31 1PM06J 54 2H13-P642 9 lH13-P602 32 IPM07J 55 2H22-P007 10 1H13-P603 33 IPM08J 56 2N62-P600 11 1H13-P604 34 1PM09J 57 2N62-P601 12 1H13-P607 35 1PM10J 58 2PM0lJ 13 1H13-P608 36 1PM13J 59 2PM02J 14 lH13-P609 37 IPM16J 60 2PM03J 15 IH13-P610 38 2D21-P600 61 2PM04J 16 1H13-P611 39 2H13-P600 62 2PM05J 17 lH13-P614 40 2H13-P601 63 2PM06J

-18 1H13-P624 41-2H13-P602 64 2PM07J 19 1H13-P632 42 2H13-P603 65 2PM08J 20 1H13-P635 43 2H13-P604 66 2PM09J 21 1H13-P636 44 2H13-P607 67 2PM10J 22 1H13-P642 45 2H13-P608 68 2PM13J 23 1H22-P007 46 2H13-P609 69 2PM16J CONTROL TRANSFER SWITCH TYPE - CONTROL TYPE 1 CTW CONTINUOUS THUMBWHEEL CONTROL 2 CRC CONTINUOUS ROTARY CONTROL 3 PBI PUSH BUTTON INCRESE 4 PBD PUSH BUTTON DECREASE 5 CTS CONTROL TRANSFER SELECTOR SW.

6 CTP CONTROL TRANSFER PUSHBUTTON MATCH CONDI? ION 1 YES 1 DEN DENERGIZED 2 NO 2 EN ENERGIZED 11 YES 12 NO D-1

COMMUNICATIONS 1 CDO CENTER DESK OPERATOR 2 EM ELECTRICAL MECHANIC 3 EMF ELECTRICAL MECHANIC FORMAN 4 EA EQUIPMENT ATTENDANT 5 EO EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 6 IM INSTRUMENT MECHANIC 7 IMF INSTRUMENT MECHANIC FORMAN 8 LD LOAD DISPATCHER 9 MM MAINTENANCE MECHANIC 10 MMF MAINTENANCE MECHANIC FORMAN 11 NSO NUCLEAR STATION OPERATORS 12 OE OPERATING ENGINEER 13 RWE RADWASTE EQUIPMENT.

14 SCRE SHIFT CONTROL ROOM ENGINEER 15 SE SHIFT ENGINEER 16 SF SHIFT FORMAN 17 GSEP STATION GSEP DIRECTOR 18 SST STATION SUPERINTENDANT

COLOR, 1A AMBER 2 BG BIEGE 3 BK BLACK 4B BLUE 5 BR BROWN 6C CLEAR 7 GY GRAY 8G GREEN 9O ORANGE 10 P PINK 11 R RED 12 RG RED / GREEN l

13 W WHITE 14 Y YELLOW WHAT MEASURED 1 Conc CONCENTRATION 16 Load LOAD 31 Temp TEMPERATURE 2 Cond CONDUCTIVITY 17 Per PERIOD 32 T TIME 3 cont CONTINUITY 18 PA PHASE ANGLE 33 Unit UNIT

'4 Cur CURRENT 19 Pos POSITION 34 Vac VACUUM 5 Dev DEVIATION 20 P PRESSURE 35 VARS VARS 6 DP DIFFERENTIAL Pressure 21 Pur PURITY 36 Vib VIBRATION l

7 Dis DISPLACEMENT 22 Rad RADIATION 37 V VOLTAGE l

8 DIR DIRECTION 23 Vars REACTIVE LOAD 38 Vol VOLUME 9 Ecc ECCENTRICITY 24 RxP REACTOR POWER 39 Wear WEAR l

10 ElP. ELECTRICAL POWER 25 RDGP ROD GROUP ID 40 INDV INPUT DEVIATION l

11 Exp EXPANSION 26 RDID ROD ID NUMBER 41 MADV M/A DEVIATION 12 Flow FLOW 27 RPos ROD POSITION 42 SRVO SERVO ERROR

(-

13 Freq 28 STPT SET POINT 43 OD OUTPUT DEMAND f

14 Hum HUMIDITY 29 Spd SPEED 98 TEST TEST 15 Lev LEVEL 30 SUR START UP RATE 99 CTRN CONTROL TRANSFER i

l D-2

DISPLAY TYPE 1 EM EDGEWISE METER 66 RRO RADIO-RECEIVER ONLY 2 RM ROTARY METER 70 GTC GRAPH / TABLE / CHART / INSTR.

10 SP SINGLE PEN RECORDER 71 PRC PROCEDURES 11 DP DUAL PEN RECORDER 72 PID P&ID/ DRAWINGS 12 MP MULTI PEN RECORDER 73 RB REFERENCE BOOK 13 MPT MULTI POINT RECORDER 74 LOG LOG 14 XYP X-Y PLOTTER 75 BRD BOARD 15 P PRINTER 76 PTM PORTABLE TIMER 16 TR TAPE RECORDER 77 CLK CLOCK 20 DC DRUM COUNTER (INTEGRATOR) 78 TBA THUMB BUSTER AID 21 EC ELECTRONIC COUNTER 79 DS DATE STAMP 22 LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE 80 CHR CHAIR 23 LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE 81 TBL TABLE 30 LLI LEGEND LIGHT INDICATOR 82 DSK DESK 31 IL NONLEGEND LIGHT INDICATOR 83 CAB CABINET 40 TAR TAPGET 84 BC BOOK CASE 41 REL RELAY 85 FC FILE CABINET 42 ANN ANNUNCIATOR 86 PT PAPER TRAY 43 TIM TIMER 87 LAD LADDER / STEP STOOL 50 REM PESPONSE EDGEWISE METER 88 TC TRASH CAN 51 DEM DEMAND EDGEWISE METER 89 CAR CART 52 DEV DEVI ATION EDGEWISE METER 90 FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER 53 T/I MOVING TAPE / FIXED INDEX 91 EA EMERGENCY AIR 54 KS KNOB SKIRT 92 EAH EMERGENCY AIR HOSE 55 T/S SETPOINT TAPE INDICATOR 93 SCB AIR MASK AND TANK (SCBA) 59 ELECTRIC METER 94 EL EMERGENCY LIGHTING 60 PHN PHONE 95 KB KEYBOARD 61 RBS RADIO BASE STATION 96 CRT CATHODE RAY TUBE 62 RP PORTABLE RADIO 98 DW DEC WRITER 63 RPC PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER 99 CAL CALCULATOR 64 SPP SOUND POWER PHONE 65 SPJ SOUND POWER PHONE JACK UNITS 1 Amps AMPERES 2 cmHg CENTIMETERS OF MERCURY 3 CPM COUNTS PER MINUTE 4 CPS COUNTS PER SECOND 5 CF CUBIC FEET 6 CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 7 DPM DECADES PER MINUTE 8 Deg DEGREES 9 DegC DEGREES CENTIGRADE 10 DegF DEGREES FARENHEIT 11 Ft FEET 12 Ftw FEET OF WATER 13 G GALLONS 14 GPH GALLONS PER HOUR 15 GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE D-3

r-UNITS. (cont.)

16 Hz HERTZ 17 Hr HOURS 18 In INCHES 19 InHg INCHES OF MERCURY-20 InW INCHES OF WATER 21 Ka KILOAMPERES 22 Kvar KILOVARS 23 KV KILOVOLTS

~24 KW KILOWATTS 25 Mvar MEGAVARS 26 MW MEGAWATTS 27 MWT MEGAWATTS THERMAL 28 umho MICRO MHOS 29 ua MICROAMPERES 30 uCI/cc MICROCURIES PER CUBIC CENTIMETER 31 uCI/S MICROCURIES PER SECOND 32 mph MILES PER HOUR 33 ma MILLIAMPERES 34 MPPH MILLION POUNDS PER.MOUR 35 mr/hr MILLIREMS PER HOUR 36 mv MILLIVOLTS 37 mils MILS 38 min MINUTES 39 Notch NOTCHES 40 PPB PARTS PER BILLION 41 PPM PARTS PER MILLION 42 %

PERCENT 43 %V PERCENT BY VOLUME 44 %W PERCENT BY WEIGHT 45 %Def PERCENT DEFLECTION 46 %P (T)

PERCENT THERMAL POWER 47 PTS POINTS 48'PPH POUNDS PER HOUR 49 PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH 50 PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ATMOSPHERIC 51 PSID POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH DIFFERENTI AL 52 PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE 53 rpm REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE 54 R/hr ROENTGENS PER HOUR 55 W/sqcm SCFH 56 sec SECONDS 57 SCFH STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER HOUR 58 SCFM STANDARD CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 59 Steps STEPS 60 Units UNITS 61 VDC VOLTAGE-DC 62 V VOLTS 63 W WATTS 64 UCI/ML MICROCURIES PER MILLILITER 65 umo/cm MICRO MHOS/ CENTIMETER i

66 KVDC KILOVOLTS-DC D-4

_ _ - _ _ _ _ - __ _, _ _ ~ _ _..

- _ - _.. ~

1 s.

SWITCH TYPE 1 CARD CARD

)

2 CB CIRCUIT BREAKER 3 CRC CONTINOUS ROTARY CONTROL 4 DRC' DISCRETE ROTARY CONTROL 5 JH J-HANDLE CONTROL SWITCH 6 JACK JACK 7 JS JOY STICK 8 KLS KEY LOCK SWITCH 9 KP KEY PAD 10 KFS KINFE SWITCH 11 LLPB LEGEND LIGHT PUSH-BUTTON 12 NLPB NON-LEGEND LIGHT PUSH-BUTTON 13 NSND NON-SWITCH /NON-DISPLAY 14 PB PUSH-BUTTON 15 RMH REMOVABLE HANDLE 16 RKR ROCKER SWITCH 17 RCS ROUND CONTROL SWITCH 18 SS SLIDE SWITCH 19 TW THUMBWHEEL 20 TCS THUMB CONTROL SWITCH 21 TGS TOGGLE SWITCH 22 LTW LEGEND THUMBWHEEL 24 PBL LEGEND PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH ACTION 1 AI AS IS 2 SR SPRING RETURN VALVE CONTROL 1 SC SEAL CLOSED 2 SO SEAL OPEN 3 TC THROTTLE CLOSED 4 TO THROTTLE OPEN DIVISIONS

~

1.0001 15 10 29 30 2

.002 16 100 30 4 3

.005 17 1000 31 5 4

.01 18 12 32 50 5

.02 19 12.5 33 500 6

.05 20 18 34 6 7

.1 21 2 35 8 8

.2 22 2.5 36 EACH 9

.25 23 20 37 LOG 10

.4 24 200 38 PERIOD 11

.5 25 25 39 7.5 12 1 26 250 40

.00001 13 1.25 27 3 41

.6 14 1.5 28 3.33 42

.0833 D-5

SWITCH POSITIONS 1

+15 56 APRM 111 CH 21 2

-15 57 ARMED 112 CH 22 3 0 58 -AUTO 113 CH 23 4 0-10%

59 AUTO OPEN 114 CH 24 5 0-100 60 AVERAGE 115 CH 3 6 0-25%

61 AVG 116 CH 4

'7 0-54 62 B 117 CH 5 8 1 63 B BUS +

118 CH 6 9 10 64 B BUS -

119 CH 7 10 100 65 B LEVEL 120 CH 8 11 10E-1 C6 B OFF 121 CH 9 2 10E-2 67 B PRIM 122 CHECK 13 10E-3 68 B START 123 CHK 14 10E-4 69 B STBY 124 CLOSE 15 10E-5 70 B-C 125 CLOSED 16 10E-6 71 BALANCE 126 CONVERTER OUTPUT 17 10E-7 72 BC 127 COUNT 18 10E-8 73 BLOCK 128 CV TEST 19 10E-9 74 BOTTOM 129 D 20 10E5 75 BUS 21 B-C 130 DCR 21 11 76 BUS 22 B-C 131 DECR

2 12 77 BUS 23 B-C 132 DECREASE 2

23 125 78 BUS 23-1 B-C 133 DISARMED 24 13 79 BUS 24 B-C 134 DISCH 25 14 80 BUS 24-1 B-C 135 DOWN 26 15 81 BUS 25 B-C 136 DRAIN 27 16 83 BUS 26 B-C 137 DRYWELL 28 2 83 BUS 27 138 DW 29 2-3 84 BUS 28 AB 139 DW1 30 21 85 BUS 28 BC 140 DW2 31 22.

86 BUS 28 CA 141 DW3 32 23 87 BUS 29 AB 142 EMERG ROD IN 33 24 88 BUS 29 BC 143 ENGAGE 34

-3 89 BUS 29 CA 144 EXPAND X 10 35 3 E EM CONT 90 BY 145 F5 36 3-1 91 BYP 146 FAN 37 4 92 BYPASS 147. FAN A 38 40 93 C 148 FAN B 4

39 5 94 C-A 149 FAST 40 6-95 CA 150 FAST LOWER 41 7 96 CAL 151 FAST RAISE 42' 8 97 CALIB 152 FILTER IN 43 9 98 CH 1 153 FILTER OUT 44 A 99 CH 10 154 FIRE 45 A BUS +

100 CH 11 155 FIXED 46 A BUS -

101 CH 12 156 FLOW 47 A LEVEL 102 CH 13 157 FWD 48 A OFF 103 CH 14 158 GAIN

- 49 A PRIM 104 CH 15 159 50 A START 105 CH 16 160 GR 1 AND 4 51 A STBY 106 CH 17 101 GR 2 AND 3 52 A-B 107 CH 18 162 HAND 53 AB 108 CH 19 163 HI CAL 54 ADD 180-109 CH 2 164 HI CAL 10E5 55 ANALY2E 110 CH 20 165 HOLD D-6

SWITCH POSITIONS (cont.)

166 HOLD 221 PUMP 1 276 TOP 167 I 222 PUMP 2A 277 TORUS 168 IN 223 PUMP 2B 276 TREAT 169 INBD 224 PUMP 2C 279 TRIP 170 INCR 225 PUMP 2D 280 TRIP A 171 INCREASE 226 PUMP 5 281 TRIP ADJ 172 INHIBIT 227 PUMP ON 282 TRIP B 173 IRM-228 PURGE 283 TRIP TEST 174 ISOL 229 PWR 284 TURB TEST 175 ISOLATE 230 PWR & FLOW. TEST 285 UNLABLED MIDPOSITION 176 LO CAL 231 PWR FLOW 286 UNLABLED POSITION 1 177 LO CAL 10 232 PWR TEST 287 UNLABLED POSITION 2 178 LO CAL'10E5 233 RAISE 288 UP 179 LOCAL 234 RAMP 289 VALVE A 180 LOWER 235 RBM 290 VALVE B 181 MAN 236 READ 291 VAR 182 MAN OPEN 237 RECIRC 292 X1 183 MANUAL 238 REF 293 X3.16 184 MANUAL OVERRIDE 239 REFUEL 294 ZERO 185 MANUAL OVRD 240 RELEASE 295 ZERO 1 186 MON A 241 PESET 296 ZERO 2 187 MON B 242 REV 297 ZERO CHECK 188 MON C 243 REVERSE 298 ZERO NO 1 189 MON D 244 REVERSE 299 ZERO NO 2

'190 MONITOR 245 RFP 2A 300 ARM 191 NEU' 246 RFP 2B 301 27 192 NEUTRAL 247 RFP 2C21 302 28 193 NOR 248 RFP 2C22 303 29 194 NORM 249 ROD IN 304 SUPP POOL 195 NORMAL 250 ROD OUT NOTCH 305 D. GEN 196 NORTH 251.RUN 306 REMOTE / MANUAL 197 NOTCH OVERRIDE 252 SAMPLE 307 D. GEN / BUS 8 NUET 253 SET 308 BUS 9 OFF 254 SHUTDOWN 309 VLV 200 OFF OFF 255 SLOW 310 TURB B 201 ON 256 SLOW LOWER 311 TURB A 202 ON OFF 257 SLOW RAISE 312 DRYWELL L1 203 ON ON 258 SOU 313 DRYWELL L2 204 OP 259 SOUTH 314 E 205 OPEN 260 SPAN 315 P 206 OPER 261 SPAN 1 316 G 207 OPERATE 262 SPAN 2 317 H 208 OUT 263 STANDBY 318 TRIP RESET

'209 OUTBD 264 START 319 SYS A 210 OVER TEST 265 START HOT STBY 320 L S B 211 OVERRIDE 266 STOP 321 IV0053 212 PERIOD 267 SUPP 322 IVQ052 213 POWER OFF 268 SV TEST 323 NORMAL BUS 214 POWER ON 269 SYST 1 324 LOCAL MANUAL 215 PRIM 270 SYST 2 325 INOP 216 PPOGRAM 271 T 326 NORMAL (NO TRIP) 217 PSA 272 T1 327 TEST (WILL TRIP) 218 PSB 273 T2 328 TURBINE TRIP 219 PULL TO LOCK 274 T3 329 TEST PWR 220 PULL TO STOP 275 TEST 330 TEST FLOW D-7

f SWITCH POSITIONS (cont.)

331 PRINT 333 PRINT ON ALARM 334 MM/ MIN 332 SCAN

-e D-8 O

APPENDIX E.

Control Room Design Review Survey

4 CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW SURVEY The Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is requiring that a detailed human factors review of every nuclear power plant control room be performed.

Part of the guidance document published to support these reviews, NUREG-0700, suggests the use of your operating experience to help the review team identify operator / control board interface problems.

The Commonwealth Edison Company and the management of this station support the spirit of the NRC's directives.

As a result, we are asking for your support and assistance in the program by completing the attached questionnaire.

For this progtem, the Company's goal is to improve the operating crew's capability to recognize, control and manage plant abnormal and emergency conditions.

A by-product, of course, is that some changes and corrections will be made which will make the operating crews' job easier to perform.

The que'stionnaire contains 52 questions that cover nine general topic areas dealing with different aspects of control room design and operating crew job duties and tasks. The questions deal with " problem

  • areas as well as good or beneficial features associated with the control room.

In completing the questionnaire, please read each question carefully and then answer it as fully as you can based upon your experience.

In preparing your answers, consider the questions from all the various modes of plant operation, e.g.,

startup, hot stand-by, full power, etc.

Give detailed answers so that someone not as familiar with the area as you are will be able to understand exactly what you mean.

Thcagh the questionnaire is long, please take the time you need and answer all thw questions you can.

Your viewpoints and experiences are important to this review.

Use additional paper if necessary and attach it to this question-naire.

If you do use additional paper, please be sure to match your answer to the appropriate question.

If you feel that we have left anything out or failed to cover an area in which you have a concern, please tell us by attaching comments to the questionnaire.

If you are unable to answer a particular question, please indicate this in the space provided for your response.

In asking for your support in this program, we feel it is important for you to know what we will do with your answers.

As the questionnaires are returned, a non-CECO contractor will summarize your answers on a question-by-question basis and compile results for each.

The team conducting the control room design review will then be informed of each problem area identified so that they can pay special attention to it during the review process.

Should the team verify the area as a problem, they will document it on a form made for that purpose.

Though the NRC may eventually be told of the problems you help identify, we want to assure you that your answers and comments on this questionnaire will be kept in strict confidence.

Your answers will be summarized so that your exact words do not appear.

Further, your answers will in no way ef fect your careers, standings or promotions in Commonwealth Edison.

Therefore, in answering the questionnaire, be as open, honest and straightforward as you can.

E-1

2 In addition to completing the questionnaire, we would like you to supply us with the additional information requested on the following page.

It will hcip

- us to integrate your responses with other.information we must collect as part of this project.

The contractor' who will be summarizing your answers may contact you privately for additional information or clarification, if neces-sary.

When you have completed the qitestionnaire, place it in the envelope provided, seal the envelope, and return it within four weeks to the individual indicated on - the next page.

Thank you very much for your cooperation and assistance.

9 s

s 9

9 m

E-2

i-a

-NAME:

PRESENT POSITION:

NUCLEAR OPERATING EXPERIENCE:

YEARS

-CONTROL BOARD OPERATING EXPERIENCE YEARS HELD A REACTOR. OPERATOR'(RO) LICENSE YEARS HELD A SENIOR REACTOR OPERATOR (SRO) LICENSE YEARS AGE:

SEX:

l HEIGHT:

Return To:

E-3

= A.1 Identify any additional controls ' which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.

A.2 Identify any additional displays which would be helpful in the main control room. Explain why.-

A.3 Identify the arca(s) in the main control room where direct voice communication is difficult.

A.4 Identify any area (s) in the main control room where the air quality (temperature, humidity, air flow) makes it uncomfortable or distracting to wc;k.

A.5 Describe areas in the main control room where lighting causes glare, reflections, dark areas, or other problems.

A.6 Identify any obstacle (s) in the main control room that interfere with movement.

B.1 Identify any control device (s) that should be operated manually instead of automatically or vice versa. hty?

B.2 Identify any throttleable valve (s) that would potentially restrict your time to respond during emergency operations because of their throttle-ability.

B.3 Identify the system (s) in which controls and/or displays are not grouped together but should be.

l E-4

m

(

B.4 Describe how the layout of the control board equipment can be improved to allow operators to perform more effectively.

B.5 Identify areas on the main control boards where your use of a control is interfered with by other equipment surrounding it- (e.g.,

controls, displays,' telephones, radios, etc.).

B.6 Identify equipment (controls, displays) in the main control room which are difficult to reach or monitor.

Describe any incident (s) in which this difficulty has had an impact on operator job performance.

B.7 Identify any control (s) on back panels that should be on front panels or vice versa. Please explain why and be specific.

B.8 Describe any system (s) in the control room which you feel are difficult o-n'. fusing to operate.

Describe any incident (s) in which these have afte ted operator job performance.

B.9 Describe any incident (s) in which controls located in the control room were accidently activated. Why?

C.1 Identify and describe those areas in the main control room where back-ground noise levels interfere with annunciator alarms.

Describe any incident (s) in which the background noise delayed an operator in

. detecting an annunciator alarm in a timely ranner.

C.2 Describe any incident (s) in which the annunciator warning system was ineffective in helping operators respond to a problem.

E-5

i C.3 Identify and describe those alarm tiles that have an inappropriate set-point, that 'is, one that gives the operator either too much or too little time in which to respond to a plant problem.

C.4 For alarms with multiple inputs, is the computer printout capability sufficient for you to determine the cause?

If not, which alarms should be split into single inputs?

C.5 Identify any alarm tile (s) in the main control room which are confusing i

or difficult to understand. Explain why.

I.

D.1 Identify any auditory signal (s) presented in the control room which are confusing.

- D.2 Identify any area (s) in the main control room where messages presented over the PA or radio systems cannot be heard clearly.

D.3 Describe any instance (s) in which the use of the PA or radio systems by non-operating personnel interfered with control room use of the system.

f D.4 Describe any situation (s) in which problems with the PA or radio systems prevented or interfered with an operators ability to communicate with individuals in other areas.

I D.5 Describe any incident (s) in which use of walkie-talkies have interfered with plant instrumentation.

1 1

E.1 Identify any information or calculations not presently provided by the process computer that would be useful.

l 4

4 E-6 2

e-sv g~~~ww--,vm,,"--me,ne~-e,,,-,ww-wv,--,ryw.

ww,

-,-.,g.,,,y,,,._,m,--.,-r---e~~----,g,,--m.-e e-er, ysy

,,m-o,

,-g---

,-ww--

,,.en po---v~w~w,,y-

n 1

l E.2 Describe any feature (s) of the computer system that you feel are helpful.

E.3 Identify any words or symbols used on the computer that are diffictilt to

. understand or interpret. 'Suggest improvements.

E.4 Describe any incident (s) in which a delay in computer response to a request has detracted from or interfered with job performance.

E.5 Is there any information presented on the CRT's that would be more useful if it was presented differently? Explain.

E.6 Identify any CRT's located in the control room which are difficult to use from normal operating positions because of their placement in the contrni room.

E.7 Identify any information presented on the computer printer that is not

-useful to control room operations and explain why.

Describe any situation (s) in which presentation of this information interfered with main control room personnel receiving information from the printer.

E.8 Identify any computer system procedures which are difficult to under-stand. Desctibe any incident (s) in which this has caused a problem.

E.9 Identify any key (s) on the keyboard for the computer which are not used by main control room personnel. ' Describe any incident (s) in which these keys have' caused problems in using the computer.

,F.1 Describe any incident (s) in which maintenance activities contributed to an operational problem.

E-7

F.2 Describe any incident (s) in 'which the station maintenance program was particularly helpful in preventing an operational problem.

-F.3-Identify and describe any characteristic (s) of the main l control room preventative maintenance program or corrective maintenance procedures that are a) very effective, b) not effective.

'F.4 Describe any' occasion (s) in which replacement equipment such as fuses, bulbs, or ink was unavailable for corrective maintenance.

F.5 Describe the method used to determine lamp failure on the control panels.

Describe a method that you feel would be more effective.

Explain.

G.1 Identify any procedure (s) which are unclear or difficult to use.

Explain.

Describe any incident (s) in which this led to an operational problem.

G.2 Identify tables / checklists / status boards, etc. which could be redesigned to improve their usefulness. Explain.

G.3 Identify the log (s) that you feel are dif ficult to update or maintain.

Explain why.

G.4 Identify any mathematical calculation (s) that are time consuming and/or difficult to perform. Explain.

.G.5 Identify the testing procedure (s) that should be performed more or less frequently (daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, etc.) than they are now.

For each, state why.

E-8

H.1 Are there any job duties which are performed by others in which you feel main control room personnel should be more directly involved or vice versa? Explain.

H.2-Describe any-individual responsibilities.which are not clearly understood. How could they be improved?

H.3 Describe any instance (s) in which distractions, in the form of unnecessary personnel, traffic, etc., interfered with ' your main control room duties.

H.4 Describe how the shift turnover process can be improved.

H.S Describe'any incident (s) in which the operating crew staffing structure

.affected control room operations. How can this be improved?

I.1 Describe any inconsistencies between training and actual control room operations. What can be done to make the two more consistent?

I.2 Describe any emergency rituation(s) for which you feel you have - not received enough training.

I.3-Describe any incident (s) involving control room personnel in which additional training would have been helpful.

s E-9

E k

APPENDIX F Control Room Labeling Standard 1

f

CONTROL ROOM LABELING STANDARD The following information is'a summary guideline to be followed

-for labeling system / workstations, subsystem / functional

areas, components and control positions within the LaSalle control room.

The chcracteristics of labels must be such that they provide maximum information to the operator.

The various illumination levels of control areas, control locations, and restraints on operator position demand that all label characteristics (such as size, lettering and placement) serve as perceptual aids to information discrimination and processing.

The redundancy inherent in such characteristics can serve as a visual code to reduce response time and minimize probability of error.

Placement of labels should be uniform throughout the system to insure ease of element / control identification and should

. provide maximum visibility.

Labels should be oriented horizon-tally in order to be read easily, quickly and accurately and should not be subject to accidental removal.

The following guidelines adhere to those established by the Ceco checklist to aid the operator in the locating, identifying

and handling of controls, displays and equipment.

Labels should describe the function of 1.

Label Information equipment items, or if needed for clarity, describe engi-neering characteristics or nomenclature.

F-1

Labels should be placed below indi-2.

Placement of Labels cators except in cases-where there are space constraints.

If the labels are located above eye level, they should be positioned to ensure visibility.

All labels should be placed close to the corresponding panel element.

Placement should also provide sufficient space to allow adequate discrimination from adjacent' controls and minimum inter-ference with visibility during adjustment or manipulation of controls.

Placement should also be such that labels do l

1 not obscure or detract from other information sources (see Figures 1

and 2).

.Therefore, the following guidelines should be followed:

a.

Labels should not appear on the control itself when an I

adjustment or manipulation is required that causes the operator's hands to obscure the label for an extended time period.

b.

Adjacent labels should be separated by sufficient space so they are not read as one continuous label (see Figure 3).

c.

Eliminate, wherever

possible, vertically oriented labels and replace with horizontal labels.

d.

Curved patterns of labeling should be avoided.

e.

Labels should be mounted to minimize the possibility of accidental detachment.

f.

Labels should be mounted on a flat surface.

F-2

f e

LABEL

~

Q ct.o wrR INJ CNTR Vt.R 6 AUTO l

8 Figure 1.

Proximity of label to panel element.

F-3

- = _.

i

)

l HPCI TUR8INE BAROMETRIC O AUX OlL PUMP O O CONDENSER O I

CNDS PUMP

'yI I

I

.V I,t l

\\j f,

I MPCI TURBINE G

AUX Olt PUMP G

LOCKED OFF t

opp RESET RUN NORMAL DEFEAT RESET RUN j

l OPEN OPEN AUTO-FEED l

ALTTO FEED I

i Figure 2.

Separation of adjacent labels.

F-4 j

i

h OHF RADIO POWER A

OC 4

NON-PREFERRED UHF R

POWER A

oc i

PREFERRED t

Figure 3.

Examples of preferred and non-preferred label placement.

4 F-5

3.

Character Style and Dimensions - Recommended styles are shown in Figure 4.

A condensed Helvetica type font is an acceptable style.

Capital letters that art simple in design (i.e.,

without flourishes or serifs) should be used in all labels.

Other character dimensions are given below:

a.

Letter width-to-height ratio - no less than 1:1; no greater than 3:5.

b.

Numeral width-to-height ratio - 3:5 (except for the numeral "4"

which should be one stroke width wider and the numeral "1" which is one stroke in width).

c.

Stroke width-to-character height ratio - no less than 1:6; no greater than 1:8.

d.

Minimum space between:

1)

Characters - one stroke width 2)

Words - one character width 3)

Lines - one-half character height In order to insure speed and 4.

Character Readability accuracy in the reading of labels, uniform size and style of the characters should be adopted.

5.

Character Height - Letter height should be identical for all labels within the same hierarchical level, based on the maximum viewing distance.

The heights displayed in Table 1 are the minimum and preferred values recommended for opera-tor viewing distances of three feet.

If the operator's normal viewing distance is not three feet, the alphanumeric character's height should subtend a visual angle on the retina of 15 minutes at a minimum (0.004 x viewing dis-tance).

A visual angle of 20 minutes (0.006 x viewing distance) upon the retina is preferred by the NRC i

(NUREG-0700).

1 F-6

-l

EEDEEBGE Bi EsEE D

EMEEEE

~ M E IBEEEEEEEE a.

U.S.

Military Specification MIL-M-18012B AB C D EFG HIJ KLM NOPQRSTUVWXYZ 0123456789 b.

U.S.

Military Standard MS--33558 ( ASG)

\\

i Figure 4.

Recommended character styles.

ei

l b

Table 1.

Preferred values for character height MINIMUM MAXIMUM Letter height

.150 Letter width

.100

.150 Stroke width

.019

.025 Space between characters

.019

.025 Space between words

.100

.150 Space between lines

.075 1

F-8

6.

Labeling Visibility - The -following guidelines should be adhered to:

a.

Labels should not cover,- detract from or obscure figures or scales which must be read by the operator.

b.

Labels should be visible to the operator during control activation.

7.

Label color codes - General control room should be white with black lettering.

Yellow, blue and green should be used to identify Division I,

II, and III equipment, respectively.

Orange should be used for reactor protection system equipment.

l F-9 J

APPENDIX G Control Room Annunciator Standard m

m

CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATOR STANDARD The guidelines governing the labeling of aanunciator warning systems-parallel the labeling guidelines for the control room.

1.

Location - The annunciator warning panel labels should be located above the panel and be consistent with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes (.004 x viewing distance) when viewed from a central position within the primary operating area.

For LaSalle, this should be.625= inches.

Within each panel, alarm tiles shculd be grouped by function or

system, and each panel should be located above the related controls or displays necessary for diagnostic or corrective response.

2.

Legends Legends on individual annunciator til'es should be unambiguous and specific as to conditions that they address.

Information should be ' conveyed concisely using abbreviations and acronyms consistent with those used elesewhere in the control room.

The use of alarms which refer to other detailed annun-ciator panels located outside the primary operating area should be minimized.

3.

Character Height - For optimum legibility of the panel legends, letter height should subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 minutes and be identical for all tiles based on maximum viewing distance.

For LaSalle, the G-1

letter height should be.22 inches.

The alphanumeric labeling of the vertical and horizontal axes of the annunciator panels should be consistent with a sub-tended visual angle of at least 15 minutes viewed from a central. position within the primary operating area.

For LaSalle, this should be.5 inches.

4.

Character Style - Type style for legends should be simple, upper-case, and consistent for all tiles to insure maximum readability *.

Legends should be engraved on tiles using black lettering on white background to provide high contrast.

Character dimensions should be consistent with those recommended in the labeling standard.

5.

General Guidelines a.

An abbreviation standard should be developed and strictly observed, b.

Words in the label should express exactly what action is intended and at the same time be clearly understood, direct and correctly spelled.

The meanings of words should be commonly accepted by all intended users.

Unusual technical terms should be avoided.

c.

Symbols can be used only if they have a commonly accepted meaning, they are unique and distin-guishable from each other, they use a commonly accepted standard configuration, and they are used

' consistently within and across panels.

Roman numerals should be avoided.

  • McCormick, E.J.

Human Factors in Engineering and Design ~(Sth Edition).

New-York:

McGraw-Hill, 1976.

G-2

I

\\

d.

Words and abbreviations which are similar in appearance should be avoided where error in interpretation could result.

e.

Labels should identify functionally grouped controls or displays and be located above the groups they identify.

f.

All discrete functional control positions should be identified along with the direction of motion in continuous motion rotary controls.

g.

Labels should describe the function or equipment compon'ents.

h.

Words should be used which have a

commonly accepted meaning for all intended users; unusual terms should be consistent within and across pieces of' equipment.

i.

Words on labels should be concise yet convey the intended meaning.

j.

Abbreviations should be limited to five or less characters.

G-3

LaSalle County Station

' Final Summary Report PREFACE The following document was prepared jointly by the Commonwealth Edison Company (CECO) and Human Factors Technology Group of the Advanced Resource Development (ARD)

Corporation.

The ARD

. Corporation assisted CECO throughout all phases of the Control Room Design Review (CRDR).

This report contains the Commonwealth Edison Company's LaSalle

}

County -Station Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) final summary report, as per CECO's April 14, 1983, recponse to NUREG-0737 Supplement ~ 1, and to the NRC's subsequent February 27,

1984, confirmatory order (Docket Number 50-373)- to Mr.

Dennis L. Farrar from Mr. A. Schwenger.

s

'a M

A

Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE SECTION VOL.'l DCRDR FINAL

SUMMARY

REPORT PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION 1-1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

2-1 2.0 OVERVIEW 2-2 2.1 Review Phases 2-3 2.2 Foundation Processes 2-4 2.3 Investigative Processes 2-4 2.4 Assessment Phase 2-4 2.5 Reporting Phase 3-1 3.0 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 4-1 4.0 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 4.1 Output Documentation 4-2 4-2 4.2 Document Control 4-3 4.3 Data Base Management System 5.0 INTEGRATION WITH OTHER SUPPLEMENT 1 5-1 NUREG-0737 INITIATIVES 6-1 6.0 REVIEW PROCESS 6-1 6.1 Historical Event Review 6-7 6.2 Operating Experience Review 6-15 6.3 Task Analysis 6-24 6.4 Control Room Inventory 6.5 Verification of Equipment Availability and 6-31 suitability 6.6 Validation of Control Room Functions 6-37 6-43 6.7 Control Room Survey 7-1 7.0 HED ASSESSMENT 8-1 8.0 HED IMPLEMENTATION 8-1 8.1 General 8-3 8.2 Labeling 8-4 8.3 Annunciators 8-4 8.4 Enhancements 8-5 8.5 Verification of Corrective Actions

- iii

F~

]

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

PAGE SECTION APPENDICES A-1 A

FORMS NUMBER OF ASSOCIATIONS OF OPERATOR SURVEY B

SUMMARY

ITEMS TO HUMAN ENGINEERING B-1 DISCREPANCIES C-1 C

MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING:

PERSONNEL D-1 D

CODES E-1 CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW SURVEY E

F-1 F

CONTROL ROOM LABELING STANDARD G-1 G

CONTROL ROOM ANNUNCIATOR STANDARD s

e

- iv -

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report I

1. 0' INTRODUCTION The Detailed Control Room Design Review (DCRDR) is part of a broad program designed by the nuclear industry and the federal government to ensure consideration of human factors in nuclear

' power plant design and operation.

The purpose of the LaSalle DCRDR was to review and evaluate the control room workspace, instrumentation,- controls and other equipment from a

human factors standpoint, taking into account both system demands and operator capabilities.

Secondly, the human factors review identified, assessed and will implement control room design modifications which correct inadequate or unsuitable items.

The following objectives were identified for the LaSalle County Nuclear Generating Station DCRDR:

1.

Determine whether the control room provides the system status information, control capabilities,

feedback, and analytic aids necessary for control room operators to accomplish their functions effectively.

2.

Identify characteristics of the existing control room instrumentation,

. controls, other equipment, and physical arrangements that may detract from operator performance.

1-1

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 3.

Analyze and evaluate the problems that could arise from the aforementioned human engineering discrepan-cies (HEDs),

and analyze means of correcting those

~

discrepancies which could lead to substantial problems.

4.

Define and put into effect a plan of action that applies human factors principles to improve control room design and enhance operator effectiveness; particular emphasis should be placed on improvements affecting control room design and operator performance under emergency conditions.

5.

Integrate the control room design review with other areas of human factors inquiry identified in the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Task Action Plan.

6.

Verify Preliminary Design Assessment (PDA) results and integrate corrective actions resulting from PDA into DCRDR recommendations.

Final Summary. Report.

LaSalle County Station 2.0 OVERVIEW

'The Commonwealth Edison Company DCRDR evaluates the control room workspace, instrumentation, controls.and other equipment from the human factors ~ engineering perspective.

Both system

' demands and operator capabilities were taken into account.

The HEDs identified in the review phase were assessed ~by the Human Engineering Discrepancy Assessment Team (HEDAT).

For those HEDs significant enough to warrant a corrective action, this team identified and assessed control room improvements which would correct the problems described'in the HEDs.

A tentative corrective action schedule based upon the safety significance and = human' ' factors importance was also established.

As indicated in.the CECO response to the NUREG-0737 Supplement.1, this schedule is dependent upon the NRC's response to this repor t.' and the.results of the integration of all Supplement 1 initiative modifications.

Prior

.t o licensing, Commonwealth Edison conducted a

human factors ' Preliminary Design Assessment (PDA) of the LaSalle c3ntrol. room.

As a result, a large number of design improve-

.ments were. completed.

In addition, a

number of items..was deferred until1 the DCRDR.

Each of these deferred ' items was reviewed.and documentation. supporting the disposition of each is available on-site.

2-1

E LaSalle County Station Final' Summary Report 2.1 Review Phases The co.itrol. rooms were reviewed to determine if they provide the operator with the system status information, control capabilities,

feedback, and performance aids necessary to accomplish this function and task effectively.

Characteris-tics of the existing control room instrumentation,

controls, other equipment and physical arrangements that may detract from operator performance were also identified during this phase.

These review processes were used to collect pertinent information and/or to identify HEDs within the control rooms.

2.1.1 Operating Experience Review An operating personnel survey and a

review of historical reports was conducted to identify conditions which affect probability for those operator errors which could affect safe operation of the generating stations.

Industry-wide Licensee Event Reports _ (LERs) for similarly designed control rooms that have generic applicability, were included in this review.

Operating personnel were also interviewed to obtain feedback based on previous operating experience.

2.1.2 Review of System Functions and Analysis of Tasks Involved in Control Room Operator Functions l

The BWROG EPGs were used as the base document for establishing information requirements.and performance criteria for the tasks which operators must accomplish.

1 Inventory of Control Room Instrumentation and Equipment

'2.1.3 The inventory itemized and described the existing control room components for comparison with the information,

control, 2-2

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report equipment and material requirements identified in the system functions review and task analysis.

2.1.4 Survey of the Human Engineering Acceptability of Control Rc om Components and Environmental Conditions This survey identified whether the control room components and environment (e.g., lighting, noise / sound control) were designed to accommodate basic human characteristics such as physical size and perceptual-motor capabilities.

Verification of Task Performance Capabilities 2.1.5 During this phase, the adequacy of workstations to support the execution of control room operator tasks was assessed.

The verification was made by comparing the information and control requirements derived from the task analysis to the existing instrumentations and controls available in the control rooms.3 2.1.6 Validation of Control Room Functions The validation was conducted to determine whether the functions allocated to the control room operating crew could be accomp-lished within the structure of the defined Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) and the design of the control room as it exists.

2.2 Foundation Processes The first three are foundation processes in which frames of reference and benchmarks for identification of discrepancies were established.

The last three are investigative processes with which the benchmarks were used to identify HEDs.

2-3

Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station-2.3 Investigative Processes The investigative processes used the data collected during the foundation processes to determine the adequacy of control room operators' tasks and functions from a

human engineering

_ perspective by comparing the data against the human factors benchmarks established during these processes.

Deficiencies were identified and documented during this part of the review.

It was during this part of the review that the control room survey of the control boards was conducted.

This' survey was followed by a verification of task - performance capabilities, including the verification of instrumentation and control availability and suitability.

Subsequent to the verification process, a validation of the control room. functions was conducted to determine whether the functions allocated to the control room operating crew could be accomplished within' the structure of the emergencyioperating procedures and the design of the existing control room.

2.4 Assessment Phase Upon completion' of the DCRDR investigations, a review of the HEDs was conducted by the HEDAT.

The review served to identify the significance of each HED, as well as to provide the review team with the opportunity to determine the appropriate actions necessary to correct the HEDs.

A schedule was then developed.

2.5 Reporting Phase The following report represents the methodology, findings and conclusions from the LaSalle County Generating Station DCRDR.

The review was conducted by Commonwealth Edison Company with 2-4

. - ~

~ -.._ -...

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report extensive human factors engineering support from ARD

.Corporat on, columbia, Maryland.

Th'is report was prepeced to i

i show compliance with NUREG-0737 Supplement 1.

1 9

T l

i-t 1

e i

e, I

4

+

1

+

4 i

e 2-5

i 1

Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station 3.0 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING

.The purpose of the DCRDR was to identify and correct those features in the control room environment which were not in concert with.the safe and efficient operation of the facility.

The

.DCRDR activities were implemented by experienced operations, nuclear systems and~ human factors ' engineering personnel.

?

The DCRDR Team The LaSalle DCRDR team consisted of a group of professionals from various disciplines with the wide range of skills necessary for the performance of the design review and included:

o I&C engineering e

Nuclear systems engineering e

Human factors engineering e

Operations This core group was' supplemented, as required.

During the course of the

review, any additional. specialists (e.g.,
lighting, acoustics) required for. specific tasks were made available as needed.

.3-1

Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station Before beginning the review, team members were selected and familiarized with the methods and content of relevant NRC documents, general human factors engineering _ principles and methodology.

Team members were also provided with the _ oppor-tunity to familiarize themselves with the general design and operation of the plants.

Any general or specific procedural

. issues were resolved at this point.

The review team members were encouraged to document dissenting

opinions, regarding ~HEDs, if. appropriate.

They were also provided access to plant facilities, personnel, necessary documents and information required to perform their assigned tasks.

A statement of responsibility and qualifications was provided for each team member under agreement with the NRC at the commencement of the station's DCRDR within the Commonwealth Edison system, and this statement is included in Appendix C.

B-- R

g, -

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 4.0 DOCUMENTATION-AND DOCUMENT CONTROL This section describes the documentation system (input / output documents) and documentation management / control procedures which CECO used to support the LaSalle'DCRDR.

From the beginning of the review, the team had at its disposal the following reference documents:

o System Lists System Descriptions e

Piping and Instrumentation Drawings e

e Control Room Floor Plan (Lighting, HVAC, Acoustics, etc.)

e Panel Layout Drawings e

-Panel Photographs List of Acronyms, Abbreviations e

Description of Control Room Coding Conventions e

Samples of Computer Printouts e

Procedures (Emergency, Abnormal and Operating) e Guidelines for Procedural Development e

Other Human Factors / Control Room Studies o

As additional documents were acquired or written, they were added'to the library.

4-1

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report l

4. 11 Output Documentation In order to facilitate systematizing and recording Control Room Design Reviews, a series of standard forms was developed.

The forms used. are listed below and appear in their entirety in Appendix A.

L.

Control Room Human Engineering Discrepancy Record o

Questionnaire Item Summary Form e

Personnel Survey Summary Form

-o Index of Reviewed Reports o

e Historical Report Review Error Analysis Problem Analysi's Report Control Room Review Task Development e

Validation Review Worksheet o

Sound Survey Record e

Lighting Survey - Illuminance Record

_fi.

e Lighting Survey - Luminance and Reflectance Record e

Lighting Survey - CRT e

Air Velocity Survey Record e

Photographic Log e

Form Task Analysis Instrument / Control Requirement e

Task Analysis Controller Requirement Form j

e e

Inventory Form Controller Inventory Forn o

4.2 Document Control The Commonwealth Edison Company recognized that a data collec-tion / analysis effort, such as that inherent in a DCRDR, can

, generate volumes of ~ paperwork which, if managed improperly, 4-2

-LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report

-could result in a

great loss of time and money.

CECO, therefore, implemented a data base management system (DBMS) to collect, update, analyze and provide the information necessary to fulfill the requirements of DCRDRs on a dedicated computer.

An example of a method used for the DCRDR DBMS is illustrated in Figure 4.1.

Implementation of the DBMS minimized the number of_ manual transformation steps required in the data collection /

analysis effort.

Furthermore, it afforded the DCRDR team the capability of real-time data analysis.

Through the use of the DBMS parameters, any number or combination of data points was accessed and analyzed on an as-needed basis.

4.3 Data Base Management System The DBMS was implemented on CECO's Prime 750 computer using INFO /INFOTEXT.

It consists of a master program with memory exQ2ted from various source storage devices to hold the data documents.

Because manual handling of data is largely elimi-nated after data is entered into the system, the DBMS greatly reduced duplication of

efforts, document loss and errors resulting from unnecessary handling of data.

After the DBMS was implemented, the series of data files and

-records were created using information derived from the various source documents.

Each source document contained specific forms, charts, schedules, etc., required for the DCRDR and each constituted a single data file.

Data files, in turn, comprised.

individual records which represent the specitic parameters contained in the file forms, charts, etc.

The file then served as a model of the document from which it was created, as well as an area in which to store data records.

The source docu-ments included-those reports and forms listed previously in this chapter.

To avoid file damage or unauthorized data manipulation, access to. the DBMS was restricted by liriting user training and by issuing passwords to a limited number of users.

4-3

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report DATA BASE USER (S)

SOFTWARE DATA BASE STORAGE CONFIGURATIOR user OPERATOR suB-tasks l81 117l13 l t, l, t,

11 p

  • sRATOR tasks 1Ii 1 '2 I T3II4 I,,,. T.

T A

OPERATOR FUNCTIONS l

1 lf2lf3lf4.l,,, F,

,f sysTExs a sus-sysitxs lSi I521 331 5 i 5

j T

USER SYSTEM PROCEDURES lEl lP2lP3lP4l, P,

E I3 7

system EVENTS lEl lE2lE3lE4 I,,,

E,

^

E' l

t V

STANDARD STANDARD CUSTOM REPORT llEPORT REPORT

  1. 1 ft OUTPUT REPORTS & SCREENS Figure 4.1 Sample Human Factors Evaluation i

Data Base System I

i 4-4

.~

Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station 1

i T

I 5.0 INTEGRATION WITH OTHER SUPPLEMENT 1 NUREG-0737 INITIATIVES Commonwealth Edison Company has an integrated program to address each of the Supplement 1 to NUREG-0737 initiatives.

- This program extends throu_ghout its system of nuclear generating stations and-has specific provisions for each

- station.

This program is headed by the CECO Station Nuclear Engineering Department which provides the necessary integration and support to ensure that a systematic approach is adopted for.

the inclusion of each of the recommended design changes resulting from these initiatives.

Details of this

process, including schedules were provided in Commonwealth Edison's l:

April 14, 1983 submittal to the NRC.

- The design of the Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS), the R.G.

1.97 based instrument

displays, the development of function-oriente'd emergency operating procedures, the training

- of.the operating staff, and the DCRDR are being integrated in a manner which takes full advantage of the scheduling of each of l

- these initiatives, and is being integrated with respect to the overall improvement of the operator's ability to comprehend plant conditions and cope with emergencies.

I h

e 5-1

Final-Summary. Report LaSalle County' Station 1

. Design changes will be integrated with the ~ informational data base collected as a function of the DCRDR.

In addition, the' corrective action modifications resulting from the DCRDR will be evaluated for their effects on these programs.

The integration of the -DCRDR and these other programs include provisions for operator ~ retraining and upgrading of operating procedures when necessary, to reflect the physical changes made in the control room.

Functions and tasks have been analyzed to determine information and ' control needs and to identify operator tasks during emer-gency operations.

This analysis will be used to verify the completeness of the emergency operating procedure, and will serve as the basis for verifying the SPDS parameters.

t l

5-2

LaSalle County Station

-Final Summary Report 6.0 REVIEW PROCESS The DCRDR review process resulted in the identification of a number of HEDs that were eval'uated to determine the extent to which they could affect the potential of operating crew errors.

Also requiring consideration were the recommendations for.

improvement or correction that the Human Factors

' Specialists (HFSs) made for the discrepancies discovered in.the DCRnR investigative processes.

Once the ' HEDs were evaluated and r recommended improvement (if applicable) agreed upon, most improvements will be implemented according to a schedule based on the relative significance of the HED.

6.1 Historical Event Review 6.1.1 Introduction The objective of the Historical Event Review was to investigate archival documentation of control room problems to ensure that the man-machine interface was adequate to reduce the potential for human error.

Human error in performing complicated tasks is a

well documented fact and the potential for it is always present.

In

-the_ nuclear power industry, human error can combine with poor design features and contribute to serious operational 6-1

1 LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report problems.

Fortunately, in the

industry, instances of past human performance error and equipment / design arrangement problems are documented in plant and industry records and can be - used as a data base for recommending design improvements.

This section describes the process used to review several such documents to identify areas of potential human performance problems at Commonwealth Edison Company's LaSalle Units 1 and 2.

There were-five sources of historical reports available for this review at LaSalle station.

Three of the sources were in-house documentation and consisted of LaSalle Licensee Event Reports (LERs), LaSalle Deviation Reports (DVRs), and LaSalle Professional Committee Reports (PROS).

The other two sources of documentation were industry-wide sources and consisted of Significant Event Reports (SERs) and Significant Operating Event Reports (SOERs).

These latter two sources were NSAC/INPO reviewed reports available to the review team through Commonwealth Edison-Company.

All five sources were used at LaSalle station for the Historical Event Review.

6.1.2 Methodology The following paragraphs delineate the processes used to

collect, screen, prioritize and evaluate the documents identified above.

7 6.1.2.1 Collecting the Historical Reports In its archives, LaSalle station has a copy of every LER, DVR and PRO report generated at that station.

An HFS reviewed each of' the above reports for LaSalle Units 1 and.2 from 1979 to 1985.

In addition, every NSAC/INPO SER and SOER report from their _ beginning ~in 1979 following the accident at Three Mile Island Unit 2, until 1985, was reviewed by an HFS.

The purpose 6-2

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report of the review was to identify those reports that involved control room

operator, procedural and/or control board equipment failure and/or design arrangement errors.

Copies of reports so identified were made for further screening.

Over 130 reports'were reviewed for LaSalle station.

4 6.1.2.2 Screening the Historical Reports After collecting all potentially relevant reports for LaSalle

station, the reports were screened by an HFS with the assistance of a Subject Matter Expert (SME) and the DCRDR Coordinator, to determine if the report described and documented a control room problem.

Because this was a DCRDR, only reports applicable to the control room were retained for further analysis.

Reports were considered to document a

control room problem if they met any one or more of the following criteria:

e Equipment referenced (valve / pump controls,

displays, indicators, etc.) must be in the physical confines of the control room.

o Procedure steps referenced must be accomplished within the physical confines of the control room.

o Personnel error referenced must have occurred in the control room on equipment contained in the control room, or entailed a deviation from procedures that were to be accomplished in the control room.

6.1.2.3 Prioritizing the Historical Reports A-detailed analysis of every report passing the collection and screening process would have been very time-consuming and of 6-3

T LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report dubious value.

Therefore, the reports were. evaluated and categorized in priority by an HFS and an SME to allow the review team to focus the historical review effort.

Reports meeting any one or more of the following criteria were considered to be high in priority:

A)

The consequences of the report had either-a significant effect on plant operation, or had the potential for having a significant effect on plant operation.

1 B)

The report documented personnel

injury, radiation exposure in excess of Ceco
limits, or had the potential for significant adverse effect on public health or safety.

C)

The report documented a trip / scram, derating, or unit outage.

D)

The report documented equipment damage in excess of

$100,000.00.

Reports not meeting any of these criteria were considered to be low in priority.

All high-priority reports were evaluated.

The evaluation of low-priority reports was left to> the discretion of the DCRDR Coordinator, pending time and manpower constraints.

At

LaSalle, no low-priority reports were evaluated.

A total of 83 in-house reports was selected and prioritized at LaSalle.

Of these, 27 were evaluated to be high in priority and 56 were evaluated to be low in pr.iority.

A total of 45 non-in-house reports was selected and prioritized.

All were evaluated as high in priority.

Of these 45 reports, 20 were 1

L A.

A

[

Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station p

determined to be of potential applicability to Boiling Water Reactors (BWRs) 'of LaSalle's vintage, and consequently, only these 20 non-in-house reports were evaluated at LaSalle.

i 6.1.2.4 Report Review and Evaluation I

A Problem Analysis Report (PAR) (Appendix A) was completed for each report investigated.

The folloaing information was

~

recorded for each report:

e Investigators.' names e

Station name.

e Unit (s) on which the problem occurred DCRDR index number of the report which was assigned by e

the HFS e

Type and number of the report involved Effect of the incident on the unit e

e Problem as documented in the report Any corrective action taken or proposed as documented e

in the report.

.A copy of each report and its PAR was put in a Historical j

~ Review project notebook, along with an index of all reports selected and prioritized.

Though the low-priority reports were put in the notebook, no PAR was completed for them unless they l

were investigated.

The project notebook was maintained by the HFS.

At the conclusion of the Historical Event Review phase of LaSalle's

DCRDR, the project notebook was delivered 'to the DCRDR Coordinator for inclusion.in LaSalle's DCRDR records, and is available for review.

i For each report investigated, the HFS obtained copies of appropriate documentation to allow the HFS to identify the i

individuals involved in the incident and the operating 6-5

4' LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report conditions of the unit / plant at the. time of the incident.

In most cases, the Shif t Engineer's log was sufficient for this additional documentation, purpose.

In some instances, however, such as the unit log, center desk log, and/or a SCRAM-report, was collected.

Any and all such documentation was placed in the project notebook with.the report and PAR to which it related.

A preliminary investigation was then conducted by the HFS for each high-priority report.

This investigation included the interviewing of individuals associated with or familiar with each problem, and the examination of equipment and procedures associated with the problem.

These investigations continued until the HFS had amassed enough data to determine whether the documented problem _ had been corrected from a human factors perspective or not.

If the problem had been corrected, the investigations "yes" line on-the PAR was checked and no further were'made.

If the HFS determined that the problem had not been adequately addressed from a human factors perspective, and hence was still uncorrected, the "no" line was checked and the investigation and analysis of that problem continued.

These additional investigations consisted of a more in-depth examina-tion of equipment and procedures and the interviewing of as many individuals associated with or familiar with the problem as possible.

Though interview notes were taken by the HFS, individuals were assured of complete confidentiality; consequently, these notes are not available for review.

When the HFS felt he had collected enough data to determine the fundamental causes of 4

the problem and ascertain its corrective status from a human factors perspective, the investigation of the problem ceased.

If, at this point, the HFS determined that the problem had not 6-6

+

7

\\

LaSalle County Station

Final Summary Report been adequately addressed and that additional human engineering corrective action could be taken to minimize the probability of the ' problem ' recurring, a

Control Room Human Enqineering Discrepancy _ form (CRHED) was completed and the HED number entered in the appropriate space on the PAR.

The above process for report review and investigation dif fered slightly for the non-in-house reports.

Because there were no individuals on-site who were involved in the incidents des-cribed in the reports, alternate individuals were interviewed.

-These alternates were people knowledgeable with the LaSalle in the incident and included systems and/or procedures involved experienced reactor operators, shift engineers, nuclear engineers, shift foremen and operating engineers.

This was the only investigative modification made.

6.1.3 Results

'A.

total of 33 reports and problems were investigated at LaSalle.

As a result of the investigative process described uncorrected. and had above, seven problems were evaluated as HEDs written.

These findings (HEDs) are contained in Volume 2.

6.2 Operatina Experience Review 6.2.1 Objectives The objective of the operator survey is to obtain special, pertinent knowledge that operating personnel at Commonwealth

. Edison Company's LaSalle plant possess regarding both positive and negativ_e control room system features which they have experienced and/or observed in the course of preparing for operations or during operations the'mselves.

As one of the foundation processes of the

DCRDR, the operator survey is 6-7

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report intended to provide information th'at will guide the human factors specialists during subsequent investigative phases of.

the DCRDR; (i.e.,

the-checklist

survey, task
analysis, verification and validation processes).

Aside from this primary function, the survey also provides an avenue for plant management.

to gather general information about the plant operators' perceptions and opinions o f.

control room design and

- procedures.

6.2.2 Methods 6.2.2.1 Development of the Self-Administered Questionnaire The open-ended, self-administered questionnaire was structured to address the following nine content-topic areas as suggested in NUREG-0700:

Workspace Layout and Environment e

e Panel Design e

Annunciator Warning System o

Communications e

Process Computers Corrective and Preventive Maintenan'e c

]

e.

e procedures Staffing and Job Design e

e Training A-draft questionnaire was prepared from a

pool of survey questions asnembled for each topic area.

The question orienta-tion was predominantly like the critical Incident Technique to ensure that responses were as objective as possible.

A. team consisting of personnel with operating, psychometric and training expertise reviewed and evaluated the written questions.

1 1

a 4

6-8.

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Items retained in the final questionnaire met the following criteria:

Simplicity questions were

direct, employed common everyday language and were as brief as possible.

Clarity - questions were unamoiguous.

questions were free of emotionally charged Objectivity words such as good / bad, strong / weak, etc.

surveys are susceptible to social Error Free desirability,

leniency, central tendency and halo-type errors.

Retained items were those that had the minimum tendency toward these error types.

As an aid in the evaluation process, the team members used a rating scale to judge each item on each of the above criteria.

The question ratings were then averaged across the criteria to determine which would be included in the questionnaire.

Finally, the questions were sorted into topic areas to ensure that the area was sampled adequately as to item content.

ARD personnel, along with operations personnel, selected the final set of items for inclusion in the questionnaire.

The resulting questionnaire, with accompanying explanatory materials, was then distributed to the operators.

A copy of the distribution packet, including the questionnaire, is provided in Appendix E.

Each question in the nine topic areas was posed as an open-ended question.

Operators were encouraged to describe in based.

In detail the specifics upon which their responses were the cover letter, operators were reminded to consider all modes of plant operation, including start-up, hot standby, full power 6-9

r LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report and reduced

power, in addition to possible abnormal or emergency operating conditions.

Opinions regarding both

" problem" and beneficial design features of the control room were solicited.

Each respondent was also asked to complete a separate sheet detailing his background, level of experience and current status at LaSalle.

6.2.2.2 Distribution of the Self-Administered Questionnaire These questionnaires were distributed to eighty-seven person-

nel, based on a

list prepared by CFCo.

The participants included non-licensed operations personnel, licensed operations personnel and licensed non-operations personnel at.the LaSalle plant.

At the time of distribution, the questionnaire recipients received a briefing emphasizing major elements of the cover letter.

The briefing included an explanation of the purpose, description of and instructions for the questionnaire, assurance of confidentiality, explanation of what will be done with the results, and a request to fill out the background /

biographical information.

The operators were given several weeks to fill out the self-administered questionnaire and to return it by mail to the Assistant Superintendent for Operations in a self-addressed, stamped envelope that had been provided.

He gave the unopened envelopes to ARD.

Confiden-tiality was assured by assigning each questionnaire a number.

The list of potential respondents and corresponding numbers were kept in confidence by ARD personnel.

6.2.2.3 Analysis of Responses to the Self-Administered Questionnaire ARD personnel logged the thirty-four questionnaires (39%) that were re*.urned and tallied the demographic information.

Written 4-A@

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report responses were reviewed for each question and then summarized on a Quest _ionnaire Item Summary Form (QISF).

A sample of this

-form can be found in Appendix A.

Responses which addressed the same-issue were collapsed into a summary statement of the concern, with an associated count of the frequency with which that concern had been mentioned.

An experienced Nuclear Station Operator ~ (NSO) worked with the HFS to clarify any ambiguities associated 'af'.h the responses and the summaries.

6.2.2.4 Follow-up Work with Experienced Nuclear Station Operator The objectives of the follow-up interviews were as follows:

To clarify ambiguities in any written responses to the e

self-administered questionnaire e

To gather additional details (e.g'.,

system or component information) pertaining to ambiguous or incomplete responses Working together, the HFS and the experienced NSO clarified the written responses on the self-administered questionnaire.

The resulting responses were recorded on the appropriate QISP.

6.2.2.5 Integration of Interview Data with Self-Administered Questionnaire Responses The information compiled previously from the self-administered questionnaires was enhanced based on the follow-up work.

Ambiguities noted previously were resolved

and, where appropriate, specifics such as system or component names were added.

The items were investigated further by the HFS to 6-11

4 a4 LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report determine whether responses were in accordance with sound human engineering conventions and practices.

Positive and negative responses which were in compliance were. designated as "Not an j

HED" in the appropriate space on the QISF.

Positive responses and negative responses deemed not in compliance were designated as

" potential HED" on the QISF.

Some negative responses I'

evaluated to be in compliance were designated as " Complaints" in the appropriate space on the QISF.

6.2.2.6 Documentation for Future Reference The data gathered during the Operator Personnel Survey are being maintained by ARD in a form that will provide the review The team with reference mate::ial for later phases of the CRDR.

stated HEDs were entered into a computerized DBMS and have been final determi-i presented to the Review Team which will make the nation of whether they are to be classified as HEDs.

6.2.2.7 Biographical information i

i The biographical data information collected with the question-This naires was summed and averaged by type of operator group.

provided the HFS and the review team with an indication of the demographics. of the population upon which the survey response data is based.

This information is provided on a Personnel Survey Summary Form (PSSF) (Figure 6.1).

i I-6.2.3 Findings The evaluation of operator comments resulted in 126 potential

.HEDs being designated as valid in the judgement of the HFS.

The 126 potential HEDs were written and are presented in Appendix B of this report.

The following analysis is based on these potential HEDs since those finally designated as HEDs by k

1 6 -... 12

-wv--we-

S 4

5 S

3 5

R O 0

2 2

R O 0

2 3

Y R Y R S S S S S

3 3

S 2

5 R O 0

2 0

RO 0

2 0

Y R YR 8

8 D

D R

R A.

A.

OP OP BX j

BX E

L 3

8 1

L 4

2 E

OR 0

2 0

OR 1

2 0

RE RE TP TP NO g

NO O

O C

S C

S C

C I

S I

~

T RP T

C S

I RP S

AX M

I T

AX I

EE O

A I

L 8

1 7

T L

0 5

0 R

T S

EE A

CR 2

8 8

F T

T CR 0

9 9

T UE 1

S A

UE 1

S NP Y

T NP O

R D

S O

N A

N A

M A

N I

'0 M

A D

E 0

2 U

S E

P.

7 8

7 E

G S

C H

G M

A 3

4 6

I A

3 3

5 3

3 3

3 3

3 l

Y i

E P

V A

R R

?

U G

T "0

"8 "2

l i

I "5

5 4

O G

S I

M G

I 0

1 1

L E

I 7

1 1

E 7

7 7

E D

E 6

7 7

l l

I N

I N

N O

O I

S 2

R T

2 X F E

A X F E

P L

E S H 1

4 7

y U

S H 1

4 7

2 2

e P

l O

o P

o e N

C l

N l

e a v S R

e S

L O

R O

R R

t a

T S

O T

O A

N T

A S

T R

O C

R R

C E

I U

E O

U P

T R

P T

R O

A S

T T

O A

S T

R N

S R

N S

D E

O N

S D

E O

N P

E P

I I

YL:

P E

P I

I U

S O

T NO O

N A

R O

N A

R AN U

S O

T R

E D

DR O

AI R

E D

DR O

T G

C E

EE T

G C

E EE T

I S

SP A

L I

S SP A

L L

N NO L

L SA L

N NO L

L E

E-U A

FT E

E-U A

N C

CN M

R S

l N

C CN M-R O

I IO I

E O

I IO I

E I

N L

LN S

V N

L LN S

V O

O I2 2

Em m5<0 en g3$ x mO E

'j pOj v

c I

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report the assessment team include input from other phases of the control room rev iew as well.

Some of those identified as potential HEDs by the operator survey are redundant with those found in other phases, such as the checklist, and have been attributed to the checklist rather than the operator survey.

Thus, in discussing the operator survey's sensitivity to human factors

issues, it seemed more appropriate to analyze the initial set of potential HEDs.

An analysis of the items revealed that the largest number of potential HEDs was associated with problems of:

additional room; additional displays which would be helpful in the control controls which would be helpful in the control room; systems where controls and/or displays are not grouped together as they should be; and how the layout of the control board equipment can be improved for operators.

Also, a

large number of potential HEDs was found for systems in the control room which are difficult or confusing to operate, and for alarm tiles that have an inappropriate set point (i.e.,

those that give the operator either too much or too little time in which to respond to a plant problem).

A slightly smaller number of potential HEDs was associated with:

the annunciator warning system being ineffective in helping operators respond to a problem; areas in the main control room where direct voice cc.nmunica tion is difficult; alarms with multiple inputs where cc.nputer printout capability tables / checklists /

is not sufficient to determine the causer status boards, etc., which could be redesigned to improve their and incidents in the control room involving usefulness; personnel for whom additional training would have been helpful.

l An intermediate number of potential HEDs was found for the following:

areas in the main control room where lighting l

l 6-14

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report' or other problems; alarm causes glare, reflections, dark areas, tile (s) in the main control room. which are confusing or difficult to understand; information or calculations not presently provided by the process computer that would be useful; incidents in which a delay in computer response to a request has detracted from or interfered with job performance; any information presented on the CRTs that would be more useful if it were presented differently; and any situations in which l

replacement equipment (e.g., fuses, bulbs, ink) was unavailable for corrective maintenance.

Decreasing numbers of potential HEDs were associated with other items as is shown in Appendix B.

6.3 Task Analysis 6.3.1 Method the LaSalle County DCRDR Task Analysis was to The objective of determine, to the extent practical, whether system performance requirements can be met by combinations of instrumentation, equipment, software and personnel to insure that operator performance requirements do not exceed operator performance capabilities under emergency operating conditions.

Specifically, the goal of the analysis was to identify and delineate the discrete tasks required to be performed by the control room staf f during emergency scenarios and to identify the instruments and controls required by the staff and document to accomplish the objectives of the tasks identified.

The foundation and basis of the analysis was the BWR Owners Group EPGs.

The BWR Owners Group EPGs Rev. 3 outlines the steps necessary to mitigate abnormal or transient symptoms associated with 6-15

Ef n

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report reactor control, primary and secondary containment integrity control, as well as radioactivity release.

It is a generic document that directs the operator to follow various steps in sequence and/or concurrently in a success path toward symptom mitigation with contingencies for unsuccessful attempts at symptom alleviation.

Because of their comprehensiveness in outlining nymptoms -associated with such a

wide variety of events and exercising all af fected system modes, the EPGs were selected as the source document for task development.

Developing task statenents f rom the EPGs takes full advantage of the multidisciplinary efforts directed towards discerning system and subsystem functions and man-machine interactions.

In

addition, system enhancements made in later generation plants were taken into account during the development of the
EPGs, v n ic),

enabled the DCRDR review team to take full advantage of the opportunity to review functions possibly not considered when LaSalle was designed and constructed.

6.3.2 Site-Specific EPG Development At the outset of the LaSalle County DCRDR Task Analysis, SMEs and HFSs met to review the generic EPG document in order to make the document specific to LaSalle County station.

Each section of the generic EPGs was evaluated to identify the in systems that should be used to address the functions covered a given situation.

In addition, site-specific-parameter set values were inserted where required to ensure that the point EPG document being developed was specific to the LaSalle County operating specifications and limits, and to ensure that, in later stages of the task

analysis, the requir ed level of instrument and control precision for task accomplishment would be obtained.

Once the site-specific EPG document was developed, the process of site-specific task identification was begun.

Each section bl6

J Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station of the site-specific EPGs was reviewed in context by the SMEs and HFSs to identify the discrete operator actions both implied and explicitly stated for each step in the document.

Operator actions were operationally defined at a level at which the action possessed a definite beginning and end, was accomplished by an individual, and had a

single identifiable goal or objective.

Tasks defined at this level of specificity permitted the analysis to identify elemental or-basic operator activities, and subsequently their associated instrument and control requirements, that could. stand alone in terms of basic goal. orientation, or be combined with other elemental tasks in terms of~

more complex goal orientation.

The entire 7

site-specific EPG document was examined and all unique operator actions or tasks were identified, coded with a task number, and f

grouped into system task lists predicated upon a prevailing system being exercised or acted upon by the EPG.

The tasks

~

were also cross-referenced to the EPG by placing the task number next to the paragraph or EPG stateqent from which the task was derived.

This created a direct link between the DCRDR J

task listings and the EPG source document which could be utilized in the task development process.

6.3.3 Task Development i

Once identified, the tasks were documented on the Control Room Review Task Development Form (a blank copy is contained in SMEs and HFSs then met Appendix A) along with its task number.

to complete the form by developing each task.

The first item of information documented on the form was the job title of the I

individual who should perform the task together with the names of the individuals developing the task.

Next, the HFS questioned the SME concerning the conditions under which the i

task could be performed.

Both normal and abnormal or emergency situations were included and documented during this process i

--- m m

r i

LaSal'le County Station Final Summary Report

because, although' the tasks were generated from the site-specific EPGs, many were at such an elemental level that they are typically performed daily, e.g.,

" determine reactor water level".

These task conditions were important to the analysis because

they, in
part, determined the level of precision required in th'e task, as well as the general time criticality under which the task may be performed, especially during transient conditions.

Information was also obtained concerning the f requency with which the task is performed, the 1 cues that alert the task performer that the task is to be performed, and the performance criteria and/or goal that each task sought to accomplish.

This preliminary information about each task gave the HFS analysts and the SME a contextual base from which to discern the precise sequence of steps that must be performed in order to accomplish each task.

The final information collected during the task development the actual step-by-step listing of the action steps process was necessary to accomplish each task.

The questioning in this phase of the process by the HFS analysts to the SMEs was from the perspective of what should be done versus that of what is done.

This perspective was vital to the success of the DCRDR Task Analysis because it kept the focus off what currently exists and placed it on what should exist, thereby ensuring the objectivity of the analysis and preventing a "self-fulfilling prophecy" loop f rom being entered.

For example, in collecting that the sequential step-by-step data, care was taken to ensure action steps that needed to be performed outside the control in f act written as being performed f rom the control room, were if a valve should be operable f rom the control room.

That is, the action step room but currently is a locally operated valve, would have been written as; 'open the xxx valve", as opposed f

to; " dispatch an equipme it attendant to manually open the xxx valve".

In a parallel manner, non-existent annunciators were 6-18

r-r~

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report created if the HFS and SME felt they should exist, as well as positive indication of critical plant functions required, such as ampere indication on important pumps.

Both the cask identification and task development processes room via a table-top review were performed outside the control to ensure a comprehensive review, copies of approach.

However, the station's Technical Specifications, normal, abnormal and procedures, up-to-date P& ids and electrical emergency schematics were made available to the HFS analysts and SMEs and were referenced on an as-needed basis.

The information obtained during the task development process was collected on task development forms.

After an independent review for completeness and accuracy by an SME who did not provide the original information, the information contained on entered into the DCRDR DBMS for LaSalle County the form station.

This data base was sorted by task number and proof was then output and a completed It read for data entry errors.

task development book resulted.

This book contains all task statements identified and analyzed at LaSalle County station,

~

initiating cues, frequency of to include their task conditions, and list of sequential steps performance, performance criteria, for task completion.

An excerpt from the book is presented in Figure 6.2.

6.3.4 Instrument and Control Requirements Following the completion of the Task Development process, the instrument and control data was collected for each task.

Unique codes were established for most of the variables pertinent to the DCRDR Task Analysis to facilitate data collection and subsequent computer analysis.

As

required, collected for each information for the following variables was 6-19

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report LASALLE COUNTY STATION STA. NO.-

1 JOB TITLE: NSC TASK NO. CN-12 PREPARED BY: SNE - HFS ACTION:

CONFIRM AUTO INITIATICN OF THE POST LO A HYOR0 GEN /0XYG SYSTEM TASK CON 0!TICNS: (Givens. Denials, Environment)

GROUP 2 ISCLATICN HAD OCURRE0 FREQUENCY: Once a OTHER PER EVENT INITIATING CUES: (When does the task start)

LOW RX WATER LEVEL: -50 in.

HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE 1.69 PSIG MANUAL INITIATION OF THE S ANC/OR D INITIATION PUSHBUTTCNS (What dces the job incutent have to accomolf sh)

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA:

TO OBTAIN AN ACEGUATE ASSESSMENT OF ORYWELL HYORCGEN A CONCENTRATI0hS.

(Steps of what must be done to accomplish ACTIONS)

ACTION STEPS:

I.00 CONFIRM THAT THE SUCTION VALVE FROM THE CRYWELL IS OPEN.

I 2.00 CONFIRM THAT THE RETURN VALVE TO THE SUPPRESSION CHAMB 2

3.00 CONFIRM THAT THE MONITCR ANALYIER LIGHT IS ILLUMINATED.

3 4.00 4

CSSERVE THE H2 AND 02 CONCENTRATICN TREN05.

5.00 5

RESPCND TO ANNUNCIATORS.

FLgure 6.2 6-20

F LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report action step of each task.

Where not

obvious, a

brief description of each variable is included.

Relational Number - this was a sequential whole number 1.

used to uniquely number each task's action steps.

2.

Sequential Number - any given action step could have several sub-steps.

This number was used to sequentially track those sub-steps.

3.

Label Name - what the label content should say was written here, as opposed to what the current content said.

Location - where the equipment should be located.

4.

Communication With others - if an action step entailed 5.

communication with others, a code was entered for the type of individual being communicated to, e.g.,

an in the plant.

equipment attendant out 6.

Display Requirements:

generally used for indicator lights a.

Condition to denote whether it should be energized or de-energized.

b.

Color Type of Display c.

d.

What Measured Units of Measurement e.

f.

Required Range of Measurement g.

Divisions Zone Banding Range and Color h.

6-21

7 LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 7 ',

-Control Requirements:

Type of Switch a.

Type of Valve Control Eb.

Type of Switch Action c.

Names of Switch Positions d.

Controller Requirements:

'8.

Type of Controller a.

Control Transfer Switch Type b.

Control Transfer Switch Position c.

Type of controller Switch Control d.

Parameter Controlled e.

f.

What Measured Units of Measurement g.

Required' Range of Measurement h.

Zone Banding Range and Color i.

j.

Divisions Identification Number (EID) 9.

Equipment when a piece of equipment, e.g.,

hand 10.

Sub-Number had related components, e.g.,

position control switch, indicator

lights, the related components were given the same EID number as the piece of equipment they were related to and then uniquely identified via a sub-number.

related Sub-Name - the label content which a component 11.

to a piece of equipment should have, as opposed to what its current content was.

6-22

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report a field used to " flag" a piece of equipment 12.

Match whose Instrument and Control requirements did NOT match those identified in the task analysis as being required.

I&C data was collected on an action step-by-action step basis for each task.

The HFS analysts would question the SMEs for each relevant variable about the characteristics which that variable should have.

As the SMEs identified the appropriate entered via specific codes equipment variable values, they were on the Task Analysis Instrument and control Requirements Form.

This process was accomplished in the control room,.but off to Data on out of the immediate primary operating area.

the side, variables numbered 1

tl'ough 8 were collected and recorded l

first.

These are the v riables that delineate the unique I&C requirements that a piece of equipment should possess for the particular task action step being analyzed.

Once collected, this data was compared to the characteristics of the piece of equipment that exists in the control room to accomplish the function under investigation, in order to ascertain the degree of compatibility between what should exist and what does exist.

At this

point, the EID number of the piece of and any sub-number and sub-name as appropriate, was equipment, If the current characteristics of the entered on the I&C form.

piece of equipment EXACTLY matched those identified in the analysis as being required, the code for "yes" was placed in the space for the variable ' match'.

If any current character-istic of the piece of equipment did not exactly match that identified in the task analysis, the code for "no" was placed in the spaca for the variable

' match'.

These compatibility in the comparisons were done within the primary operating area However, ef f orts were made to minimize the time control room.

spent in the primary operating area as well as to be as 6-23 L

\\

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report non-distracting to the unit operator as possible.

This approach permitted a preliminary verification. of availability with the task analysis, and to be accomplished concurrently.

provided the DCRDR. review team with a means to independently verify the accuracy of the computer-generated results < of the comparison of the task analysis a,nd inventory data baser.

It should be emphasized that the data concerning the I&C characteristics required for each action step were collected in order to and recorded prior to any compatibility comparison ensure an independent and objective

analysis, unbiased by current characteristics.

Once th'e I&C requirements were identified and recorded for each task's action

steps, the data was entered onto the
DBMS, printed out and compared to tQe original hard copy to ensure data entry accuracy.

The original.bhrd copy was retained and filed for future reference.

A blank -copy of the Task Analysis Ins t r umen't and Control Requirements Form can be found in Appendix A.

6.4 control Room Inventory The objective of the control room inventory for the LaSalle station was to establish a

reference set of data which identified all instrumentation, controls and equipment within the control room.

All

displays, controls, controllers, annunciators and other equipment on the control boards, with which the operators interact, were included in this inventory.

Based on the guidance of NUREG-0700, HFSs from ARE Corporation and NSOs from Commonwealth Edison completed an inventory of the control room for Units J1 and 2 at the LaSalle station.

In

-order to ensure that an up-to-date inventory was generated, the approach taken was that of direct observation in the control room.

I?urRA.

LaSalle County Station Final-Summary Report Each piece of equipment on the control boards was identified by

~

the specific needs of a unique code which was developed to meet This code served to identify the section of the DCRDR project.

the specific control panel in which each piece of equipment was located, as well as equipment components that were functionally related.

The relevant physical characteristics of each piece of. equipment, a r, they appeared from the front of the control panels, were then coded.

The characteristics noted were those which would determine, from a human factors standpoint, the in monitoring and to the operators usefulness of the equipment controlling the plant.

The data was stored in the computerized DBMS developed by ARD for Commonwealth Edison's DCRDRs.

6.4.1 Methods All equipment on the front panels, back panels and common panels for LaSalle Unit 1

was inventoried.

The Unit 1

2 because there are only minor

-inventory can be applied to Unit These differences have been differences between the two units.

documented and are included with the inventory.

The following f

i g the inventory:

. steps summarize the approach taken in per orm n 1.

The most recent set of the simulator control panel elevation drawings was obtained.

An HFS compared these

prints, component by component, to their respective control panels in the control room and noted any discrepancies on the prints.

2.

The prints from the simulator were used because of their accurate reflection - of the actual panels and because there was already a numbering scheme imposed 6-25

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report upon them which was tied to a data base containing station equipment piece nu'mbers and system informa-used by This data base was integrated into that tion.

the DCRDR team so that this information would not have The numbering scheme was to be collected redundantly.

that the prints and also adopted by the DCRDR team so the data base.could be used.

Any changes made due to the actual configuration of the boards were also made Any new identifi-on the prints and in the data base.

with those already cation numbers were made consistent in place.

sub-identification number (Sub-ID) scheme There was a used to designate components that were functionally related and did not have a number of their own.

A typical example of the use of this scheme concerns a control switch and its associated indicator lights.

The control switch was assigned an EID to show its relative location on the boards.

Its indicating lights were given the same EID to show functional assigned to relationship, but a sequential number was The control switch had a Sub-ID of each as a Sub-ID.

000.

Sub-numbers were also used to distinguish multiple-point recorders, different between points on control and display components on a controller, and different components on a vendor-supplied panel inset.

3.

The inventory was originally taken by video taping each c'omponent as an HFS and an NSO described items not functions and positions which were such as switch evident from simply looking at the component.

An HFS then entered the da'ta from the video tape directly inventoried directly into the DBMS.

Equipment was from the control boards when there was any question about the accuracy of the information on the video tape.

($-26

Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station 4.

The inventory was accomplished panel. by panel.

As each piece of equipment.was inventoried, it was checked off on the appropriate print.

5.

The Inventory form (shown in Appendix A) was used to inventory - equipment other than - controllers.

The data fields on this form were filled in with numerical codes as summarized in Appendix D.

By utilizing these

codes, data entry into the computerized DBMS was facilitated and consistency in terminology was achieved among the various HFSs and NSOs collecting the inventor 1 data.

The following summarizes the information recorded on the inventory forms:

e The EID and SUB-NUMBER were entered on the Inventory Form for each piece of equipment.

e The LABEL name was taken verbatim from the control panel, o

The SUB-NAME was used for legends on indicating

lights, names of points on multi-point recorders, names of pens for dual-pen or multi-pen recorders, or. labels for components that were sub-numbered.

Detailed information about each piece of equipment (i.e.,

that which had been assigned a

sequence or sub-number) was then entered with reference to the lists of codes in Appendix D.

Some fields were appropriate for displays and others were appropriate for controls.

Note (refer to the Inventory forms) that there could be multiple entries in some fields in the detailed record of information about a given piece of equipment, e

The COLOR field was used for several purposes

-- to identify the color of indicating lights, targets on breaker

controls, or pens on multi-pen recorders.

a 6-27

n LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report DISPLAY ' field referred to anything e

The TYPE OF that meters, gauges or presents information switch position.

other than a label name or a There could be only one type of display per detail record.

Instruments that had more than scale or point would have had these coded one in separate sub-numbered records.

e WHAT MEASURED referred to the parameter (s) being displayed on one physical scale or continuum.

In data collection, this was assumed or inferred from the display in question.

For

instance, if the units were

" gallons per minute," flow was postulated to be the WHAT MEASURED.

If more than one scale existed on an instrument (e.g.,

dual-pen inventoried on a recorder),

each scale was separate detail record (and appropriately subnumbered).

e The UNITS field related directly to WHAT MEASURED field, but was taken directly from the scale shown on the display.

e The RANGE of a meter or gauge was directly observable from the instrument.

Any one instrument could have more than one range.

Any change in the

" DIVISIONS" on the meter indicated a

new range.

Some scales had multipliers generally increasing the range by a

factor of 10 (e.g.,

x10; x100; x1000; x10E3).

Some meters conveyed this multiplier as part of the UNITS (e.g., gpm x 100).

This was one case in which the boards ~ were not verbatim.

The multiplier was always copied assumed to be associated with the RANGE.

e The DIVISIONS of the meter or gauge were directly observable from the instrument.

DIVISIONS were always derived; they were the smallest defined as the absolute valite of gradation on the scale to be read.

Any one instrument could have several different in the Whenever there was a change number of minor scale marks between the major divisions.

scale

marks, a

change in divisions was indicated.

For ease of coding, divisions were assumed to have no multiplier.

For scales with multipliers, it was only necessary to code the multipliers for the range fields.

w

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report e

ZONE BANDING and the COLOR used for each zone were directly observed from the instrument.

The range marked with each color was recorded in the zone banding field and the code for. the respective color was recorded in the color field for zone banding.

~

e TYPE OF SWITCH referred to any control except controllers.

" Shape" was the most important characteristic, with "what was being con-trolled" ranked second.

Examples would be a J-handle valve control or a pushbutton test or a keylock selector control switch.

There was in the only one type of switch per detail line inventory.

e VALVE CONTROL referred to a specific type of those that control valves.

This switch field was used to delineate whether or not a valve was seal-in (valve travels full open or throttleable (valve is able to be closed) or mid-position of travel).

For stopped in a there were only four possible this. parameter,

throttle

close, throttle
open, variables seal-in closed.

If a switch is seal-in open, throttle open but has an as-is function (see SWITCH ACTION),

the valve will travel full open without any further operator

action, therefore having seal-in features.

On the inventory, it was documented as both throttle open and seal-in open, o

SWITCH ACTION referred to what a

control switch' will do after it has been reposi-tioned.

It either stays where it is put to its mid-positio'n (spring (as-is) or returns return).

It is possible that one switch is both as-is and spring return (e.g.,

a. pump control that is able to be locked "off" but normally is spring return).

e SWITCH POSITION was the verbatim position labels taken from the escutcheon plate of a control.

Switch functions and position names established by were for pushbuttons knowledgeable NSOs.

The inventory form was to handle more than one switch designed position on one detail record.

6-29

LaSalle County Statior.

Final Summary Report 6.

Controllers are pieces of equipment that typically contain both display and control functions.

The controller received the EID' number and ~ all.. components were sub-numbered.

A typical controller may take two different signals (e.g.,

flow and pressure) to the parameters and, therefore, directly control one ofThe display may show the actual the other indirectly.

it may meter the response demand to the parameter, or of the controlled parameter.

To inventory control-1ers, a Controller Inventory form was developed (see Appendix A for the form and Appendix D for codes).

The following summarizes the information collected on the Controller Inventory Form:

e TYPE OF CONTROLLER referred to the controller unit as a whole.

The code for the type of controller was entered on every detail record that was sub-numbered for the controller.

e CONTROLLER PARAMETER also referred to the controller unit as a whole.

The formats were chosen from the WHAT ME.\\SURED format list.

It was possible to have more than one parameter controlled.

The inventory form was designed to handle this contingency.

referred to a specific control e

TYPE OF CONTROL on the controller.

This variable was always sub-numbered so there was never more than one per detail line.

e For every ~ type of control there was a WHAT CONTROLLED entry.

'These were taken from the WHAT MEASURED list of codes and included level and position, parameters such as flow, o

SWITCH POSITIONS were taken from the switch positions list but generally were one of the following:

Manual, Balance,
Auto, or 0-100.

These entries referred specifically to the control listed in TYPE OF CONTROL.

e The display characteristics (COLOR, TYPE OF

DISPLAY, WHAT
MEASURED, UMITS, RANGE and with their DIVISIONS) were synonymous

~co'nterparts in the standard inventory form.

u 6

6-30

g' l

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Verification of Equipment Availability and Suitability 6.5 6.5.1 Objective _

The objective of the DCRDR verification process was to assure that.. operator tasks can be performed in the existing control room at the LaSalle station with minimum potential for human error.

The focus was on instruments and equipment, not on operator skills and knowledge.

The verification was

~

accomplished by comparing-the operators' perceived. requirements for information and control capabilities during emergency from the DCRDR task

analysis, with the operations derivedin the LaSalle control room identified by the '

equipment present control room inventory.

First it this verification process.

' There were two aspects.to was determined whether or not appropriate equipment was l

available in the control room to perform each functional task required by emergency operations.

Second, for equipment that available, it was determined whether or had bee'n identified as not the characteristics of each piece of equipment made it suitable for the task, i.e., whether it offered the operator sufficient control and display capab'ilities to efficiently accomplish the task.

The characteristics addressed were those physical aspects of the equipment that were apparent from the

-front of the control panels and which, from a human factors

. perspective, determined the equipment's usability by the plant l

operators.

As detailed in the summary of the LaSalle control room inventory, a

thorough compilation of relevant equipment characteristics was completed for all

displays, controls,

. controllers and annunciators-on the

front, back and common panels at LaSalle Units 1-and 2.

6-EL

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report with a unique The ' inventory identified each piece of equipment

code, the Equipment Identification (EID)
number, so that could be referenced during the-task analysis specific equipmen,t and all pertinent characteristics of each piece of equipment could be retrieved from a computerized data base.

As detailed in the summary of the LaSalle task analysis of the operators' need for specific display emergency procedures, identified at each step information or control capabilities was The tasks to be throughout sequences 'of emergency operations.

performed during emergency operations were derived from the Procedure Guidelines.

General Electric Owner 's Group Emergency The equipment requirements implied by these tasks were categorized in terms of the characteristics described for the control room inventory.

The verification process involved the collaboration of HFSs from ARD Corporation and NSOs from the LaSalle station.

The

~

. availability and suitability of appropriate equipment in the control room to meet the needs of each emergency task was of the task analysis

-judged by.SMEs, and noted by HFSs, as part data collection effort.

To ensure that the

' equipment requirements determined from different tasks did not place of equipment, the HFS, conflicting demands on specific pieces using the computerized data base from the task

analysis, that had been grouped all references to each piece of equipment judged to be unsuitable and, in consultation with the SMEs, determined the oesirable equipment characteristics.

HEDs perceived to be documented the incidents where equipment was unavailable or unsuitable.

The HEDAT review required but was in requirements were finally determined whether these perceived fact required, 6-32 u

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.5.2 Method _

The'following approach was used for conducting the~ verification of equipment availability and suitability for emergency operations:

1.

After the equipment requirements for a given task were identified during the task analysis process, the SME made a judgement as to which, if any, control room instrumentation was presently used to perform that task, and whether or not t aat piece of equipment was suitable in each of its relevant characteristics.

The HFS noted on the Task Analysis Instrument / Control Requirement Form the EID number of the equipment that was available for the operator to perform each task.

If the equipment was not available, a distinctive EID number was created for it which identified it as an Also, if the piece of unavailable piece of equipment.

equipment was available, but a redundant piece was needed in another location, it was coded as unavail-able.

Whether or not this piece of equipment was suitable for the task (i.e., had characteristics that matched those specified on the task analysis form for that task), was also indicated on the form in the column labeled " Match".

If this needed equipment was unavailable or unsuitable, a "no-match" was designated on this form.

For

meters, recorders and digital
displays, determined on the basis of the suitability was following criteria:

Does the display provide the e

What measured operator with the needed information in the form of a

parameter that does not require mental m

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report transformation?

(e.g.,

if the difference in is needed, a delta temperature between two points T display would be suitable; whereas, separate

. displays for the two absolute temperature readings would not be suitable.)

Do the units in which the display is e

Units scaled correspond to that expected by the (e.g., temperature in degrees F) operator?

e Range -- Does the range of the available display span the range required by the operator to perform the task?

Do the divisions in which the Divisions e

display is graded allow the operator to read the display with the level of precision required by the task?

Is tbe type of display e

Type of display appropriate for the task at hand (e.g.,

if trend information is needed, a chart recorder should be available)

For indicator lights (including those that provide feedback to the operator regarding control switch actuation) and annunciators, suitability was implied by availability.

There were no separate criteria for the suitability of these types of displays.

~

For controls, suitability was determined on the basis of the following criteria:

Does the type of switch used e

Type of switch allow the control task to be performed in an unanbiguous manner?

For example, a continuously adjustable rotary switch would be unsuitable for an on-off control function.

~'*r

'm n.

I LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report e

Name of switch positions Do the switch include positions labeled on the escutcheon plate the control function that is to be performed?

Is the type of valve e

Type of valve control consistent with the degree of control required by the operator?

For example, if graded control of valve position. is required, a throttleable valve would be suitable; whereas, a seal-in valve would not be suitable, e

Type of switch action -- Does the control switch allow the operator to perform the control function unambiguously and in a

reasonable duration of time?

For example, if the task calls for a switch to remain in the actuated position for a long. period of

time, an "as-is" switch would be more suitable than one that spring returns.

For controllers, suitability was determined on the basis of the following criteria, which were applied similarly to the corresponding criteria for displays and controls listed above:

Type of switch for the control function (s) e Range of setpoint (demand) display e

Divisions of setpoint (demand) display e

What measured by status (response) display e

Units of status (response) display e

Range of status (response) display e

Divisions of status (response) display e

If the record was flagged as a "no match",

a comment was included which briefly described the nature of the "no match" for ease of later reference.

6-35

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report

" match" or "no The EIDs of available equipment and the 2.

match" designation for each' task was entered as part of the task analysis data into the computerized DBMS developed by' ARD, for Commonwealth Edison's DCRDRs.

The "no matches" were then selected out of the Task The nature of Analysis DBMS and sorted by EID number.

the numbers that were created for the unavailable equipment resulted in them being grouped together upon sorting.

The sorting also resulted in the grouping of all the discrepancies of a single piece of equipment.

Computer printouts of these selected data were then used by the HFS to further investigate apparent discrepancies between the equipment requirements from the task analysis and the actual equipment character-istics.

3.

Required but unavailable equipment, as identified from those records in the task analysis data base that had been given a created EID number, were evaluated first by having SMEs confirm the validity of these dis-crepancies.

The HFS then documented them as HEDs.

identified from those records 4.

Unsuitable equipment, as in the task analysis data base for which "no match" had been specified, but for which an actual EID number existed, were then evaluated.

"No match" records were sorted.by EID number, in order to group all of the tasks which had referenced a given piece of equipment as being unsuitable.

The equipment might have been judged unsuitable for different reasons in different tasks.

Moreover, conflicting requirements for a given piece of equi'pment might have been generated across

tasks, implying that in. addition to changes being required in some aspect of the available equipment, a new piece of equipment might be needed.

6-36

LaSalle County Sta' tion Final Summary Report 5.

The validity of the "no mat-ch" items was confirmed by an HFS by checking the requirements specified during the task analysis against the actual piece of equipment in the control room.

Any conflicting requirements for a

given piece of equipment were resolved with input from SMEs.

An HFS then documented the valid discrepancies as HEDs.

6.5.3 Findings Forty-eight HEDs resulted from the LaSalle verification process.

These HEDs were given to the HEDAT for resolution.

This team assessed whether missing equipment was in fact required

and, if so, what was required.

Similarly, they determined what was necessary to resolve

" unsuitable" equipment.

Validation of control Room Functions 6.6 6.6.1 Introduction The objective of the validation review was to determine whether the functions allocated to the control room operating crew the structure of be accomplished ef fectively within both could the established emergency procedures and the design of the control room as it exists.

6.6.2 Methodology LaSalle The following paragraphs describe the processes used at

used, County Station to determine the validation approach to be secure operating personnel to assist with the validation, implement the approach selected, record the data, and evaluate the data collected.

6-37

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.6.2.1 Determining the Validation Approach The_

three possible approaches to conducting a

validation presented in the Commonwealth Edison Generic DCRDR Program Plan were available to the review team to implement at LaSalle County Station.

These approaches were:

a)

A control room walk-through using the appropriate procedures; on a real-run-through of a simulation of the event b)

A time simulator; c)

A talk-through on a control room mockup using uniform

scale, architectural drawings of the control room panels.

Approach "b"

was considered to be the optimal approach to implement for the LaSalle County validation.

At the outset of the LaSalle County DCRDR, the DCRDR Coordinator approached the LaSalle County simulator manager at the Commonwealth Edison Production Trainino Center to determine the feasibility of using the LaSalle County simulator for the station's valida-tion.

The week of April 29, 1985 to May 3, 1985 was picked to conduct real-time run-through simulations.

6.6.2.2 Securing Operating Personnel After securing the simulator, the DCRDR Coordinator approached the Assistant Superintendent ~for Operations at LaSalle. County to request two reactor operators, a shift foreman and a shift I

6-38

)

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report engineer to assist the review team with the validation.

This complement of personnel is considered to be the minimal staffing crew according to the station's Technical Specifica-tions for operations.

The Assistant Superintendent of Operations was also given an overview of what would be expected he agreed to the crews during the validation; and request'ed of provide the review team with the personnel requested.

Ilowever, in lieu of a shift engineer, he proposed providing an SRO licensed Shift Control Room Engineer (SCRE) because he was not certain that because of the limited number of shift engineers reserved one would be available the week we had at the station, the simulator.

6.6.2.3 Validation Events selected for simulation for The following emergency events were In the estimation of operating the LaSalle County validation.

SMEs, they provided f.or the exercise of all major unit systems and every control room workstation:

normal reactor startup e

normal reactor shutdown e

(LOCA) small break loss of coolant accident e

large LOCA inside the drywell e

medium LOCA inside the drywell e

LOCA outside the drywell e

inadequate core cooling:

e due to feedwater problems due to loss of shutdown cooling due to loss of recirculation flow anticipated transient without reactor scram (ATWS) e following the loss of offsite power reactor scram e

6-39

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Implementing the Real-Time Simulator Run-Through 6.6.2.4 Three video tape machines and color cameras were obtained for the LaSalle County validation.

In

addition, a

time-code two generator was used on the two main cameras that tracked the (Unit RO and Center Desk RO).

This equipment reactor. operators was brought to the LaSalle simulator in Braidwood, set up and tested prior to the conduct of the validation events.

Before the validation started, the DCRDR Coordinator selected the' order of the events to be simulated from the above list and insured that up-to-date copies of the applicable LaSalle County An HFS developed a floor diagram of procedures were available.

the unit workspace and numerically identified unit

. workstations.

These numbers were written on pieces of paper and placed on the vertical sections of the control panels in In addition, the upper left-hand portion of each workstation.

the DCRDR Coordinator conferred with the SROs ' assisting with to devise realistic the validation, and the simulator operator, scenarios to envelope the events to be validated, to make the simulation as realistic as possible.

For example',

sutveil-lances were being run when the official valid-tion event's symptoms were first introduced.

At the start of each day's validation, the DCRDR Coordinator them on the purpose and assembled all participants and briefed specific objectives of the event simulation, identified any assumptions about the operating situation, and gave the operating crew. time to review any procedures they felt a need to review.

In order to maximize realism, the crews were not informed of the specific event to be simulated; however, they were informed of the overall events to be validated.

Each member of the crew was provided with a

microphone with 6-40

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report sufficient cable to allow him f reedom of movement around the entire primary operating area.

Finally, the operators were instructed to call
out, during the event simulation, the actions they were
taking, the direction of the action's
movement, the display / indicator to which they referred (to verify system response to the actions taken), and what that response indication is or must be before subsequent action can take place.

At a signal from the DCRDR Coordinator, all cameras, video recorders and the simulator were started.

One camera was devoted to the unit operator and followed his activities.

Another camera was devoted to the center desk operator and followed his activities.

Occasionally, camera assignment was When this was switched between the two to facilitate coverage.

.done, it was coordinated by the camera operators.

A third camera was positioned to encompass the entire primary operating area.

The cameras were operated by HFSs, technical assistants under the direction of

HFSs, or the DCRDR Coordinator's assistant under the direction of an HFS.

The role of the SME narratot was assumed by the SCRE, an SRO licenced individual provided by LaSalle County station.

This individual had nine years of nuclear experience, six of which were in operations.

He has held his license for one year.

During the validation event, he conveyed what was transpiring, what the operators should be attempting and why, and what the operators should be anticipating.

The members of the review team did not of f er ~any assistance during the event scenarios.

When, in the opinion of the DCRDR Coordinator, the crew had successfully mitigated the simulated

event, the event and recordings were terminated.

At the conclusion of each event, the equipment operators recorded the tape counter readings, the event recorded, the date and time, and any unusual circum-stances surrounding the event.

6-41

h_

..=.-

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Repor.t i

The above process was followed for each of the events presented To the extent possible, the personnel earlier in this summary.

assigned to assist the review team with the validation were given. dif ferent roles to play for different events.

The two reactor operators who assisted the validation had seven and nine years of nuclear experience, six and nine of

which, respectively, were in nuclear operations.

They held their RO

' licenses for four and eight years.

The Shift Foreman who assisted the validation had fifteen years of nuclear exper-ience, ten of which had been in operations.

He held his SRO license for four years.

6.6.2.5' Data Recording and Analysis The video tapes generated in the LaSalle County validation this simulation serve as the primary means of documentation for phase of the LaSalle County

review, and are available for review..

Shortly after the even' simulation was coriple ted, an HFS and SME met to jointly-review and analyze the data collected on the tapes.

Copies of the applicable LaSalle County normal, abnormal and emergency procedures were available.

The review and analysis were and referenced during the review.basis, with the HFS attending to performed on an event-by-event the operators' performance as compared to the control criteria identified and board / control room design utilizing the specified in the Commonwealth Edison Generic DCRDR -Program Plan.

The tapes were reviewed on as close to a procedural the HFS stopping the tapes step-by-step basis as possible with

.as necessary to question the SME and obtain clarification on 1

I GM2

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report E

the operator actions observed.

When, in the opinion of the observed in which equipment availability, HFS, an ' instance was or in which operator suitability or location could be enhanced, uncertainty due to procedural ambiguity could be minimized, a suitable

~ comment was documented on a

validation review worksheet (VRW).

The comment would contain the tape number, counter reading, event title, procedure number and step, and a

. description of the observed problem.

This process continued until each simulated event had been reviewed and analyzed.

Subsequent ~ to the validation data

analysic, the validation observation comments on the VRW were compared to existing control room HEDs.

If an HED concerning the observed problem had been previously written, its number was written in the space provided on the VRW for recording each comments' HED number.

If the observation represented a new discrepancy, an HED was ' generated and its number placed in the appropriate column on the VRW.

-6.6.3 Results

' Eleven events were simulated and evaluated.

From the analyses performed, twenty-four HEDs were generated that were found solely during the validation.

If an HED that was discovered and documented as a result of another review phase was also observed during the validation, a comment was added to the existing HED that it was also observed during the validation.

written.

Copies of the In these cases, a duplicate HED was not in Volume 2 and HEDs written from the validation are contained are kept on file at Commonwealth Edison.

6.7 Control Room Survey This survey considered the extent to which equipment and the environment in the control room are designed to accommodate 6-43

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report basic human characteristics such as physical size and p'erceptual-motor capabi.tities.

Human Factors Specialists, in concert with experienced Common-wealth Edison personnel knowledgeable of plant systems and control room instruments and equipment, and operations personnel, observed and measured control room featurea.

Instrumentation, controls and other equipment items were examined for human engineering acceptability as components without reference to their specific uses in task performance.

Discrepancies were based on design incompatibility with human perceptual,

motor, psychological or size characteristics.

Examples included controls too closely spaced for easy manipu-lation, meters with markings too small to be distinguishable at a

practical

distance, and displays too high to be read.

Environmenta.1 conditions were surveyed independently.

The guidelines included principles or explanatory statements followed by specific categorical or numeric statements.

The procedure was to observe or measure, as required, and check statement.

compliance with each categorical or numerical The review team members conducting the checklist survey placed their initials and the date in the "Yes" box to indicate compliance, or placed their initials in the "No" box to indicate noncompliance.

"Yes" was checked only if there was of the item was total compliance (i.e.,

only if every instance fully consistent with the provisions of the checklist).

If there was any instance of noncompliance, the "No" box was checked and a

reference made as to where noncompliance occurred.

A CR HED form (Appendix A) was filled out for each non-compliant item and a photograph of at least one instance of each. type of discrepancy was taken.

6-44

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.7.1 Human Factors Engineering Checklist for the nine Engineering guidelines were applied Human Factors topic areas listed below:

1.

Control Room Workspace addressed the-general layout, availt' ility and accessibility of operating equipment the anthropometric suitability of work-and materials; stations; coordination and separation in multi-unit control rooms; availability and accessibility of emergency equipment; and enviro.nmental factors.

Compliance with most of the workspace guidelines was determined by inspection.

Certain sets of guidelines required simple measurements,. including measurements of

distance, heigh't and span; viewing angles; and reach radius.

In

addition, assessment of climate
control, lighting adequacy and the auditory environ-ment required more specialized measurements or tests of temperature, humidity and air flow; luminance and reflectance; noise and reverberation; and audibility of speech and signals.

These measures are explained in section 6.7.2.

2.

Panel - Design Section addressed allocation of controls and displays to preferred panel areas; grouping of cor.crols and displays; spacing, demarcation and color 1

shading to enhance recognizability of individual components and of groupings; ordering of components within groupings; layout consistency within and among panels; and strings, clusters, or matrices of similar components.

E 6-45

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 3.

Annunciator Warning System Section addressed overall concerns such as. alarm parameter selection and set

points, first-out alarms and prioritization; and design features of the auditory alert, visual alarm and operator response subsystem.

It was necessary to assess the annunciator system on both a general or panel-by-panel basis.

control room-wide basis and a Guidelines concerning such design features as auditory alert signal intensity, automatic reset after silence, labeling of visual alarm tiles, etc.,

were applied equally throughout the control room.

Compliance with many of the guidelines was determined review of annunciator system specifica-by inspection, The tions and questions asked of operating personnel.

annunciator system was tested so that its performance characteristics could be observed.

Assessment of auditory signal audibility, discriminability and localizability were based on perfcrmance tests with sound measurements where there was any uncertainty (Section 6.7.2).

4.

Communications Section addressed auditory communica-tions equipment used in the control room.

Communica-specialized topic which was treated tions is a

relatively independently, on-a control room-wide basis.

Individual workstations were considered only incidentally.

5.

Process Computer Section addressed software security and characteristics (dialogue / command

language, prompting, structuring); procedures and other aids to computer use; keyboard arrangement, function controls 1

6-46 j

J LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report and other controls: computer response time; and design characteristics of displays and printers / printer messages.

The guidelines addressed generic qualities in a manner that did not require knowledge of specific uses.

Compliance with most of the guidelines was determined by inspection in the control room and review of software and hardware specifications.

It was necessary to question control room operators or supervisors to make determinations about some of the criteria.

Measurements were necessary to assess response times, keyboard key dimensions and separation and certain readability factors including character size and separation viewing angle,-

luminance

contrast, geometric distortion and resolution of CRT displays.

6.

Controls Section addressed principles of selection, protection and designs and specifications for different types of controls.

The guidelines were applied on a control room-wide basis and called for measurements of control dimensions, spacing and resistance.

Measurement of displacement of key-operated controls was also included.

Dimensions and spacing were checked on the panels themselves.

Resistance measurements were made with different devices depending on the type of control.

7.

. Displays Section addressed principles of displays including information to be displayed, usability of displayed values, readability, printing, markings and coding.

Guidelines were also given as to design characteristics of particular types of displays including meters, light indicators, graphic recorders 6-47

l.-

LaSalle County Station

~ Final Summary Report and counters.

Each display was checked for confor-mance tc the applicable. guidelines.

After every displsy had been checked, they were considered from a system perspective to assure appropriate consistenvy in labels, markings and coding.

8 '.

Labels and Location Aids _ Section addressed labeling,

location, content and lettering; use of temporary labels; and use of location aids such as demarcation, Each label was checked for accuracy color and mimics.

and conformance to guidelines.

A system / panel-oriented check was used to examine the labeling hierarchy and consistency of terms and abbreviations used to refer to system components.

Labeling and color coding was considered from a total control room perspective to assure consistency.

9.

control-Display Integration Section addressed relative positioning of single control and display pairs and function and sequence-multiple controls and displays; of-use relationships; movement relationship and other aspects of compatibility of controls and displays which are used together.

The control-display integra-tion survey was conducted panel-by-panel.

Environmental Measurement Pro _cedures 6.7.2 6.7.2.1 Sound Survey Procedures Using a control room layout drawing, locations were selected Measure-

-and marked where sound measurements were to be taken.

ments were taken at each operator position that required verbal communication and/or auditory discrimination of a

signal.

6-48

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report the center of the Measurements were made with the microphone at head location.

The microphone was located 5 ft.

above the the operator stands and 4 ft. above floor at positions _ where Measurement positions included:

the floor at seated positions.

Senior reactor operator's desk e

Reactor operator's desk the center of e

near Operator workstation or points e

each panel or console the requiring communication with e

Back panel areas primary operating area essentially flat response at grazing Microphones having an incidence (90")

were used.

The microphone was

-placed-vertically at the measurement location with the sensitive element up.

noise levels (where ambient These measurements were for ambient noise without the noise is defined as background control room communications equipment).

contribution of alarms, printers or Integrated "A" weighted db(A) measurements were taken for all of the above positions.

Octave measurements were also taken center frequencies from about 31.5 Hz to about and included Measure 3nents were recorded on the Sound Survey Record 8000 Hz.

that specifies both location and direction.

(Appendix A) of measurements was taken for the annunciators a A second set alarms using equipment and personnel from the CECO Operations and - Analysis. Department (OAD).

These were taken at the seated head level for the unit desk for each unit and at the cen desk.

A real-time integrating spectrum analyzer was useu co obtain the sound levels corresponding to one-third and full ith frequencies, octave bans e ao

c LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report A set of tests was performed at each location previously described.

First, the control room ambient sound levels were measured.

The measurements were taken while each annunciator, corresponding to the unit location, was activated.

Finally a measurement was taken while all annunciators were activated simultaneously.

items were analyzed using the The following Section 6 checklist sound level measurements:

Ambient Noise (6.1.5.5) e Communications (6.2.2.3, 6.2.2.5, 6.2.2.6) e e

Annunciator (6.3.2.1)

Computers (6.7.3.2) e 6.7.2.2 Lighting Survey Procedures Using a control room layout drawing, locations were selected to be taken and marked where the illumination measurements were for normal and emergency lighting.

Readings were taken:

in front of each front panel; at operator workstations in the control room; and in front of each back panel.

At each position, the following were measured:

Full AC ambient e

Full DC emergency e

For determining the variance in illumination levels across the boards under normal lighting, measures were taken at 1-foot intervals vertically, and 2-foot intervals horizontally, so

-that a matrix of the levels across the boards was developed.

Readings were recorded on the Lighting Survey - Illuminance Record Form (Appendix A).

Final Summary Report LaSalle County Station The determination of the luminance and reflectance

ratios, followed these procedures:

The object was covered with a " perfect reflector" e

pad, with care taken not to block light.

e The luminance reading on the pad was taken and recorded.-

e The reflector pad was removad.

e The' luminance reading of the object was then taken and recorded.

At each panel, measurements were taken of:

e Reflectance of pad on panel e

Panel background (where reflectance pad was placed)

Meter faces (with and without glare) e other display faces (with and without glare) e e

Lights Readings were recorded on the Lighting Survey Luminance and Reflectance Record (Appendix A).

6.7.2.3 Humidity / Temperature Procedures Humidity and temperature were measured by setting up meters in an area where they were not disturbed.

The locations of the meters were marked on a control room layout drawing.

Readings were taken at floor level and at 6 ft. above floor level for at least a 24-hour period.

The graph of the recording for the

+

period was kept.as a permanent record.

6-51 r -

y.

7_

w

,e LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 6.7.2.4 Air Velocity Survey Procedures Using: a ' control ~

layout ! drawing, locations were selected room f

and' marked where air velocity readings were taken.

Measure-ments were taken at principal ~ operator workstations.

Measure-

.ments 'were taken at an elevation of 6

ft..for standing and at 4 ft.

for sitting positions.

Measurements positions, were recorded on the Air Velocity Survey Record (Appendix A).

1 g

E t

i.;.

O s

(

5 1

1

\\

i f.

6-52

V LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report 5

7.0 HED ASSESSMENT The assessment-of HEDs for, impact on plant safety and oper-ability was accomplished by the HED Assessment Team (HEDAT).

At-a minimum, the HEDAT consisted of the Lead Human Factors Specialist (LHFS),

the DCRDR Coordinator, the I&C Engineers, Engineeri[ig. Department (SNED)

Station

'the Station Nuclear Project Engineer or designate, and the Station Assistant their designate.

Each member Superintendent for Operaticns or meets or exceeds the minimum requirements committed _to in the CECO Program Plan.

( Appendix 'C provides a list of all DCRDR and their qualifications.)

The team met and participants The reviewed the HEDs generated in the DCRDR process.

in regards to the relative objective was to categorize each HED importance as it. pertbins to safe and productive operation of classified into HEDs were Based on team consensus, the ' level of the plant.

one of three categories (I, II or III) based on safety relatedness of the equipment in question.

Three categories were identified as follows:

. Category I:

Discrepancies associated' with engineered safe-guard systems or engineered safety features Category II:

Discrepancies associated with plant systems not included in Category I Discrepancies falling in neither Category I or II Category III:

7-1

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report Second, the HEDAT reviewed each HED to determine at what level of severity.each HED should be assigned within the categories, based on the following criteria:

A). Includes HEDs with documented errors, documented control-based problems or, in the judgement of the HEDAT, may have a significant impact on plant safety and/or productivity.

B)

Includes HEDs which may have a moderate -influence on plant performance-and any "C"

category HEDs that have been documented in' more than one phase of the DCRDR (conse-quences may' delay or

impact, but not significantly, the efficient operation of the plant).

c)

Includes HEDs with a relatively minimal impact on plant performance (consequence of human error will not lead to degraded plant safety system).

Level assignment-was the determining factor in the recommenda-tion to correct HEDs.

The HEDs in level A should be corrected because they have been documented to have caused errors and/or The HEDs in level B or C may performance problems in the past.

or may not be corrected, depending on their relative opera-tional significance.

While it is desirable from sound human engineering practices to rectify every discrepancy discerned, it is recognized that the. potential

  • benefit to be gained may not offset the expected short-and long-term considerations entailed, particularly in light of the fact that these HEDs have merely a

moderate potential for impact on operating performance and/or plant safety.

The ultimate responsibility for addressing tne HEDs discovered in the DCRDR process rested with the Station Operations and Station Nuclear ' Engineering Departments.

The DCRDRs Review Team performed the

review, documented the results and made recommendations to the aforementioned responsible departments.

7-2

=-

~..

LaSalle County Station

. Final. Summary Report Responsible representatives from-the Station Operations and the LHFS, the Station Nuclear Engineering Departments met' with

I&C Engineer and - DCRDR Coordinator to review the assessed HEDs land : decide which to correct.

During these meetings, the LHFS and.the DCRDR Coor6inator worked to ensure.that the HED's potential-for negative impact was given proper weight in comparison to the overall benefit of the recommended differentiated correction.

Those HEDs to be corrected were from those :not to be corrected.

The LHFS and the DCRDR Coordinator, with the assistance of the Station Operations Department and/or the Station Nuclear Engineering Department, justification for those HEDs which warrant no have written a The justifications are recorded in Volume 2.

further action.

The HEDs from.all phases of the DCRDR were reviewed in sequence HEDs checklist guideline, organization.

according to the Ceco relating to the ' preliminary design assessment (PDA) were evaluated first.

Differences from Program Plan The assessment process exercised for the LaSalle DCRDR. differed

-from the methodology identified in the Commonwealth Edison These differences described herein were a direct Program Plan.

result of the experience gained in the conduct of several DCRDRs and were designed to facilitate the overall review The integrity of the assessment process was

+

process.

and each HED was _ evaluated to determine the extent maintained to which the HED af fects the potential for operating crew error and its potential impact on safety.

reviewed and evaluated each HEDAT member During theLAssessment, each

'HED on several

. factors influencing operational T ae swicch to a consensus format facilitated the performance.

practical understanding of the impact each HED may have on Each member contributed a

unique operator.

performance.

7-3

...~

_LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report perception to the HED which helped shape-the opinion of the group.

In this process, each member had equal opportunity to influence the final decision on every HED.

This switch also negated the need for the Pre-Assessment form originally discussed in the program plan in that the human factors component was well represented in the HEDAT.

A further change to the program plan involved a switch from a four-tier rating to a three-tier rating.

This was accomplished in the program plan to by collapsing Level A and B as described Level A, with the remaining levels moving up a notch.

1 7-4

ev LaSalle County Station Final Summa'ry: Report 4

.f 8.0 HED IMPLEMENTATION t

8.1 General _

r

-In. conjunction with the assessments, the HEDAT reviewed the suggested corrective actions and/or selected recommendations for the appropriate HEDs.

No accepted recommendation will be implemented until the Commonwealth Edison Company (CECd) has received the NRC's reactions and comments. concerning it, E

following the submittal of each station's DCRDR final report.

.Upon

. receiving confirmation from the NRC regarding HED l

l I

resolutions, CECO will resolve the-HED corrective actions accordingly.

the 1)

The HEDs to be corrected will be ordered according 'to priorities set forth in the-Implementation Schedule except

{

associated - with-enhance-where noted (Figure 8.1).

HEDs

'ments, labeling or procedures may be corrected by the completion of-'the first refueling outage regardless of category.

[

2 )-

Equipment necessary to correct HEDs for Prompt and - Near-an HFS has reviewed

. Term Correction will be ordered af ter to ensure that the equipment

. their design-specifications

. meets applicable ~ criteria 'and will in fact correct the (This assumes that the equipment is available discrepancy.

on an "off-the-shelf" basis.)

8-1

D LaSalle County Station Final' Summary Report LEVEL _

A B

C CATEGORY First*

First

.Second**

1 First Second Second 2

Second Second Second 3

Estimated refueling outage dates:

Unit One Unit Two June 1987 December 1988

  • First refueling outage September 1989 May 1988
    • Second refueling outage Suggested Planned Plant Refueling Outages Figure 8.1.

HED Corrective Actions Impicmentation l-

o LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report For.one-of-a-kind, "special or' der" pieces of necessary equipment, CECO will select a vendor and supply them with the pertinent design. specification criteria.

3)

Station Operations and/or Station Nuclear Engineering Departments will review the station's upcoming outage work schedules and arrange manpower and time, as necessary, to implement the corrections according to plant schedules.

4)

The Station Operations and/or Station Nuclear Engineering Departments will deliver copies of each HED and supporting information to the DCRDR Coordinator for inclusion in the station's permanent DCRDR records file.

An HFS will review and/or assist in the resolution of HEDs, as required.

5)

Upon completion of each HED's recommended correction, the responsible department will notify the DCRDR Coordinator who, in turn, will arrange for the corrections reviewed by an HFS.

6)

An HFS will review the correction for compliance to sound human engineering principles and verify that additional discrepancies were not created.

Should the correction ' not form to be be satisfactory,_the HFS will complete a new HED assessed via the procedure set forth above.

The rating

scale, as identified in the program plan for supporting the assessment process, was not used.

It was not necessary to utilize this technique' in that a consensus was reached through discussion of each of the team members.

8.2 Labeling A detailed, coordinated labeling standard has been designed (Appendix F) and will be implemented for all future labels.

8-3

LaSalle County Station Final Summary Report This labeling package has been developed, based on an _ extensive review of labeling requirements in the control room.

Labeling requirements have been developed to be consistent in size and style throughout the control room.

The use of labeling, as

needed, will-reduce the wordiness of the
labeling, reduce reading
time, and enhance functional relationships between controls and displays, thereby reducing search time.

8.3-Annunciators An annunciator standard (Appendix G) has been developed and will be used for all future legends on annunciator tiles.

Appropriate plant personnel, operations experts and human factors specialists have closely reviewed the requirements placed on the plant annunciator system.

8.4 Enhancements Several enhancement techniques may be used for implementation of corrective action.

These enhancement techniques will be reviewed closely by plant personnel, operations experts, and human factors specialists.

Based on this

review, the the entire control enhancement package will be coordinated over room so as -to ensure that all enhancement techniques will be consistent, interactive, and mutually supportive of one another.

This coordination is important to ensure that an enhancement technique used in one area of the control room does not conflict with or degrade the effectiveness of enhancement techniques used in other areas of the control room.

Several methods of enhancement may.be used based on the enhancement requirements review.

These methods may include:

demarcation

lines, background color
shading, color codina shape coding, re-labeling (coordinated with labeling package),

re-sealing (of displays, mimics) and/or other location aids and enhancements.

%- f

=-

LaSalle County Station Final Summary-Report Any, or all, of these methods used will. be coordinated ~on a

~ control room-wide basis, and will be implemented to conform with good human engineering principles.

Verification of Corrective Actions 8.5 Corrective. Actions being implemented will be reviewed to verify This their ef fectiveness f rom a human ' engineering perspective.

verification will utilize sound human engineering methods.

Verification will be performed using panel mock-ups incorpora -

ting the corrective actions, consultation with operators and reviews, and possible systems experts, human factors specialist use-of the control room simulator.

If the result of the result in verification determines that a corrective action will a-negative effec +

on control room operations, then the suggested corrective action will be altered or cancelled as appropriate.

If a

corrective action is verified to be effective it may then be implemented in the control room.

8-5

APPENDIX A Forms Control Room Human Engineering Discrepancy Record A-la/b/c/d Questionnaire Item Summary Form A-2 Personnel Survey Summary Form A-3 Index of Reviewed Reports A-4 Historical Report Review Error Analysis Problem A-5.

Analysis Report Control Room Review Task Development A-6

-Validation Review Worksheet A-7 Sound Survey Record A-8 Lighting Survey - Illuminance Record A-9 Lighting Survey - Luminance and Reflectance Record

-A-10 Lighting Survey - CRT A-11 Air Velocity Survey Record A-12

-A-13 Photographic Log Task Analysis Instrument / Control Requirement Form A-14 Task Analysis Controller Requirement Form A-15 A-16 Inventory Form Controller Inventory Form A-37

.